0) {
- // var t = c.state.GetTransitions()[0]
- // if t2, ok := t.(*AtomTransition); ok {
- // trans = "Atom "+ p.GetTokenName(t2.label)
- // } else if t3, ok := t.(SetTransition); ok {
- // _, ok := t.(*NotSetTransition)
- //
- // var s string
- // if (ok){
- // s = "~"
- // }
- //
- // trans = s + "Set " + t3.set
- // }
- // }
- // fmt.Errorf(c.String(p.parser, true) + ":" + trans)
- // }
-}
-
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) noViableAlt(input TokenStream, outerContext ParserRuleContext, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex int) *NoViableAltException {
- return NewNoViableAltException(p.parser, input, input.Get(startIndex), input.LT(1), configs, outerContext)
-}
-
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getUniqueAlt(configs ATNConfigSet) int {
- alt := ATNInvalidAltNumber
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
- if alt == ATNInvalidAltNumber {
- alt = c.GetAlt() // found first alt
- } else if c.GetAlt() != alt {
- return ATNInvalidAltNumber
- }
- }
- return alt
-}
-
-// Add an edge to the DFA, if possible. This method calls
-// {@link //addDFAState} to ensure the {@code to} state is present in the
-// DFA. If {@code from} is {@code nil}, or if {@code t} is outside the
-// range of edges that can be represented in the DFA tables, p method
-// returns without adding the edge to the DFA.
-//
-// If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}.
-// Otherwise, p method returns the {@link DFAState} returned by calling
-// {@link //addDFAState} for the {@code to} state.
-//
-// @param dfa The DFA
-// @param from The source state for the edge
-// @param t The input symbol
-// @param to The target state for the edge
-//
-// @return If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}
-// otherwise p method returns the result of calling {@link //addDFAState}
-// on {@code to}
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(dfa *DFA, from *DFAState, t int, to *DFAState) *DFAState {
- if ParserATNSimulatorDebug {
- fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + p.GetTokenName(t))
- }
- if to == nil {
- return nil
- }
- p.atn.stateMu.Lock()
- to = p.addDFAState(dfa, to) // used existing if possible not incoming
- p.atn.stateMu.Unlock()
- if from == nil || t < -1 || t > p.atn.maxTokenType {
- return to
- }
- p.atn.edgeMu.Lock()
- if from.getEdges() == nil {
- from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, p.atn.maxTokenType+1+1))
- }
- from.setIthEdge(t+1, to) // connect
- p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock()
-
- if ParserATNSimulatorDebug {
- var names []string
- if p.parser != nil {
- names = p.parser.GetLiteralNames()
- }
-
- fmt.Println("DFA=\n" + dfa.String(names, nil))
- }
- return to
-}
-
-// Add state {@code D} to the DFA if it is not already present, and return
-// the actual instance stored in the DFA. If a state equivalent to {@code D}
-// is already in the DFA, the existing state is returned. Otherwise p
-// method returns {@code D} after adding it to the DFA.
-//
-// If {@code D} is {@link //ERROR}, p method returns {@link //ERROR} and
-// does not change the DFA.
-//
-// @param dfa The dfa
-// @param D The DFA state to add
-// @return The state stored in the DFA. This will be either the existing
-// state if {@code D} is already in the DFA, or {@code D} itself if the
-// state was not already present.
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAState(dfa *DFA, d *DFAState) *DFAState {
- if d == ATNSimulatorError {
- return d
- }
- existing, present := dfa.states.Get(d)
- if present {
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Print("addDFAState " + d.String() + " exists")
- }
- return existing
- }
-
- // The state was not present, so update it with configs
- //
- d.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len()
- if !d.configs.ReadOnly() {
- d.configs.OptimizeConfigs(p.BaseATNSimulator)
- d.configs.SetReadOnly(true)
- }
- dfa.states.Put(d)
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("addDFAState new " + d.String())
- }
-
- return d
-}
-
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa *DFA, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) {
- if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
- interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
- fmt.Println("ReportAttemptingFullContext decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() +
- ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
- }
- if p.parser != nil {
- p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAttemptingFullContext(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs)
- }
-}
-
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportContextSensitivity(dfa *DFA, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) {
- if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
- interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
- fmt.Println("ReportContextSensitivity decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() +
- ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
- }
- if p.parser != nil {
- p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportContextSensitivity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs)
- }
-}
-
-// If context sensitive parsing, we know it's ambiguity not conflict//
-func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAmbiguity(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, startIndex, stopIndex int,
- exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) {
- if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
- interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
- fmt.Println("ReportAmbiguity " + ambigAlts.String() + ":" + configs.String() +
- ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
- }
- if p.parser != nil {
- p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAmbiguity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs)
- }
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go
deleted file mode 100644
index ba62af361..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,806 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "fmt"
- "golang.org/x/exp/slices"
- "strconv"
-)
-
-// Represents {@code $} in local context prediction, which means wildcard.
-// {@code//+x =//}.
-// /
-const (
- BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState = 0x7FFFFFFF
-)
-
-// Represents {@code $} in an array in full context mode, when {@code $}
-// doesn't mean wildcard: {@code $ + x = [$,x]}. Here,
-// {@code $} = {@link //EmptyReturnState}.
-// /
-
-var (
- BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount = 1
- BasePredictionContextid = BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount
-)
-
-type PredictionContext interface {
- Hash() int
- Equals(interface{}) bool
- GetParent(int) PredictionContext
- getReturnState(int) int
- length() int
- isEmpty() bool
- hasEmptyPath() bool
- String() string
-}
-
-type BasePredictionContext struct {
- cachedHash int
-}
-
-func NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash int) *BasePredictionContext {
- pc := new(BasePredictionContext)
- pc.cachedHash = cachedHash
-
- return pc
-}
-
-func (b *BasePredictionContext) isEmpty() bool {
- return false
-}
-
-func calculateHash(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) int {
- h := murmurInit(1)
- h = murmurUpdate(h, parent.Hash())
- h = murmurUpdate(h, returnState)
- return murmurFinish(h, 2)
-}
-
-var _emptyPredictionContextHash int
-
-func init() {
- _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurInit(1)
- _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurFinish(_emptyPredictionContextHash, 0)
-}
-
-func calculateEmptyHash() int {
- return _emptyPredictionContextHash
-}
-
-// Used to cache {@link BasePredictionContext} objects. Its used for the shared
-// context cash associated with contexts in DFA states. This cache
-// can be used for both lexers and parsers.
-
-type PredictionContextCache struct {
- cache map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext
-}
-
-func NewPredictionContextCache() *PredictionContextCache {
- t := new(PredictionContextCache)
- t.cache = make(map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext)
- return t
-}
-
-// Add a context to the cache and return it. If the context already exists,
-// return that one instead and do not add a Newcontext to the cache.
-// Protect shared cache from unsafe thread access.
-func (p *PredictionContextCache) add(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext {
- if ctx == BasePredictionContextEMPTY {
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
- }
- existing := p.cache[ctx]
- if existing != nil {
- return existing
- }
- p.cache[ctx] = ctx
- return ctx
-}
-
-func (p *PredictionContextCache) Get(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext {
- return p.cache[ctx]
-}
-
-func (p *PredictionContextCache) length() int {
- return len(p.cache)
-}
-
-type SingletonPredictionContext interface {
- PredictionContext
-}
-
-type BaseSingletonPredictionContext struct {
- *BasePredictionContext
-
- parentCtx PredictionContext
- returnState int
-}
-
-func NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) *BaseSingletonPredictionContext {
- var cachedHash int
- if parent != nil {
- cachedHash = calculateHash(parent, returnState)
- } else {
- cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash()
- }
-
- s := new(BaseSingletonPredictionContext)
- s.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash)
-
- s.parentCtx = parent
- s.returnState = returnState
-
- return s
-}
-
-func SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) PredictionContext {
- if returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && parent == nil {
- // someone can pass in the bits of an array ctx that mean $
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
- }
-
- return NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent, returnState)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) length() int {
- return 1
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext {
- return b.parentCtx
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int {
- return b.returnState
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool {
- return b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Hash() int {
- return b.cachedHash
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool {
- if b == other {
- return true
- }
- if _, ok := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); !ok {
- return false
- }
-
- otherP := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext)
-
- if b.returnState != otherP.getReturnState(0) {
- return false
- }
- if b.parentCtx == nil {
- return otherP.parentCtx == nil
- }
-
- return b.parentCtx.Equals(otherP.parentCtx)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) String() string {
- var up string
-
- if b.parentCtx == nil {
- up = ""
- } else {
- up = b.parentCtx.String()
- }
-
- if len(up) == 0 {
- if b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
- return "$"
- }
-
- return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState)
- }
-
- return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState) + " " + up
-}
-
-var BasePredictionContextEMPTY = NewEmptyPredictionContext()
-
-type EmptyPredictionContext struct {
- *BaseSingletonPredictionContext
-}
-
-func NewEmptyPredictionContext() *EmptyPredictionContext {
-
- p := new(EmptyPredictionContext)
-
- p.BaseSingletonPredictionContext = NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(nil, BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState)
- p.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash()
- return p
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool {
- return true
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext {
- return nil
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int {
- return e.returnState
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Hash() int {
- return e.cachedHash
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool {
- return e == other
-}
-
-func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) String() string {
- return "$"
-}
-
-type ArrayPredictionContext struct {
- *BasePredictionContext
-
- parents []PredictionContext
- returnStates []int
-}
-
-func NewArrayPredictionContext(parents []PredictionContext, returnStates []int) *ArrayPredictionContext {
- // Parent can be nil only if full ctx mode and we make an array
- // from {@link //EMPTY} and non-empty. We merge {@link //EMPTY} by using
- // nil parent and
- // returnState == {@link //EmptyReturnState}.
- hash := murmurInit(1)
-
- for _, parent := range parents {
- hash = murmurUpdate(hash, parent.Hash())
- }
-
- for _, returnState := range returnStates {
- hash = murmurUpdate(hash, returnState)
- }
-
- hash = murmurFinish(hash, len(parents)<<1)
-
- c := new(ArrayPredictionContext)
- c.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(hash)
-
- c.parents = parents
- c.returnStates = returnStates
-
- return c
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetReturnStates() []int {
- return a.returnStates
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool {
- return a.getReturnState(a.length()-1) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool {
- // since EmptyReturnState can only appear in the last position, we
- // don't need to verify that size==1
- return a.returnStates[0] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) length() int {
- return len(a.returnStates)
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext {
- return a.parents[index]
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int {
- return a.returnStates[index]
-}
-
-// Equals is the default comparison function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized
-// implementation is needed for a collection
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Equals(o interface{}) bool {
- if a == o {
- return true
- }
- other, ok := o.(*ArrayPredictionContext)
- if !ok {
- return false
- }
- if a.cachedHash != other.Hash() {
- return false // can't be same if hash is different
- }
-
- // Must compare the actual array elements and not just the array address
- //
- return slices.Equal(a.returnStates, other.returnStates) &&
- slices.EqualFunc(a.parents, other.parents, func(x, y PredictionContext) bool {
- return x.Equals(y)
- })
-}
-
-// Hash is the default hash function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized
-// implementation is needed for a collection
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Hash() int {
- return a.BasePredictionContext.cachedHash
-}
-
-func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) String() string {
- if a.isEmpty() {
- return "[]"
- }
-
- s := "["
- for i := 0; i < len(a.returnStates); i++ {
- if i > 0 {
- s = s + ", "
- }
- if a.returnStates[i] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
- s = s + "$"
- continue
- }
- s = s + strconv.Itoa(a.returnStates[i])
- if a.parents[i] != nil {
- s = s + " " + a.parents[i].String()
- } else {
- s = s + "nil"
- }
- }
-
- return s + "]"
-}
-
-// Convert a {@link RuleContext} tree to a {@link BasePredictionContext} graph.
-// Return {@link //EMPTY} if {@code outerContext} is empty or nil.
-// /
-func predictionContextFromRuleContext(a *ATN, outerContext RuleContext) PredictionContext {
- if outerContext == nil {
- outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty
- }
- // if we are in RuleContext of start rule, s, then BasePredictionContext
- // is EMPTY. Nobody called us. (if we are empty, return empty)
- if outerContext.GetParent() == nil || outerContext == ParserRuleContextEmpty {
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
- }
- // If we have a parent, convert it to a BasePredictionContext graph
- parent := predictionContextFromRuleContext(a, outerContext.GetParent().(RuleContext))
- state := a.states[outerContext.GetInvokingState()]
- transition := state.GetTransitions()[0]
-
- return SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, transition.(*RuleTransition).followState.GetStateNumber())
-}
-
-func merge(a, b PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *DoubleDict) PredictionContext {
-
- // Share same graph if both same
- //
- if a == b || a.Equals(b) {
- return a
- }
-
- // In Java, EmptyPredictionContext inherits from SingletonPredictionContext, and so the test
- // in java for SingletonPredictionContext will succeed and a new ArrayPredictionContext will be created
- // from it.
- // In go, EmptyPredictionContext does not equate to SingletonPredictionContext and so that conversion
- // will fail. We need to test for both Empty and Singleton and create an ArrayPredictionContext from
- // either of them.
-
- ac, ok1 := a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext)
- bc, ok2 := b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext)
-
- if ok1 && ok2 {
- return mergeSingletons(ac, bc, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
- }
- // At least one of a or b is array
- // If one is $ and rootIsWildcard, return $ as// wildcard
- if rootIsWildcard {
- if _, ok := a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok {
- return a
- }
- if _, ok := b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok {
- return b
- }
- }
-
- // Convert Singleton or Empty so both are arrays to normalize - We should not use the existing parameters
- // here.
- //
- // TODO: I think that maybe the Prediction Context structs should be redone as there is a chance we will see this mess again - maybe redo the logic here
-
- var arp, arb *ArrayPredictionContext
- var ok bool
- if arp, ok = a.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok {
- } else if _, ok = a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok {
- arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{a.GetParent(0)}, []int{a.getReturnState(0)})
- } else if _, ok = a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok {
- arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{})
- }
-
- if arb, ok = b.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok {
- } else if _, ok = b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok {
- arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{b.GetParent(0)}, []int{b.getReturnState(0)})
- } else if _, ok = b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok {
- arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{})
- }
-
- // Both arp and arb
- return mergeArrays(arp, arb, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
-}
-
-// Merge two {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext} instances.
-//
-// Stack tops equal, parents merge is same return left graph.
-//
-//
-// Same stack top, parents differ merge parents giving array node, then
-// remainders of those graphs. A Newroot node is created to point to the
-// merged parents.
-//
-//
-// Different stack tops pointing to same parent. Make array node for the
-// root where both element in the root point to the same (original)
-// parent.
-//
-//
-// Different stack tops pointing to different parents. Make array node for
-// the root where each element points to the corresponding original
-// parent.
-//
-//
-// @param a the first {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
-// @param b the second {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
-// @param rootIsWildcard {@code true} if this is a local-context merge,
-// otherwise false to indicate a full-context merge
-// @param mergeCache
-// /
-func mergeSingletons(a, b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *DoubleDict) PredictionContext {
- if mergeCache != nil {
- previous := mergeCache.Get(a.Hash(), b.Hash())
- if previous != nil {
- return previous.(PredictionContext)
- }
- previous = mergeCache.Get(b.Hash(), a.Hash())
- if previous != nil {
- return previous.(PredictionContext)
- }
- }
-
- rootMerge := mergeRoot(a, b, rootIsWildcard)
- if rootMerge != nil {
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), rootMerge)
- }
- return rootMerge
- }
- if a.returnState == b.returnState {
- parent := merge(a.parentCtx, b.parentCtx, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
- // if parent is same as existing a or b parent or reduced to a parent,
- // return it
- if parent == a.parentCtx {
- return a // ax + bx = ax, if a=b
- }
- if parent == b.parentCtx {
- return b // ax + bx = bx, if a=b
- }
- // else: ax + ay = a'[x,y]
- // merge parents x and y, giving array node with x,y then remainders
- // of those graphs. dup a, a' points at merged array
- // Newjoined parent so create Newsingleton pointing to it, a'
- spc := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, a.returnState)
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), spc)
- }
- return spc
- }
- // a != b payloads differ
- // see if we can collapse parents due to $+x parents if local ctx
- var singleParent PredictionContext
- if a == b || (a.parentCtx != nil && a.parentCtx == b.parentCtx) { // ax +
- // bx =
- // [a,b]x
- singleParent = a.parentCtx
- }
- if singleParent != nil { // parents are same
- // sort payloads and use same parent
- payloads := []int{a.returnState, b.returnState}
- if a.returnState > b.returnState {
- payloads[0] = b.returnState
- payloads[1] = a.returnState
- }
- parents := []PredictionContext{singleParent, singleParent}
- apc := NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), apc)
- }
- return apc
- }
- // parents differ and can't merge them. Just pack together
- // into array can't merge.
- // ax + by = [ax,by]
- payloads := []int{a.returnState, b.returnState}
- parents := []PredictionContext{a.parentCtx, b.parentCtx}
- if a.returnState > b.returnState { // sort by payload
- payloads[0] = b.returnState
- payloads[1] = a.returnState
- parents = []PredictionContext{b.parentCtx, a.parentCtx}
- }
- apc := NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), apc)
- }
- return apc
-}
-
-// Handle case where at least one of {@code a} or {@code b} is
-// {@link //EMPTY}. In the following diagrams, the symbol {@code $} is used
-// to represent {@link //EMPTY}.
-//
-// Local-Context Merges
-//
-// These local-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard}
-// is true.
-//
-// {@link //EMPTY} is superset of any graph return {@link //EMPTY}.
-//
-//
-// {@link //EMPTY} and anything is {@code //EMPTY}, so merged parent is
-// {@code //EMPTY} return left graph.
-//
-//
-// Special case of last merge if local context.
-//
-//
-// Full-Context Merges
-//
-// These full-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard}
-// is false.
-//
-//
-//
-// Must keep all contexts {@link //EMPTY} in array is a special value (and
-// nil parent).
-//
-//
-//
-//
-// @param a the first {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
-// @param b the second {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
-// @param rootIsWildcard {@code true} if this is a local-context merge,
-// otherwise false to indicate a full-context merge
-// /
-func mergeRoot(a, b SingletonPredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool) PredictionContext {
- if rootIsWildcard {
- if a == BasePredictionContextEMPTY {
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // // + b =//
- }
- if b == BasePredictionContextEMPTY {
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // a +// =//
- }
- } else {
- if a == BasePredictionContextEMPTY && b == BasePredictionContextEMPTY {
- return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // $ + $ = $
- } else if a == BasePredictionContextEMPTY { // $ + x = [$,x]
- payloads := []int{b.getReturnState(-1), BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState}
- parents := []PredictionContext{b.GetParent(-1), nil}
- return NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
- } else if b == BasePredictionContextEMPTY { // x + $ = [$,x] ($ is always first if present)
- payloads := []int{a.getReturnState(-1), BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState}
- parents := []PredictionContext{a.GetParent(-1), nil}
- return NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
- }
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// Merge two {@link ArrayBasePredictionContext} instances.
-//
-// Different tops, different parents.
-//
-//
-// Shared top, same parents.
-//
-//
-// Shared top, different parents.
-//
-//
-// Shared top, all shared parents.
-//
-//
-// Equal tops, merge parents and reduce top to
-// {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}.
-//
-// /
-func mergeArrays(a, b *ArrayPredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *DoubleDict) PredictionContext {
- if mergeCache != nil {
- previous := mergeCache.Get(a.Hash(), b.Hash())
- if previous != nil {
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> previous")
- }
- return previous.(PredictionContext)
- }
- previous = mergeCache.Get(b.Hash(), a.Hash())
- if previous != nil {
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> previous")
- }
- return previous.(PredictionContext)
- }
- }
- // merge sorted payloads a + b => M
- i := 0 // walks a
- j := 0 // walks b
- k := 0 // walks target M array
-
- mergedReturnStates := make([]int, len(a.returnStates)+len(b.returnStates))
- mergedParents := make([]PredictionContext, len(a.returnStates)+len(b.returnStates))
- // walk and merge to yield mergedParents, mergedReturnStates
- for i < len(a.returnStates) && j < len(b.returnStates) {
- aParent := a.parents[i]
- bParent := b.parents[j]
- if a.returnStates[i] == b.returnStates[j] {
- // same payload (stack tops are equal), must yield merged singleton
- payload := a.returnStates[i]
- // $+$ = $
- bothDollars := payload == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && aParent == nil && bParent == nil
- axAX := aParent != nil && bParent != nil && aParent == bParent // ax+ax
- // ->
- // ax
- if bothDollars || axAX {
- mergedParents[k] = aParent // choose left
- mergedReturnStates[k] = payload
- } else { // ax+ay -> a'[x,y]
- mergedParent := merge(aParent, bParent, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
- mergedParents[k] = mergedParent
- mergedReturnStates[k] = payload
- }
- i++ // hop over left one as usual
- j++ // but also Skip one in right side since we merge
- } else if a.returnStates[i] < b.returnStates[j] { // copy a[i] to M
- mergedParents[k] = aParent
- mergedReturnStates[k] = a.returnStates[i]
- i++
- } else { // b > a, copy b[j] to M
- mergedParents[k] = bParent
- mergedReturnStates[k] = b.returnStates[j]
- j++
- }
- k++
- }
- // copy over any payloads remaining in either array
- if i < len(a.returnStates) {
- for p := i; p < len(a.returnStates); p++ {
- mergedParents[k] = a.parents[p]
- mergedReturnStates[k] = a.returnStates[p]
- k++
- }
- } else {
- for p := j; p < len(b.returnStates); p++ {
- mergedParents[k] = b.parents[p]
- mergedReturnStates[k] = b.returnStates[p]
- k++
- }
- }
- // trim merged if we combined a few that had same stack tops
- if k < len(mergedParents) { // write index < last position trim
- if k == 1 { // for just one merged element, return singleton top
- pc := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(mergedParents[0], mergedReturnStates[0])
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), pc)
- }
- return pc
- }
- mergedParents = mergedParents[0:k]
- mergedReturnStates = mergedReturnStates[0:k]
- }
-
- M := NewArrayPredictionContext(mergedParents, mergedReturnStates)
-
- // if we created same array as a or b, return that instead
- // TODO: track whether this is possible above during merge sort for speed
- // TODO: In go, I do not think we can just do M == xx as M is a brand new allocation. This could be causing allocation problems
- if M == a {
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), a)
- }
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> a")
- }
- return a
- }
- if M == b {
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), b)
- }
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> b")
- }
- return b
- }
- combineCommonParents(mergedParents)
-
- if mergeCache != nil {
- mergeCache.set(a.Hash(), b.Hash(), M)
- }
- if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
- fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> " + M.String())
- }
- return M
-}
-
-// Make pass over all M {@code parents} merge any {@code equals()}
-// ones.
-// /
-func combineCommonParents(parents []PredictionContext) {
- uniqueParents := make(map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext)
-
- for p := 0; p < len(parents); p++ {
- parent := parents[p]
- if uniqueParents[parent] == nil {
- uniqueParents[parent] = parent
- }
- }
- for q := 0; q < len(parents); q++ {
- parents[q] = uniqueParents[parents[q]]
- }
-}
-
-func getCachedBasePredictionContext(context PredictionContext, contextCache *PredictionContextCache, visited map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext) PredictionContext {
-
- if context.isEmpty() {
- return context
- }
- existing := visited[context]
- if existing != nil {
- return existing
- }
- existing = contextCache.Get(context)
- if existing != nil {
- visited[context] = existing
- return existing
- }
- changed := false
- parents := make([]PredictionContext, context.length())
- for i := 0; i < len(parents); i++ {
- parent := getCachedBasePredictionContext(context.GetParent(i), contextCache, visited)
- if changed || parent != context.GetParent(i) {
- if !changed {
- parents = make([]PredictionContext, context.length())
- for j := 0; j < context.length(); j++ {
- parents[j] = context.GetParent(j)
- }
- changed = true
- }
- parents[i] = parent
- }
- }
- if !changed {
- contextCache.add(context)
- visited[context] = context
- return context
- }
- var updated PredictionContext
- if len(parents) == 0 {
- updated = BasePredictionContextEMPTY
- } else if len(parents) == 1 {
- updated = SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parents[0], context.getReturnState(0))
- } else {
- updated = NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, context.(*ArrayPredictionContext).GetReturnStates())
- }
- contextCache.add(updated)
- visited[updated] = updated
- visited[context] = updated
-
- return updated
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b9b72fab..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,529 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-// This enumeration defines the prediction modes available in ANTLR 4 along with
-// utility methods for analyzing configuration sets for conflicts and/or
-// ambiguities.
-
-const (
- //
- // The SLL(*) prediction mode. This prediction mode ignores the current
- // parser context when making predictions. This is the fastest prediction
- // mode, and provides correct results for many grammars. This prediction
- // mode is more powerful than the prediction mode provided by ANTLR 3, but
- // may result in syntax errors for grammar and input combinations which are
- // not SLL.
- //
- //
- // When using this prediction mode, the parser will either return a correct
- // parse tree (i.e. the same parse tree that would be returned with the
- // {@link //LL} prediction mode), or it will Report a syntax error. If a
- // syntax error is encountered when using the {@link //SLL} prediction mode,
- // it may be due to either an actual syntax error in the input or indicate
- // that the particular combination of grammar and input requires the more
- // powerful {@link //LL} prediction abilities to complete successfully.
- //
- //
- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
- // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- //
- PredictionModeSLL = 0
- //
- // The LL(*) prediction mode. This prediction mode allows the current parser
- // context to be used for resolving SLL conflicts that occur during
- // prediction. This is the fastest prediction mode that guarantees correct
- // parse results for all combinations of grammars with syntactically correct
- // inputs.
- //
- //
- // When using this prediction mode, the parser will make correct decisions
- // for all syntactically-correct grammar and input combinations. However, in
- // cases where the grammar is truly ambiguous this prediction mode might not
- // Report a precise answer for exactly which alternatives are
- // ambiguous.
- //
- //
- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
- // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- //
- PredictionModeLL = 1
- //
- // The LL(*) prediction mode with exact ambiguity detection. In addition to
- // the correctness guarantees provided by the {@link //LL} prediction mode,
- // this prediction mode instructs the prediction algorithm to determine the
- // complete and exact set of ambiguous alternatives for every ambiguous
- // decision encountered while parsing.
- //
- //
- // This prediction mode may be used for diagnosing ambiguities during
- // grammar development. Due to the performance overhead of calculating sets
- // of ambiguous alternatives, this prediction mode should be avoided when
- // the exact results are not necessary.
- //
- //
- // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
- // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
- //
- PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection = 2
-)
-
-// Computes the SLL prediction termination condition.
-//
-//
-// This method computes the SLL prediction termination condition for both of
-// the following cases.
-//
-//
-// - The usual SLL+LL fallback upon SLL conflict
-// - Pure SLL without LL fallback
-//
-//
-// COMBINED SLL+LL PARSING
-//
-// When LL-fallback is enabled upon SLL conflict, correct predictions are
-// ensured regardless of how the termination condition is computed by this
-// method. Due to the substantially higher cost of LL prediction, the
-// prediction should only fall back to LL when the additional lookahead
-// cannot lead to a unique SLL prediction.
-//
-// Assuming combined SLL+LL parsing, an SLL configuration set with only
-// conflicting subsets should fall back to full LL, even if the
-// configuration sets don't resolve to the same alternative (e.g.
-// {@code {1,2}} and {@code {3,4}}. If there is at least one non-conflicting
-// configuration, SLL could continue with the hopes that more lookahead will
-// resolve via one of those non-conflicting configurations.
-//
-// Here's the prediction termination rule them: SLL (for SLL+LL parsing)
-// stops when it sees only conflicting configuration subsets. In contrast,
-// full LL keeps going when there is uncertainty.
-//
-// HEURISTIC
-//
-// As a heuristic, we stop prediction when we see any conflicting subset
-// unless we see a state that only has one alternative associated with it.
-// The single-alt-state thing lets prediction continue upon rules like
-// (otherwise, it would admit defeat too soon):
-//
-// {@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]. s : (ID | ID ID?) ” }
-//
-// When the ATN simulation reaches the state before {@code ”}, it has a
-// DFA state that looks like: {@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]}. Naturally
-// {@code 12|1|[]} and {@code 12|2|[]} conflict, but we cannot stop
-// processing this node because alternative to has another way to continue,
-// via {@code [6|2|[]]}.
-//
-// It also let's us continue for this rule:
-//
-// {@code [1|1|[], 1|2|[], 8|3|[]] a : A | A | A B }
-//
-// After Matching input A, we reach the stop state for rule A, state 1.
-// State 8 is the state right before B. Clearly alternatives 1 and 2
-// conflict and no amount of further lookahead will separate the two.
-// However, alternative 3 will be able to continue and so we do not stop
-// working on this state. In the previous example, we're concerned with
-// states associated with the conflicting alternatives. Here alt 3 is not
-// associated with the conflicting configs, but since we can continue
-// looking for input reasonably, don't declare the state done.
-//
-// PURE SLL PARSING
-//
-// To handle pure SLL parsing, all we have to do is make sure that we
-// combine stack contexts for configurations that differ only by semantic
-// predicate. From there, we can do the usual SLL termination heuristic.
-//
-// PREDICATES IN SLL+LL PARSING
-//
-// SLL decisions don't evaluate predicates until after they reach DFA stop
-// states because they need to create the DFA cache that works in all
-// semantic situations. In contrast, full LL evaluates predicates collected
-// during start state computation so it can ignore predicates thereafter.
-// This means that SLL termination detection can totally ignore semantic
-// predicates.
-//
-// Implementation-wise, {@link ATNConfigSet} combines stack contexts but not
-// semantic predicate contexts so we might see two configurations like the
-// following.
-//
-// {@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p})}
-//
-// Before testing these configurations against others, we have to merge
-// {@code x} and {@code x'} (without modifying the existing configurations).
-// For example, we test {@code (x+x')==x”} when looking for conflicts in
-// the following configurations.
-//
-// {@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p}), (s, 2, x”, {})}
-//
-// If the configuration set has predicates (as indicated by
-// {@link ATNConfigSet//hasSemanticContext}), this algorithm makes a copy of
-// the configurations to strip out all of the predicates so that a standard
-// {@link ATNConfigSet} will merge everything ignoring predicates.
-func PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(mode int, configs ATNConfigSet) bool {
- // Configs in rule stop states indicate reaching the end of the decision
- // rule (local context) or end of start rule (full context). If all
- // configs meet this condition, then none of the configurations is able
- // to Match additional input so we terminate prediction.
- //
- if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) {
- return true
- }
- // pure SLL mode parsing
- if mode == PredictionModeSLL {
- // Don't bother with combining configs from different semantic
- // contexts if we can fail over to full LL costs more time
- // since we'll often fail over anyway.
- if configs.HasSemanticContext() {
- // dup configs, tossing out semantic predicates
- dup := NewBaseATNConfigSet(false)
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
-
- // NewBaseATNConfig({semanticContext:}, c)
- c = NewBaseATNConfig2(c, SemanticContextNone)
- dup.Add(c, nil)
- }
- configs = dup
- }
- // now we have combined contexts for configs with dissimilar preds
- }
- // pure SLL or combined SLL+LL mode parsing
- altsets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs)
- return PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets) && !PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs)
-}
-
-// Checks if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a
-// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached
-// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full
-// context).
-//
-// @param configs the configuration set to test
-// @return {@code true} if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a
-// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(configs ATNConfigSet) bool {
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
- if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
- return true
- }
- }
- return false
-}
-
-// Checks if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a
-// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached
-// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full
-// context).
-//
-// @param configs the configuration set to test
-// @return {@code true} if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a
-// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs ATNConfigSet) bool {
-
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
- if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); !ok {
- return false
- }
- }
- return true
-}
-
-// Full LL prediction termination.
-//
-// Can we stop looking ahead during ATN simulation or is there some
-// uncertainty as to which alternative we will ultimately pick, after
-// consuming more input? Even if there are partial conflicts, we might know
-// that everything is going to resolve to the same minimum alternative. That
-// means we can stop since no more lookahead will change that fact. On the
-// other hand, there might be multiple conflicts that resolve to different
-// minimums. That means we need more look ahead to decide which of those
-// alternatives we should predict.
-//
-// The basic idea is to split the set of configurations {@code C}, into
-// conflicting subsets {@code (s, _, ctx, _)} and singleton subsets with
-// non-conflicting configurations. Two configurations conflict if they have
-// identical {@link ATNConfig//state} and {@link ATNConfig//context} values
-// but different {@link ATNConfig//alt} value, e.g. {@code (s, i, ctx, _)}
-// and {@code (s, j, ctx, _)} for {@code i!=j}.
-//
-// Reduce these configuration subsets to the set of possible alternatives.
-// You can compute the alternative subsets in one pass as follows:
-//
-// {@code A_s,ctx = {i | (s, i, ctx, _)}} for each configuration in
-// {@code C} holding {@code s} and {@code ctx} fixed.
-//
-// Or in pseudo-code, for each configuration {@code c} in {@code C}:
-//
-//
-// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not
-// alt and not pred
-//
-//
-// The values in {@code map} are the set of {@code A_s,ctx} sets.
-//
-// If {@code |A_s,ctx|=1} then there is no conflict associated with
-// {@code s} and {@code ctx}.
-//
-// Reduce the subsets to singletons by choosing a minimum of each subset. If
-// the union of these alternative subsets is a singleton, then no amount of
-// more lookahead will help us. We will always pick that alternative. If,
-// however, there is more than one alternative, then we are uncertain which
-// alternative to predict and must continue looking for resolution. We may
-// or may not discover an ambiguity in the future, even if there are no
-// conflicting subsets this round.
-//
-// The biggest sin is to terminate early because it means we've made a
-// decision but were uncertain as to the eventual outcome. We haven't used
-// enough lookahead. On the other hand, announcing a conflict too late is no
-// big deal you will still have the conflict. It's just inefficient. It
-// might even look until the end of file.
-//
-// No special consideration for semantic predicates is required because
-// predicates are evaluated on-the-fly for full LL prediction, ensuring that
-// no configuration contains a semantic context during the termination
-// check.
-//
-// CONFLICTING CONFIGS
-//
-// Two configurations {@code (s, i, x)} and {@code (s, j, x')}, conflict
-// when {@code i!=j} but {@code x=x'}. Because we merge all
-// {@code (s, i, _)} configurations together, that means that there are at
-// most {@code n} configurations associated with state {@code s} for
-// {@code n} possible alternatives in the decision. The merged stacks
-// complicate the comparison of configuration contexts {@code x} and
-// {@code x'}. Sam checks to see if one is a subset of the other by calling
-// merge and checking to see if the merged result is either {@code x} or
-// {@code x'}. If the {@code x} associated with lowest alternative {@code i}
-// is the superset, then {@code i} is the only possible prediction since the
-// others resolve to {@code min(i)} as well. However, if {@code x} is
-// associated with {@code j>i} then at least one stack configuration for
-// {@code j} is not in conflict with alternative {@code i}. The algorithm
-// should keep going, looking for more lookahead due to the uncertainty.
-//
-// For simplicity, I'm doing a equality check between {@code x} and
-// {@code x'} that lets the algorithm continue to consume lookahead longer
-// than necessary. The reason I like the equality is of course the
-// simplicity but also because that is the test you need to detect the
-// alternatives that are actually in conflict.
-//
-// CONTINUE/STOP RULE
-//
-// Continue if union of resolved alternative sets from non-conflicting and
-// conflicting alternative subsets has more than one alternative. We are
-// uncertain about which alternative to predict.
-//
-// The complete set of alternatives, {@code [i for (_,i,_)]}, tells us which
-// alternatives are still in the running for the amount of input we've
-// consumed at this point. The conflicting sets let us to strip away
-// configurations that won't lead to more states because we resolve
-// conflicts to the configuration with a minimum alternate for the
-// conflicting set.
-//
-// CASES
-//
-//
-//
-// - no conflicts and more than 1 alternative in set => continue
-//
-// - {@code (s, 1, x)}, {@code (s, 2, x)}, {@code (s, 3, z)},
-// {@code (s', 1, y)}, {@code (s', 2, y)} yields non-conflicting set
-// {@code {3}} U conflicting sets {@code min({1,2})} U {@code min({1,2})} =
-// {@code {1,3}} => continue
-//
-//
-// - {@code (s, 1, x)}, {@code (s, 2, x)}, {@code (s', 1, y)},
-// {@code (s', 2, y)}, {@code (s”, 1, z)} yields non-conflicting set
-// {@code {1}} U conflicting sets {@code min({1,2})} U {@code min({1,2})} =
-// {@code {1}} => stop and predict 1
-//
-// - {@code (s, 1, x)}, {@code (s, 2, x)}, {@code (s', 1, y)},
-// {@code (s', 2, y)} yields conflicting, reduced sets {@code {1}} U
-// {@code {1}} = {@code {1}} => stop and predict 1, can announce
-// ambiguity {@code {1,2}}
-//
-// - {@code (s, 1, x)}, {@code (s, 2, x)}, {@code (s', 2, y)},
-// {@code (s', 3, y)} yields conflicting, reduced sets {@code {1}} U
-// {@code {2}} = {@code {1,2}} => continue
-//
-// - {@code (s, 1, x)}, {@code (s, 2, x)}, {@code (s', 3, y)},
-// {@code (s', 4, y)} yields conflicting, reduced sets {@code {1}} U
-// {@code {3}} = {@code {1,3}} => continue
-//
-//
-//
-// EXACT AMBIGUITY DETECTION
-//
-// If all states Report the same conflicting set of alternatives, then we
-// know we have the exact ambiguity set.
-//
-// |A_i|>1 and
-// A_i = A_j for all i, j.
-//
-// In other words, we continue examining lookahead until all {@code A_i}
-// have more than one alternative and all {@code A_i} are the same. If
-// {@code A={{1,2}, {1,3}}}, then regular LL prediction would terminate
-// because the resolved set is {@code {1}}. To determine what the real
-// ambiguity is, we have to know whether the ambiguity is between one and
-// two or one and three so we keep going. We can only stop prediction when
-// we need exact ambiguity detection when the sets look like
-// {@code A={{1,2}}} or {@code {{1,2},{1,2}}}, etc...
-func PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
- return PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets)
-}
-
-// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains more
-// than one alternative.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-// @return {@code true} if every {@link BitSet} in {@code altsets} has
-// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
- return !PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets)
-}
-
-// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains
-// exactly one alternative.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with
-// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} 1, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
- for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
- alts := altsets[i]
- if alts.length() == 1 {
- return true
- }
- }
- return false
-}
-
-// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains
-// more than one alternative.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with
-// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
- for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
- alts := altsets[i]
- if alts.length() > 1 {
- return true
- }
- }
- return false
-}
-
-// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} is equivalent.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-// @return {@code true} if every member of {@code altsets} is equal to the
-// others, otherwise {@code false}
-func PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
- var first *BitSet
-
- for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
- alts := altsets[i]
- if first == nil {
- first = alts
- } else if alts != first {
- return false
- }
- }
-
- return true
-}
-
-// Returns the unique alternative predicted by all alternative subsets in
-// {@code altsets}. If no such alternative exists, this method returns
-// {@link ATN//INVALID_ALT_NUMBER}.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-func PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
- all := PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets)
- if all.length() == 1 {
- return all.minValue()
- }
-
- return ATNInvalidAltNumber
-}
-
-// Gets the complete set of represented alternatives for a collection of
-// alternative subsets. This method returns the union of each {@link BitSet}
-// in {@code altsets}.
-//
-// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
-// @return the set of represented alternatives in {@code altsets}
-func PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets []*BitSet) *BitSet {
- all := NewBitSet()
- for _, alts := range altsets {
- all.or(alts)
- }
- return all
-}
-
-// PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets gets the conflicting alt subsets from a configuration set.
-// For each configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}:
-//
-//
-// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not
-// alt and not pred
-//
-func PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs ATNConfigSet) []*BitSet {
- configToAlts := NewJMap[ATNConfig, *BitSet, *ATNAltConfigComparator[ATNConfig]](atnAltCfgEqInst)
-
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
-
- alts, ok := configToAlts.Get(c)
- if !ok {
- alts = NewBitSet()
- configToAlts.Put(c, alts)
- }
- alts.add(c.GetAlt())
- }
-
- return configToAlts.Values()
-}
-
-// PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap gets a map from state to alt subset from a configuration set. For each
-// configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}:
-//
-//
-// map[c.{@link ATNConfig//state state}] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt}
-//
-func PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs ATNConfigSet) *AltDict {
- m := NewAltDict()
-
- for _, c := range configs.GetItems() {
- alts := m.Get(c.GetState().String())
- if alts == nil {
- alts = NewBitSet()
- m.put(c.GetState().String(), alts)
- }
- alts.(*BitSet).add(c.GetAlt())
- }
- return m
-}
-
-func PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs ATNConfigSet) bool {
- values := PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs).values()
- for i := 0; i < len(values); i++ {
- if values[i].(*BitSet).length() == 1 {
- return true
- }
- }
- return false
-}
-
-func PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
- result := ATNInvalidAltNumber
-
- for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
- alts := altsets[i]
- minAlt := alts.minValue()
- if result == ATNInvalidAltNumber {
- result = minAlt
- } else if result != minAlt { // more than 1 viable alt
- return ATNInvalidAltNumber
- }
- }
- return result
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
deleted file mode 100644
index bfe542d09..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "fmt"
- "strings"
-
- "strconv"
-)
-
-type Recognizer interface {
- GetLiteralNames() []string
- GetSymbolicNames() []string
- GetRuleNames() []string
-
- Sempred(RuleContext, int, int) bool
- Precpred(RuleContext, int) bool
-
- GetState() int
- SetState(int)
- Action(RuleContext, int, int)
- AddErrorListener(ErrorListener)
- RemoveErrorListeners()
- GetATN() *ATN
- GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener
-}
-
-type BaseRecognizer struct {
- listeners []ErrorListener
- state int
-
- RuleNames []string
- LiteralNames []string
- SymbolicNames []string
- GrammarFileName string
-}
-
-func NewBaseRecognizer() *BaseRecognizer {
- rec := new(BaseRecognizer)
- rec.listeners = []ErrorListener{ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE}
- rec.state = -1
- return rec
-}
-
-var tokenTypeMapCache = make(map[string]int)
-var ruleIndexMapCache = make(map[string]int)
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) checkVersion(toolVersion string) {
- runtimeVersion := "4.12.0"
- if runtimeVersion != toolVersion {
- fmt.Println("ANTLR runtime and generated code versions disagree: " + runtimeVersion + "!=" + toolVersion)
- }
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) Action(context RuleContext, ruleIndex, actionIndex int) {
- panic("action not implemented on Recognizer!")
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) AddErrorListener(listener ErrorListener) {
- b.listeners = append(b.listeners, listener)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) RemoveErrorListeners() {
- b.listeners = make([]ErrorListener, 0)
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleNames() []string {
- return b.RuleNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenNames() []string {
- return b.LiteralNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetSymbolicNames() []string {
- return b.SymbolicNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetLiteralNames() []string {
- return b.LiteralNames
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetState() int {
- return b.state
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) SetState(v int) {
- b.state = v
-}
-
-//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() {
-// var tokenNames = b.GetTokenNames()
-// if (tokenNames==nil) {
-// panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of token names.")
-// }
-// var result = tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames]
-// if(result==nil) {
-// result = tokenNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i })
-// result.EOF = TokenEOF
-// tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames] = result
-// }
-// return result
-//}
-
-// Get a map from rule names to rule indexes.
-//
-// Used for XPath and tree pattern compilation.
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleIndexMap() map[string]int {
-
- panic("Method not defined!")
- // var ruleNames = b.GetRuleNames()
- // if (ruleNames==nil) {
- // panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of rule names.")
- // }
- //
- // var result = ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames]
- // if(result==nil) {
- // result = ruleNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i })
- // ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] = result
- // }
- // return result
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenType(tokenName string) int {
- panic("Method not defined!")
- // var ttype = b.GetTokenTypeMap()[tokenName]
- // if (ttype !=nil) {
- // return ttype
- // } else {
- // return TokenInvalidType
- // }
-}
-
-//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() map[string]int {
-// Vocabulary vocabulary = getVocabulary()
-//
-// Synchronized (tokenTypeMapCache) {
-// Map result = tokenTypeMapCache.Get(vocabulary)
-// if (result == null) {
-// result = new HashMap()
-// for (int i = 0; i < GetATN().maxTokenType; i++) {
-// String literalName = vocabulary.getLiteralName(i)
-// if (literalName != null) {
-// result.put(literalName, i)
-// }
-//
-// String symbolicName = vocabulary.GetSymbolicName(i)
-// if (symbolicName != null) {
-// result.put(symbolicName, i)
-// }
-// }
-//
-// result.put("EOF", Token.EOF)
-// result = Collections.unmodifiableMap(result)
-// tokenTypeMapCache.put(vocabulary, result)
-// }
-//
-// return result
-// }
-//}
-
-// What is the error header, normally line/character position information?//
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetErrorHeader(e RecognitionException) string {
- line := e.GetOffendingToken().GetLine()
- column := e.GetOffendingToken().GetColumn()
- return "line " + strconv.Itoa(line) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(column)
-}
-
-// How should a token be displayed in an error message? The default
-//
-// is to display just the text, but during development you might
-// want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
-// to use t.String() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
-// the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
-// your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
-// so that it creates a NewJava type.
-//
-// @deprecated This method is not called by the ANTLR 4 Runtime. Specific
-// implementations of {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy} may provide a similar
-// feature when necessary. For example, see
-// {@link DefaultErrorStrategy//GetTokenErrorDisplay}.
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenErrorDisplay(t Token) string {
- if t == nil {
- return ""
- }
- s := t.GetText()
- if s == "" {
- if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
- s = ""
- } else {
- s = "<" + strconv.Itoa(t.GetTokenType()) + ">"
- }
- }
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\t", "\\t", -1)
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\n", "\\n", -1)
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\r", "\\r", -1)
-
- return "'" + s + "'"
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener {
- return NewProxyErrorListener(b.listeners)
-}
-
-// subclass needs to override these if there are sempreds or actions
-// that the ATN interp needs to execute
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) Sempred(localctx RuleContext, ruleIndex int, actionIndex int) bool {
- return true
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRecognizer) Precpred(localctx RuleContext, precedence int) bool {
- return true
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go
deleted file mode 100644
index 210699ba2..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-// A rule context is a record of a single rule invocation. It knows
-// which context invoked it, if any. If there is no parent context, then
-// naturally the invoking state is not valid. The parent link
-// provides a chain upwards from the current rule invocation to the root
-// of the invocation tree, forming a stack. We actually carry no
-// information about the rule associated with b context (except
-// when parsing). We keep only the state number of the invoking state from
-// the ATN submachine that invoked b. Contrast b with the s
-// pointer inside ParserRuleContext that tracks the current state
-// being "executed" for the current rule.
-//
-// The parent contexts are useful for computing lookahead sets and
-// getting error information.
-//
-// These objects are used during parsing and prediction.
-// For the special case of parsers, we use the subclass
-// ParserRuleContext.
-//
-// @see ParserRuleContext
-//
-
-type RuleContext interface {
- RuleNode
-
- GetInvokingState() int
- SetInvokingState(int)
-
- GetRuleIndex() int
- IsEmpty() bool
-
- GetAltNumber() int
- SetAltNumber(altNumber int)
-
- String([]string, RuleContext) string
-}
-
-type BaseRuleContext struct {
- parentCtx RuleContext
- invokingState int
- RuleIndex int
-}
-
-func NewBaseRuleContext(parent RuleContext, invokingState int) *BaseRuleContext {
-
- rn := new(BaseRuleContext)
-
- // What context invoked b rule?
- rn.parentCtx = parent
-
- // What state invoked the rule associated with b context?
- // The "return address" is the followState of invokingState
- // If parent is nil, b should be -1.
- if parent == nil {
- rn.invokingState = -1
- } else {
- rn.invokingState = invokingState
- }
-
- return rn
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetBaseRuleContext() *BaseRuleContext {
- return b
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) SetParent(v Tree) {
- if v == nil {
- b.parentCtx = nil
- } else {
- b.parentCtx = v.(RuleContext)
- }
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetInvokingState() int {
- return b.invokingState
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) SetInvokingState(t int) {
- b.invokingState = t
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetRuleIndex() int {
- return b.RuleIndex
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetAltNumber() int {
- return ATNInvalidAltNumber
-}
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) SetAltNumber(altNumber int) {}
-
-// A context is empty if there is no invoking state meaning nobody call
-// current context.
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) IsEmpty() bool {
- return b.invokingState == -1
-}
-
-// Return the combined text of all child nodes. This method only considers
-// tokens which have been added to the parse tree.
-//
-// Since tokens on hidden channels (e.g. whitespace or comments) are not
-// added to the parse trees, they will not appear in the output of b
-// method.
-//
-
-func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetParent() Tree {
- return b.parentCtx
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go
deleted file mode 100644
index f73b06bc6..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "strconv"
- "strings"
-)
-
-type TokenSourceCharStreamPair struct {
- tokenSource TokenSource
- charStream CharStream
-}
-
-// A token has properties: text, type, line, character position in the line
-// (so we can ignore tabs), token channel, index, and source from which
-// we obtained this token.
-
-type Token interface {
- GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair
- GetTokenType() int
- GetChannel() int
- GetStart() int
- GetStop() int
- GetLine() int
- GetColumn() int
-
- GetText() string
- SetText(s string)
-
- GetTokenIndex() int
- SetTokenIndex(v int)
-
- GetTokenSource() TokenSource
- GetInputStream() CharStream
-}
-
-type BaseToken struct {
- source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair
- tokenType int // token type of the token
- channel int // The parser ignores everything not on DEFAULT_CHANNEL
- start int // optional return -1 if not implemented.
- stop int // optional return -1 if not implemented.
- tokenIndex int // from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream
- line int // line=1..n of the 1st character
- column int // beginning of the line at which it occurs, 0..n-1
- text string // text of the token.
- readOnly bool
-}
-
-const (
- TokenInvalidType = 0
-
- // During lookahead operations, this "token" signifies we hit rule end ATN state
- // and did not follow it despite needing to.
- TokenEpsilon = -2
-
- TokenMinUserTokenType = 1
-
- TokenEOF = -1
-
- // All tokens go to the parser (unless Skip() is called in that rule)
- // on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
- // so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
-
- TokenDefaultChannel = 0
-
- // Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed
- // by parser.
-
- TokenHiddenChannel = 1
-)
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetChannel() int {
- return b.channel
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetStart() int {
- return b.start
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetStop() int {
- return b.stop
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetLine() int {
- return b.line
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetColumn() int {
- return b.column
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenType() int {
- return b.tokenType
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair {
- return b.source
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenIndex() int {
- return b.tokenIndex
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) SetTokenIndex(v int) {
- b.tokenIndex = v
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenSource() TokenSource {
- return b.source.tokenSource
-}
-
-func (b *BaseToken) GetInputStream() CharStream {
- return b.source.charStream
-}
-
-type CommonToken struct {
- *BaseToken
-}
-
-func NewCommonToken(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, tokenType, channel, start, stop int) *CommonToken {
-
- t := new(CommonToken)
-
- t.BaseToken = new(BaseToken)
-
- t.source = source
- t.tokenType = tokenType
- t.channel = channel
- t.start = start
- t.stop = stop
- t.tokenIndex = -1
- if t.source.tokenSource != nil {
- t.line = source.tokenSource.GetLine()
- t.column = source.tokenSource.GetCharPositionInLine()
- } else {
- t.column = -1
- }
- return t
-}
-
-// An empty {@link Pair} which is used as the default value of
-// {@link //source} for tokens that do not have a source.
-
-//CommonToken.EMPTY_SOURCE = [ nil, nil ]
-
-// Constructs a New{@link CommonToken} as a copy of another {@link Token}.
-//
-//
-// If {@code oldToken} is also a {@link CommonToken} instance, the newly
-// constructed token will share a reference to the {@link //text} field and
-// the {@link Pair} stored in {@link //source}. Otherwise, {@link //text} will
-// be assigned the result of calling {@link //GetText}, and {@link //source}
-// will be constructed from the result of {@link Token//GetTokenSource} and
-// {@link Token//GetInputStream}.
-//
-// @param oldToken The token to copy.
-func (c *CommonToken) clone() *CommonToken {
- t := NewCommonToken(c.source, c.tokenType, c.channel, c.start, c.stop)
- t.tokenIndex = c.GetTokenIndex()
- t.line = c.GetLine()
- t.column = c.GetColumn()
- t.text = c.GetText()
- return t
-}
-
-func (c *CommonToken) GetText() string {
- if c.text != "" {
- return c.text
- }
- input := c.GetInputStream()
- if input == nil {
- return ""
- }
- n := input.Size()
- if c.start < n && c.stop < n {
- return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(c.start, c.stop))
- }
- return ""
-}
-
-func (c *CommonToken) SetText(text string) {
- c.text = text
-}
-
-func (c *CommonToken) String() string {
- txt := c.GetText()
- if txt != "" {
- txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\n", "\\n", -1)
- txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\r", "\\r", -1)
- txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\t", "\\t", -1)
- } else {
- txt = ""
- }
-
- var ch string
- if c.channel > 0 {
- ch = ",channel=" + strconv.Itoa(c.channel)
- } else {
- ch = ""
- }
-
- return "[@" + strconv.Itoa(c.tokenIndex) + "," + strconv.Itoa(c.start) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(c.stop) + "='" +
- txt + "',<" + strconv.Itoa(c.tokenType) + ">" +
- ch + "," + strconv.Itoa(c.line) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(c.column) + "]"
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go
deleted file mode 100644
index b3e38af34..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "bytes"
- "fmt"
-)
-
-//
-// Useful for rewriting out a buffered input token stream after doing some
-// augmentation or other manipulations on it.
-
-//
-// You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the operations
-// are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a {@link String} with
-// {@link TokenStream#getText()}. This is very efficient because you are not
-// moving data around all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to
-// strings, the {@link #getText()} method(s) scan the input token stream and
-// check to see if there is an operation at the current index. If so, the
-// operation is done and then normal {@link String} rendering continues on the
-// buffer. This is like having multiple Turing machine instruction streams
-// (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
-//
-
-// This rewriter makes no modifications to the token stream. It does not ask the
-// stream to fill itself up nor does it advance the input cursor. The token
-// stream {@link TokenStream#index()} will return the same value before and
-// after any {@link #getText()} call.
-
-//
-// The rewriter only works on tokens that you have in the buffer and ignores the
-// current input cursor. If you are buffering tokens on-demand, calling
-// {@link #getText()} halfway through the input will only do rewrites for those
-// tokens in the first half of the file.
-
-//
-// Since the operations are done lazily at {@link #getText}-time, operations do
-// not screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
-// index {@code i} does not change the index values for tokens
-// {@code i}+1..n-1.
-
-//
-// Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get the
-// original token stream back without undoing anything. Since the instructions
-// are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and roll back any changes
-// if there is an error just by removing instructions. For example,
-
-//
-// CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
-// TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
-// CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
-// T parser = new T(tokens);
-// TokenStreamRewriter rewriter = new TokenStreamRewriter(tokens);
-// parser.startRule();
-//
-
-//
-// Then in the rules, you can execute (assuming rewriter is visible):
-
-//
-// Token t,u;
-// ...
-// rewriter.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
-// rewriter.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
-// System.out.println(rewriter.getText());
-//
-
-//
-// You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple rewrites
-// from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction streams and use
-// that name again when printing the buffer. This could be useful for generating
-// a C file and also its header file--all from the same buffer:
-
-//
-// rewriter.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
-// rewriter.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
-// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass1"));
-// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass2"));
-//
-
-//
-// If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as the
-// first example shows.
-
-const (
- Default_Program_Name = "default"
- Program_Init_Size = 100
- Min_Token_Index = 0
-)
-
-// Define the rewrite operation hierarchy
-
-type RewriteOperation interface {
- // Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
- // Return the index of the next token to operate on.
- Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int
- String() string
- GetInstructionIndex() int
- GetIndex() int
- GetText() string
- GetOpName() string
- GetTokens() TokenStream
- SetInstructionIndex(val int)
- SetIndex(int)
- SetText(string)
- SetOpName(string)
- SetTokens(TokenStream)
-}
-
-type BaseRewriteOperation struct {
- //Current index of rewrites list
- instruction_index int
- //Token buffer index
- index int
- //Substitution text
- text string
- //Actual operation name
- op_name string
- //Pointer to token steam
- tokens TokenStream
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetInstructionIndex() int {
- return op.instruction_index
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetIndex() int {
- return op.index
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetText() string {
- return op.text
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetOpName() string {
- return op.op_name
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetTokens() TokenStream {
- return op.tokens
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetInstructionIndex(val int) {
- op.instruction_index = val
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetIndex(val int) {
- op.index = val
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetText(val string) {
- op.text = val
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetOpName(val string) {
- op.op_name = val
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetTokens(val TokenStream) {
- op.tokens = val
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
- return op.index
-}
-
-func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) String() string {
- return fmt.Sprintf("<%s@%d:\"%s\">",
- op.op_name,
- op.tokens.Get(op.GetIndex()),
- op.text,
- )
-
-}
-
-type InsertBeforeOp struct {
- BaseRewriteOperation
-}
-
-func NewInsertBeforeOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertBeforeOp {
- return &InsertBeforeOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
- index: index,
- text: text,
- op_name: "InsertBeforeOp",
- tokens: stream,
- }}
-}
-
-func (op *InsertBeforeOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
- buffer.WriteString(op.text)
- if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
- buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText())
- }
- return op.index + 1
-}
-
-func (op *InsertBeforeOp) String() string {
- return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String()
-}
-
-// Distinguish between insert after/before to do the "insert afters"
-// first and then the "insert befores" at same index. Implementation
-// of "insert after" is "insert before index+1".
-
-type InsertAfterOp struct {
- BaseRewriteOperation
-}
-
-func NewInsertAfterOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertAfterOp {
- return &InsertAfterOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
- index: index + 1,
- text: text,
- tokens: stream,
- }}
-}
-
-func (op *InsertAfterOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
- buffer.WriteString(op.text)
- if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
- buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText())
- }
- return op.index + 1
-}
-
-func (op *InsertAfterOp) String() string {
- return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String()
-}
-
-// I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
-// instructions.
-type ReplaceOp struct {
- BaseRewriteOperation
- LastIndex int
-}
-
-func NewReplaceOp(from, to int, text string, stream TokenStream) *ReplaceOp {
- return &ReplaceOp{
- BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
- index: from,
- text: text,
- op_name: "ReplaceOp",
- tokens: stream,
- },
- LastIndex: to,
- }
-}
-
-func (op *ReplaceOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
- if op.text != "" {
- buffer.WriteString(op.text)
- }
- return op.LastIndex + 1
-}
-
-func (op *ReplaceOp) String() string {
- if op.text == "" {
- return fmt.Sprintf("",
- op.tokens.Get(op.index), op.tokens.Get(op.LastIndex))
- }
- return fmt.Sprintf("",
- op.tokens.Get(op.index), op.tokens.Get(op.LastIndex), op.text)
-}
-
-type TokenStreamRewriter struct {
- //Our source stream
- tokens TokenStream
- // You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
- // I'm calling these things "programs."
- // Maps String (name) → rewrite (List)
- programs map[string][]RewriteOperation
- last_rewrite_token_indexes map[string]int
-}
-
-func NewTokenStreamRewriter(tokens TokenStream) *TokenStreamRewriter {
- return &TokenStreamRewriter{
- tokens: tokens,
- programs: map[string][]RewriteOperation{
- Default_Program_Name: make([]RewriteOperation, 0, Program_Init_Size),
- },
- last_rewrite_token_indexes: map[string]int{},
- }
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetTokenStream() TokenStream {
- return tsr.tokens
-}
-
-// Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
-// the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
-// longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Rollback(program_name string, instruction_index int) {
- is, ok := tsr.programs[program_name]
- if ok {
- tsr.programs[program_name] = is[Min_Token_Index:instruction_index]
- }
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) RollbackDefault(instruction_index int) {
- tsr.Rollback(Default_Program_Name, instruction_index)
-}
-
-// Reset the program so that no instructions exist
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteProgram(program_name string) {
- tsr.Rollback(program_name, Min_Token_Index) //TODO: double test on that cause lower bound is not included
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteProgramDefault() {
- tsr.DeleteProgram(Default_Program_Name)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfter(program_name string, index int, text string) {
- // to insert after, just insert before next index (even if past end)
- var op RewriteOperation = NewInsertAfterOp(index, text, tsr.tokens)
- rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(program_name)
- op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
- tsr.AddToProgram(program_name, op)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfterDefault(index int, text string) {
- tsr.InsertAfter(Default_Program_Name, index, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfterToken(program_name string, token Token, text string) {
- tsr.InsertAfter(program_name, token.GetTokenIndex(), text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBefore(program_name string, index int, text string) {
- var op RewriteOperation = NewInsertBeforeOp(index, text, tsr.tokens)
- rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(program_name)
- op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
- tsr.AddToProgram(program_name, op)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBeforeDefault(index int, text string) {
- tsr.InsertBefore(Default_Program_Name, index, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBeforeToken(program_name string, token Token, text string) {
- tsr.InsertBefore(program_name, token.GetTokenIndex(), text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Replace(program_name string, from, to int, text string) {
- if from > to || from < 0 || to < 0 || to >= tsr.tokens.Size() {
- panic(fmt.Sprintf("replace: range invalid: %d..%d(size=%d)",
- from, to, tsr.tokens.Size()))
- }
- var op RewriteOperation = NewReplaceOp(from, to, text, tsr.tokens)
- rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(program_name)
- op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
- tsr.AddToProgram(program_name, op)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceDefault(from, to int, text string) {
- tsr.Replace(Default_Program_Name, from, to, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceDefaultPos(index int, text string) {
- tsr.ReplaceDefault(index, index, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceToken(program_name string, from, to Token, text string) {
- tsr.Replace(program_name, from.GetTokenIndex(), to.GetTokenIndex(), text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceTokenDefault(from, to Token, text string) {
- tsr.ReplaceToken(Default_Program_Name, from, to, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceTokenDefaultPos(index Token, text string) {
- tsr.ReplaceTokenDefault(index, index, text)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Delete(program_name string, from, to int) {
- tsr.Replace(program_name, from, to, "")
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteDefault(from, to int) {
- tsr.Delete(Default_Program_Name, from, to)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteDefaultPos(index int) {
- tsr.DeleteDefault(index, index)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteToken(program_name string, from, to Token) {
- tsr.ReplaceToken(program_name, from, to, "")
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteTokenDefault(from, to Token) {
- tsr.DeleteToken(Default_Program_Name, from, to)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetLastRewriteTokenIndex(program_name string) int {
- i, ok := tsr.last_rewrite_token_indexes[program_name]
- if !ok {
- return -1
- }
- return i
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetLastRewriteTokenIndexDefault() int {
- return tsr.GetLastRewriteTokenIndex(Default_Program_Name)
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) SetLastRewriteTokenIndex(program_name string, i int) {
- tsr.last_rewrite_token_indexes[program_name] = i
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InitializeProgram(name string) []RewriteOperation {
- is := make([]RewriteOperation, 0, Program_Init_Size)
- tsr.programs[name] = is
- return is
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) AddToProgram(name string, op RewriteOperation) {
- is := tsr.GetProgram(name)
- is = append(is, op)
- tsr.programs[name] = is
-}
-
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetProgram(name string) []RewriteOperation {
- is, ok := tsr.programs[name]
- if !ok {
- is = tsr.InitializeProgram(name)
- }
- return is
-}
-
-// Return the text from the original tokens altered per the
-// instructions given to this rewriter.
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetTextDefault() string {
- return tsr.GetText(
- Default_Program_Name,
- NewInterval(0, tsr.tokens.Size()-1))
-}
-
-// Return the text from the original tokens altered per the
-// instructions given to this rewriter.
-func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetText(program_name string, interval *Interval) string {
- rewrites := tsr.programs[program_name]
- start := interval.Start
- stop := interval.Stop
- // ensure start/end are in range
- stop = min(stop, tsr.tokens.Size()-1)
- start = max(start, 0)
- if rewrites == nil || len(rewrites) == 0 {
- return tsr.tokens.GetTextFromInterval(interval) // no instructions to execute
- }
- buf := bytes.Buffer{}
- // First, optimize instruction stream
- indexToOp := reduceToSingleOperationPerIndex(rewrites)
- // Walk buffer, executing instructions and emitting tokens
- for i := start; i <= stop && i < tsr.tokens.Size(); {
- op := indexToOp[i]
- delete(indexToOp, i) // remove so any left have index size-1
- t := tsr.tokens.Get(i)
- if op == nil {
- // no operation at that index, just dump token
- if t.GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
- buf.WriteString(t.GetText())
- }
- i++ // move to next token
- } else {
- i = op.Execute(&buf) // execute operation and skip
- }
- }
- // include stuff after end if it's last index in buffer
- // So, if they did an insertAfter(lastValidIndex, "foo"), include
- // foo if end==lastValidIndex.
- if stop == tsr.tokens.Size()-1 {
- // Scan any remaining operations after last token
- // should be included (they will be inserts).
- for _, op := range indexToOp {
- if op.GetIndex() >= tsr.tokens.Size()-1 {
- buf.WriteString(op.GetText())
- }
- }
- }
- return buf.String()
-}
-
-// We need to combine operations and report invalid operations (like
-// overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
-// same index need to be combined etc... Here are the cases:
-//
-// I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, nonoverlapping
-// I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
-//
-// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
-// R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
-// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
-// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
-//
-// Delete special case of replace (text==null):
-// D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
-//
-// I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
-// we're not deleting i)
-// I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-// R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
-// R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
-// R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, nonoverlapping
-//
-// I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
-// R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
-//
-// First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
-//
-// 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
-// 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
-// that range.
-// 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
-//
-// Then we can deal with inserts:
-//
-// 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
-// 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
-// insert with replace and delete this replace.
-// 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
-//
-// Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
-// Later we can throw as we add to index → op map.
-//
-// Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
-// inserted stuff would be before the replace range. But, if you
-// add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
-// body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
-//
-// Return a map from token index to operation.
-func reduceToSingleOperationPerIndex(rewrites []RewriteOperation) map[int]RewriteOperation {
- // WALK REPLACES
- for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
- op := rewrites[i]
- if op == nil {
- continue
- }
- rop, ok := op.(*ReplaceOp)
- if !ok {
- continue
- }
- // Wipe prior inserts within range
- for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
- if iop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertBeforeOp); ok {
- if iop.index == rop.index {
- // E.g., insert before 2, delete 2..2; update replace
- // text to include insert before, kill insert
- rewrites[iop.instruction_index] = nil
- if rop.text != "" {
- rop.text = iop.text + rop.text
- } else {
- rop.text = iop.text
- }
- } else if iop.index > rop.index && iop.index <= rop.LastIndex {
- // delete insert as it's a no-op.
- rewrites[iop.instruction_index] = nil
- }
- }
- }
- // Drop any prior replaces contained within
- for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
- if prevop, ok := rewrites[j].(*ReplaceOp); ok {
- if prevop.index >= rop.index && prevop.LastIndex <= rop.LastIndex {
- // delete replace as it's a no-op.
- rewrites[prevop.instruction_index] = nil
- continue
- }
- // throw exception unless disjoint or identical
- disjoint := prevop.LastIndex < rop.index || prevop.index > rop.LastIndex
- // Delete special case of replace (text==null):
- // D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
- if prevop.text == "" && rop.text == "" && !disjoint {
- rewrites[prevop.instruction_index] = nil
- rop.index = min(prevop.index, rop.index)
- rop.LastIndex = max(prevop.LastIndex, rop.LastIndex)
- println("new rop" + rop.String()) //TODO: remove console write, taken from Java version
- } else if !disjoint {
- panic("replace op boundaries of " + rop.String() + " overlap with previous " + prevop.String())
- }
- }
- }
- }
- // WALK INSERTS
- for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
- op := rewrites[i]
- if op == nil {
- continue
- }
- //hack to replicate inheritance in composition
- _, iok := rewrites[i].(*InsertBeforeOp)
- _, aok := rewrites[i].(*InsertAfterOp)
- if !iok && !aok {
- continue
- }
- iop := rewrites[i]
- // combine current insert with prior if any at same index
- // deviating a bit from TokenStreamRewriter.java - hard to incorporate inheritance logic
- for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
- if nextIop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertAfterOp); ok {
- if nextIop.index == iop.GetIndex() {
- iop.SetText(nextIop.text + iop.GetText())
- rewrites[j] = nil
- }
- }
- if prevIop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertBeforeOp); ok {
- if prevIop.index == iop.GetIndex() {
- iop.SetText(iop.GetText() + prevIop.text)
- rewrites[prevIop.instruction_index] = nil
- }
- }
- }
- // look for replaces where iop.index is in range; error
- for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
- if rop, ok := rewrites[j].(*ReplaceOp); ok {
- if iop.GetIndex() == rop.index {
- rop.text = iop.GetText() + rop.text
- rewrites[i] = nil
- continue
- }
- if iop.GetIndex() >= rop.index && iop.GetIndex() <= rop.LastIndex {
- panic("insert op " + iop.String() + " within boundaries of previous " + rop.String())
- }
- }
- }
- }
- m := map[int]RewriteOperation{}
- for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
- op := rewrites[i]
- if op == nil {
- continue
- }
- if _, ok := m[op.GetIndex()]; ok {
- panic("should only be one op per index")
- }
- m[op.GetIndex()] = op
- }
- return m
-}
-
-/*
- Quick fixing Go lack of overloads
-*/
-
-func max(a, b int) int {
- if a > b {
- return a
- } else {
- return b
- }
-}
-func min(a, b int) int {
- if a < b {
- return a
- } else {
- return b
- }
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/transition.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/transition.go
deleted file mode 100644
index 36be4f733..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/transition.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "fmt"
- "strconv"
- "strings"
-)
-
-// atom, set, epsilon, action, predicate, rule transitions.
-//
-// This is a one way link. It emanates from a state (usually via a list of
-// transitions) and has a target state.
-//
-// Since we never have to change the ATN transitions once we construct it,
-// the states. We'll use the term Edge for the DFA to distinguish them from
-// ATN transitions.
-
-type Transition interface {
- getTarget() ATNState
- setTarget(ATNState)
- getIsEpsilon() bool
- getLabel() *IntervalSet
- getSerializationType() int
- Matches(int, int, int) bool
-}
-
-type BaseTransition struct {
- target ATNState
- isEpsilon bool
- label int
- intervalSet *IntervalSet
- serializationType int
-}
-
-func NewBaseTransition(target ATNState) *BaseTransition {
-
- if target == nil {
- panic("target cannot be nil.")
- }
-
- t := new(BaseTransition)
-
- t.target = target
- // Are we epsilon, action, sempred?
- t.isEpsilon = false
- t.intervalSet = nil
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) getTarget() ATNState {
- return t.target
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) setTarget(s ATNState) {
- t.target = s
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) getIsEpsilon() bool {
- return t.isEpsilon
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) getLabel() *IntervalSet {
- return t.intervalSet
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) getSerializationType() int {
- return t.serializationType
-}
-
-func (t *BaseTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- panic("Not implemented")
-}
-
-const (
- TransitionEPSILON = 1
- TransitionRANGE = 2
- TransitionRULE = 3
- TransitionPREDICATE = 4 // e.g., {isType(input.LT(1))}?
- TransitionATOM = 5
- TransitionACTION = 6
- TransitionSET = 7 // ~(A|B) or ~atom, wildcard, which convert to next 2
- TransitionNOTSET = 8
- TransitionWILDCARD = 9
- TransitionPRECEDENCE = 10
-)
-
-var TransitionserializationNames = []string{
- "INVALID",
- "EPSILON",
- "RANGE",
- "RULE",
- "PREDICATE",
- "ATOM",
- "ACTION",
- "SET",
- "NOT_SET",
- "WILDCARD",
- "PRECEDENCE",
-}
-
-//var TransitionserializationTypes struct {
-// EpsilonTransition int
-// RangeTransition int
-// RuleTransition int
-// PredicateTransition int
-// AtomTransition int
-// ActionTransition int
-// SetTransition int
-// NotSetTransition int
-// WildcardTransition int
-// PrecedencePredicateTransition int
-//}{
-// TransitionEPSILON,
-// TransitionRANGE,
-// TransitionRULE,
-// TransitionPREDICATE,
-// TransitionATOM,
-// TransitionACTION,
-// TransitionSET,
-// TransitionNOTSET,
-// TransitionWILDCARD,
-// TransitionPRECEDENCE
-//}
-
-// TODO: make all transitions sets? no, should remove set edges
-type AtomTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-}
-
-func NewAtomTransition(target ATNState, intervalSet int) *AtomTransition {
-
- t := new(AtomTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.label = intervalSet // The token type or character value or, signifies special intervalSet.
- t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel()
- t.serializationType = TransitionATOM
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *AtomTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet {
- s := NewIntervalSet()
- s.addOne(t.label)
- return s
-}
-
-func (t *AtomTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return t.label == symbol
-}
-
-func (t *AtomTransition) String() string {
- return strconv.Itoa(t.label)
-}
-
-type RuleTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-
- followState ATNState
- ruleIndex, precedence int
-}
-
-func NewRuleTransition(ruleStart ATNState, ruleIndex, precedence int, followState ATNState) *RuleTransition {
-
- t := new(RuleTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(ruleStart)
-
- t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex
- t.precedence = precedence
- t.followState = followState
- t.serializationType = TransitionRULE
- t.isEpsilon = true
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *RuleTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return false
-}
-
-type EpsilonTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-
- outermostPrecedenceReturn int
-}
-
-func NewEpsilonTransition(target ATNState, outermostPrecedenceReturn int) *EpsilonTransition {
-
- t := new(EpsilonTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionEPSILON
- t.isEpsilon = true
- t.outermostPrecedenceReturn = outermostPrecedenceReturn
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *EpsilonTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return false
-}
-
-func (t *EpsilonTransition) String() string {
- return "epsilon"
-}
-
-type RangeTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-
- start, stop int
-}
-
-func NewRangeTransition(target ATNState, start, stop int) *RangeTransition {
-
- t := new(RangeTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionRANGE
- t.start = start
- t.stop = stop
- t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel()
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *RangeTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet {
- s := NewIntervalSet()
- s.addRange(t.start, t.stop)
- return s
-}
-
-func (t *RangeTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return symbol >= t.start && symbol <= t.stop
-}
-
-func (t *RangeTransition) String() string {
- var sb strings.Builder
- sb.WriteByte('\'')
- sb.WriteRune(rune(t.start))
- sb.WriteString("'..'")
- sb.WriteRune(rune(t.stop))
- sb.WriteByte('\'')
- return sb.String()
-}
-
-type AbstractPredicateTransition interface {
- Transition
- IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo()
-}
-
-type BaseAbstractPredicateTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-}
-
-func NewBasePredicateTransition(target ATNState) *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition {
-
- t := new(BaseAbstractPredicateTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (a *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() {}
-
-type PredicateTransition struct {
- *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition
-
- isCtxDependent bool
- ruleIndex, predIndex int
-}
-
-func NewPredicateTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *PredicateTransition {
-
- t := new(PredicateTransition)
- t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionPREDICATE
- t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex
- t.predIndex = predIndex
- t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred
- t.isEpsilon = true
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *PredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return false
-}
-
-func (t *PredicateTransition) getPredicate() *Predicate {
- return NewPredicate(t.ruleIndex, t.predIndex, t.isCtxDependent)
-}
-
-func (t *PredicateTransition) String() string {
- return "pred_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.predIndex)
-}
-
-type ActionTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-
- isCtxDependent bool
- ruleIndex, actionIndex, predIndex int
-}
-
-func NewActionTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, actionIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *ActionTransition {
-
- t := new(ActionTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionACTION
- t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex
- t.actionIndex = actionIndex
- t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred
- t.isEpsilon = true
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *ActionTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return false
-}
-
-func (t *ActionTransition) String() string {
- return "action_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex)
-}
-
-type SetTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-}
-
-func NewSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *SetTransition {
-
- t := new(SetTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionSET
- if set != nil {
- t.intervalSet = set
- } else {
- t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet()
- t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType)
- }
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *SetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return t.intervalSet.contains(symbol)
-}
-
-func (t *SetTransition) String() string {
- return t.intervalSet.String()
-}
-
-type NotSetTransition struct {
- *SetTransition
-}
-
-func NewNotSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *NotSetTransition {
-
- t := new(NotSetTransition)
-
- t.SetTransition = NewSetTransition(target, set)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionNOTSET
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *NotSetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol && !t.intervalSet.contains(symbol)
-}
-
-func (t *NotSetTransition) String() string {
- return "~" + t.intervalSet.String()
-}
-
-type WildcardTransition struct {
- *BaseTransition
-}
-
-func NewWildcardTransition(target ATNState) *WildcardTransition {
-
- t := new(WildcardTransition)
- t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionWILDCARD
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *WildcardTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol
-}
-
-func (t *WildcardTransition) String() string {
- return "."
-}
-
-type PrecedencePredicateTransition struct {
- *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition
-
- precedence int
-}
-
-func NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target ATNState, precedence int) *PrecedencePredicateTransition {
-
- t := new(PrecedencePredicateTransition)
- t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target)
-
- t.serializationType = TransitionPRECEDENCE
- t.precedence = precedence
- t.isEpsilon = true
-
- return t
-}
-
-func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
- return false
-}
-
-func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) getPredicate() *PrecedencePredicate {
- return NewPrecedencePredicate(t.precedence)
-}
-
-func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) String() string {
- return fmt.Sprint(t.precedence) + " >= _p"
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go
deleted file mode 100644
index 85b4f137b..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-// The basic notion of a tree has a parent, a payload, and a list of children.
-// It is the most abstract interface for all the trees used by ANTLR.
-///
-
-var TreeInvalidInterval = NewInterval(-1, -2)
-
-type Tree interface {
- GetParent() Tree
- SetParent(Tree)
- GetPayload() interface{}
- GetChild(i int) Tree
- GetChildCount() int
- GetChildren() []Tree
-}
-
-type SyntaxTree interface {
- Tree
-
- GetSourceInterval() *Interval
-}
-
-type ParseTree interface {
- SyntaxTree
-
- Accept(Visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{}
- GetText() string
-
- ToStringTree([]string, Recognizer) string
-}
-
-type RuleNode interface {
- ParseTree
-
- GetRuleContext() RuleContext
- GetBaseRuleContext() *BaseRuleContext
-}
-
-type TerminalNode interface {
- ParseTree
-
- GetSymbol() Token
-}
-
-type ErrorNode interface {
- TerminalNode
-
- errorNode()
-}
-
-type ParseTreeVisitor interface {
- Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{}
- VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{}
- VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{}
- VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{}
-}
-
-type BaseParseTreeVisitor struct{}
-
-var _ ParseTreeVisitor = &BaseParseTreeVisitor{}
-
-func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} { return tree.Accept(v) }
-func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} { return nil }
-func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} { return nil }
-func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} { return nil }
-
-// TODO
-//func (this ParseTreeVisitor) Visit(ctx) {
-// if (Utils.isArray(ctx)) {
-// self := this
-// return ctx.map(function(child) { return VisitAtom(self, child)})
-// } else {
-// return VisitAtom(this, ctx)
-// }
-//}
-//
-//func VisitAtom(Visitor, ctx) {
-// if (ctx.parser == nil) { //is terminal
-// return
-// }
-//
-// name := ctx.parser.ruleNames[ctx.ruleIndex]
-// funcName := "Visit" + Utils.titleCase(name)
-//
-// return Visitor[funcName](ctx)
-//}
-
-type ParseTreeListener interface {
- VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode)
- VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode)
- EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext)
- ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext)
-}
-
-type BaseParseTreeListener struct{}
-
-var _ ParseTreeListener = &BaseParseTreeListener{}
-
-func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) {}
-func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) {}
-func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {}
-func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {}
-
-type TerminalNodeImpl struct {
- parentCtx RuleContext
-
- symbol Token
-}
-
-var _ TerminalNode = &TerminalNodeImpl{}
-
-func NewTerminalNodeImpl(symbol Token) *TerminalNodeImpl {
- tn := new(TerminalNodeImpl)
-
- tn.parentCtx = nil
- tn.symbol = symbol
-
- return tn
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChild(i int) Tree {
- return nil
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildren() []Tree {
- return nil
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetChildren(tree []Tree) {
- panic("Cannot set children on terminal node")
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSymbol() Token {
- return t.symbol
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetParent() Tree {
- return t.parentCtx
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetParent(tree Tree) {
- t.parentCtx = tree.(RuleContext)
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetPayload() interface{} {
- return t.symbol
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSourceInterval() *Interval {
- if t.symbol == nil {
- return TreeInvalidInterval
- }
- tokenIndex := t.symbol.GetTokenIndex()
- return NewInterval(tokenIndex, tokenIndex)
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildCount() int {
- return 0
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} {
- return v.VisitTerminal(t)
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetText() string {
- return t.symbol.GetText()
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) String() string {
- if t.symbol.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
- return ""
- }
-
- return t.symbol.GetText()
-}
-
-func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) ToStringTree(s []string, r Recognizer) string {
- return t.String()
-}
-
-// Represents a token that was consumed during reSynchronization
-// rather than during a valid Match operation. For example,
-// we will create this kind of a node during single token insertion
-// and deletion as well as during "consume until error recovery set"
-// upon no viable alternative exceptions.
-
-type ErrorNodeImpl struct {
- *TerminalNodeImpl
-}
-
-var _ ErrorNode = &ErrorNodeImpl{}
-
-func NewErrorNodeImpl(token Token) *ErrorNodeImpl {
- en := new(ErrorNodeImpl)
- en.TerminalNodeImpl = NewTerminalNodeImpl(token)
- return en
-}
-
-func (e *ErrorNodeImpl) errorNode() {}
-
-func (e *ErrorNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} {
- return v.VisitErrorNode(e)
-}
-
-type ParseTreeWalker struct {
-}
-
-func NewParseTreeWalker() *ParseTreeWalker {
- return new(ParseTreeWalker)
-}
-
-// Performs a walk on the given parse tree starting at the root and going down recursively
-// with depth-first search. On each node, EnterRule is called before
-// recursively walking down into child nodes, then
-// ExitRule is called after the recursive call to wind up.
-func (p *ParseTreeWalker) Walk(listener ParseTreeListener, t Tree) {
- switch tt := t.(type) {
- case ErrorNode:
- listener.VisitErrorNode(tt)
- case TerminalNode:
- listener.VisitTerminal(tt)
- default:
- p.EnterRule(listener, t.(RuleNode))
- for i := 0; i < t.GetChildCount(); i++ {
- child := t.GetChild(i)
- p.Walk(listener, child)
- }
- p.ExitRule(listener, t.(RuleNode))
- }
-}
-
-// Enters a grammar rule by first triggering the generic event {@link ParseTreeListener//EnterEveryRule}
-// then by triggering the event specific to the given parse tree node
-func (p *ParseTreeWalker) EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener, r RuleNode) {
- ctx := r.GetRuleContext().(ParserRuleContext)
- listener.EnterEveryRule(ctx)
- ctx.EnterRule(listener)
-}
-
-// Exits a grammar rule by first triggering the event specific to the given parse tree node
-// then by triggering the generic event {@link ParseTreeListener//ExitEveryRule}
-func (p *ParseTreeWalker) ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener, r RuleNode) {
- ctx := r.GetRuleContext().(ParserRuleContext)
- ctx.ExitRule(listener)
- listener.ExitEveryRule(ctx)
-}
-
-var ParseTreeWalkerDefault = NewParseTreeWalker()
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils.go
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fad5d916..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
-// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
-// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
-
-package antlr
-
-import (
- "bytes"
- "errors"
- "fmt"
- "math/bits"
- "strconv"
- "strings"
-)
-
-func intMin(a, b int) int {
- if a < b {
- return a
- }
- return b
-}
-
-func intMax(a, b int) int {
- if a > b {
- return a
- }
- return b
-}
-
-// A simple integer stack
-
-type IntStack []int
-
-var ErrEmptyStack = errors.New("Stack is empty")
-
-func (s *IntStack) Pop() (int, error) {
- l := len(*s) - 1
- if l < 0 {
- return 0, ErrEmptyStack
- }
- v := (*s)[l]
- *s = (*s)[0:l]
- return v, nil
-}
-
-func (s *IntStack) Push(e int) {
- *s = append(*s, e)
-}
-
-type comparable interface {
- Equals(other Collectable[any]) bool
-}
-
-func standardEqualsFunction(a Collectable[any], b Collectable[any]) bool {
-
- return a.Equals(b)
-}
-
-func standardHashFunction(a interface{}) int {
- if h, ok := a.(hasher); ok {
- return h.Hash()
- }
-
- panic("Not Hasher")
-}
-
-type hasher interface {
- Hash() int
-}
-
-const bitsPerWord = 64
-
-func indexForBit(bit int) int {
- return bit / bitsPerWord
-}
-
-func wordForBit(data []uint64, bit int) uint64 {
- idx := indexForBit(bit)
- if idx >= len(data) {
- return 0
- }
- return data[idx]
-}
-
-func maskForBit(bit int) uint64 {
- return uint64(1) << (bit % bitsPerWord)
-}
-
-func wordsNeeded(bit int) int {
- return indexForBit(bit) + 1
-}
-
-type BitSet struct {
- data []uint64
-}
-
-func NewBitSet() *BitSet {
- return &BitSet{}
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) add(value int) {
- idx := indexForBit(value)
- if idx >= len(b.data) {
- size := wordsNeeded(value)
- data := make([]uint64, size)
- copy(data, b.data)
- b.data = data
- }
- b.data[idx] |= maskForBit(value)
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) clear(index int) {
- idx := indexForBit(index)
- if idx >= len(b.data) {
- return
- }
- b.data[idx] &= ^maskForBit(index)
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) or(set *BitSet) {
- // Get min size necessary to represent the bits in both sets.
- bLen := b.minLen()
- setLen := set.minLen()
- maxLen := intMax(bLen, setLen)
- if maxLen > len(b.data) {
- // Increase the size of len(b.data) to repesent the bits in both sets.
- data := make([]uint64, maxLen)
- copy(data, b.data)
- b.data = data
- }
- // len(b.data) is at least setLen.
- for i := 0; i < setLen; i++ {
- b.data[i] |= set.data[i]
- }
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) remove(value int) {
- b.clear(value)
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) contains(value int) bool {
- idx := indexForBit(value)
- if idx >= len(b.data) {
- return false
- }
- return (b.data[idx] & maskForBit(value)) != 0
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) minValue() int {
- for i, v := range b.data {
- if v == 0 {
- continue
- }
- return i*bitsPerWord + bits.TrailingZeros64(v)
- }
- return 2147483647
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) equals(other interface{}) bool {
- otherBitSet, ok := other.(*BitSet)
- if !ok {
- return false
- }
-
- if b == otherBitSet {
- return true
- }
-
- // We only compare set bits, so we cannot rely on the two slices having the same size. Its
- // possible for two BitSets to have different slice lengths but the same set bits. So we only
- // compare the relevant words and ignore the trailing zeros.
- bLen := b.minLen()
- otherLen := otherBitSet.minLen()
-
- if bLen != otherLen {
- return false
- }
-
- for i := 0; i < bLen; i++ {
- if b.data[i] != otherBitSet.data[i] {
- return false
- }
- }
-
- return true
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) minLen() int {
- for i := len(b.data); i > 0; i-- {
- if b.data[i-1] != 0 {
- return i
- }
- }
- return 0
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) length() int {
- cnt := 0
- for _, val := range b.data {
- cnt += bits.OnesCount64(val)
- }
- return cnt
-}
-
-func (b *BitSet) String() string {
- vals := make([]string, 0, b.length())
-
- for i, v := range b.data {
- for v != 0 {
- n := bits.TrailingZeros64(v)
- vals = append(vals, strconv.Itoa(i*bitsPerWord+n))
- v &= ^(uint64(1) << n)
- }
- }
-
- return "{" + strings.Join(vals, ", ") + "}"
-}
-
-type AltDict struct {
- data map[string]interface{}
-}
-
-func NewAltDict() *AltDict {
- d := new(AltDict)
- d.data = make(map[string]interface{})
- return d
-}
-
-func (a *AltDict) Get(key string) interface{} {
- key = "k-" + key
- return a.data[key]
-}
-
-func (a *AltDict) put(key string, value interface{}) {
- key = "k-" + key
- a.data[key] = value
-}
-
-func (a *AltDict) values() []interface{} {
- vs := make([]interface{}, len(a.data))
- i := 0
- for _, v := range a.data {
- vs[i] = v
- i++
- }
- return vs
-}
-
-type DoubleDict struct {
- data map[int]map[int]interface{}
-}
-
-func NewDoubleDict() *DoubleDict {
- dd := new(DoubleDict)
- dd.data = make(map[int]map[int]interface{})
- return dd
-}
-
-func (d *DoubleDict) Get(a, b int) interface{} {
- data := d.data[a]
-
- if data == nil {
- return nil
- }
-
- return data[b]
-}
-
-func (d *DoubleDict) set(a, b int, o interface{}) {
- data := d.data[a]
-
- if data == nil {
- data = make(map[int]interface{})
- d.data[a] = data
- }
-
- data[b] = o
-}
-
-func EscapeWhitespace(s string, escapeSpaces bool) string {
-
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\t", "\\t", -1)
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\n", "\\n", -1)
- s = strings.Replace(s, "\r", "\\r", -1)
- if escapeSpaces {
- s = strings.Replace(s, " ", "\u00B7", -1)
- }
- return s
-}
-
-func TerminalNodeToStringArray(sa []TerminalNode) []string {
- st := make([]string, len(sa))
-
- for i, s := range sa {
- st[i] = fmt.Sprintf("%v", s)
- }
-
- return st
-}
-
-func PrintArrayJavaStyle(sa []string) string {
- var buffer bytes.Buffer
-
- buffer.WriteString("[")
-
- for i, s := range sa {
- buffer.WriteString(s)
- if i != len(sa)-1 {
- buffer.WriteString(", ")
- }
- }
-
- buffer.WriteString("]")
-
- return buffer.String()
-}
-
-// murmur hash
-func murmurInit(seed int) int {
- return seed
-}
-
-func murmurUpdate(h int, value int) int {
- const c1 uint32 = 0xCC9E2D51
- const c2 uint32 = 0x1B873593
- const r1 uint32 = 15
- const r2 uint32 = 13
- const m uint32 = 5
- const n uint32 = 0xE6546B64
-
- k := uint32(value)
- k *= c1
- k = (k << r1) | (k >> (32 - r1))
- k *= c2
-
- hash := uint32(h) ^ k
- hash = (hash << r2) | (hash >> (32 - r2))
- hash = hash*m + n
- return int(hash)
-}
-
-func murmurFinish(h int, numberOfWords int) int {
- var hash = uint32(h)
- hash ^= uint32(numberOfWords) << 2
- hash ^= hash >> 16
- hash *= 0x85ebca6b
- hash ^= hash >> 13
- hash *= 0xc2b2ae35
- hash ^= hash >> 16
-
- return int(hash)
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils_set.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils_set.go
deleted file mode 100644
index c9bd6751e..000000000
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/utils_set.go
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-package antlr
-
-import "math"
-
-const (
- _initalCapacity = 16
- _initalBucketCapacity = 8
- _loadFactor = 0.75
-)
-
-type Set interface {
- Add(value interface{}) (added interface{})
- Len() int
- Get(value interface{}) (found interface{})
- Contains(value interface{}) bool
- Values() []interface{}
- Each(f func(interface{}) bool)
-}
-
-type array2DHashSet struct {
- buckets [][]Collectable[any]
- hashcodeFunction func(interface{}) int
- equalsFunction func(Collectable[any], Collectable[any]) bool
-
- n int // How many elements in set
- threshold int // when to expand
-
- currentPrime int // jump by 4 primes each expand or whatever
- initialBucketCapacity int
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Each(f func(interface{}) bool) {
- if as.Len() < 1 {
- return
- }
-
- for _, bucket := range as.buckets {
- for _, o := range bucket {
- if o == nil {
- break
- }
- if !f(o) {
- return
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Values() []interface{} {
- if as.Len() < 1 {
- return nil
- }
-
- values := make([]interface{}, 0, as.Len())
- as.Each(func(i interface{}) bool {
- values = append(values, i)
- return true
- })
- return values
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Contains(value Collectable[any]) bool {
- return as.Get(value) != nil
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Add(value Collectable[any]) interface{} {
- if as.n > as.threshold {
- as.expand()
- }
- return as.innerAdd(value)
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) expand() {
- old := as.buckets
-
- as.currentPrime += 4
-
- var (
- newCapacity = len(as.buckets) << 1
- newTable = as.createBuckets(newCapacity)
- newBucketLengths = make([]int, len(newTable))
- )
-
- as.buckets = newTable
- as.threshold = int(float64(newCapacity) * _loadFactor)
-
- for _, bucket := range old {
- if bucket == nil {
- continue
- }
-
- for _, o := range bucket {
- if o == nil {
- break
- }
-
- b := as.getBuckets(o)
- bucketLength := newBucketLengths[b]
- var newBucket []Collectable[any]
- if bucketLength == 0 {
- // new bucket
- newBucket = as.createBucket(as.initialBucketCapacity)
- newTable[b] = newBucket
- } else {
- newBucket = newTable[b]
- if bucketLength == len(newBucket) {
- // expand
- newBucketCopy := make([]Collectable[any], len(newBucket)<<1)
- copy(newBucketCopy[:bucketLength], newBucket)
- newBucket = newBucketCopy
- newTable[b] = newBucket
- }
- }
-
- newBucket[bucketLength] = o
- newBucketLengths[b]++
- }
- }
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Len() int {
- return as.n
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) Get(o Collectable[any]) interface{} {
- if o == nil {
- return nil
- }
-
- b := as.getBuckets(o)
- bucket := as.buckets[b]
- if bucket == nil { // no bucket
- return nil
- }
-
- for _, e := range bucket {
- if e == nil {
- return nil // empty slot; not there
- }
- if as.equalsFunction(e, o) {
- return e
- }
- }
-
- return nil
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) innerAdd(o Collectable[any]) interface{} {
- b := as.getBuckets(o)
-
- bucket := as.buckets[b]
-
- // new bucket
- if bucket == nil {
- bucket = as.createBucket(as.initialBucketCapacity)
- bucket[0] = o
-
- as.buckets[b] = bucket
- as.n++
- return o
- }
-
- // look for it in bucket
- for i := 0; i < len(bucket); i++ {
- existing := bucket[i]
- if existing == nil { // empty slot; not there, add.
- bucket[i] = o
- as.n++
- return o
- }
-
- if as.equalsFunction(existing, o) { // found existing, quit
- return existing
- }
- }
-
- // full bucket, expand and add to end
- oldLength := len(bucket)
- bucketCopy := make([]Collectable[any], oldLength<<1)
- copy(bucketCopy[:oldLength], bucket)
- bucket = bucketCopy
- as.buckets[b] = bucket
- bucket[oldLength] = o
- as.n++
- return o
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) getBuckets(value Collectable[any]) int {
- hash := as.hashcodeFunction(value)
- return hash & (len(as.buckets) - 1)
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) createBuckets(cap int) [][]Collectable[any] {
- return make([][]Collectable[any], cap)
-}
-
-func (as *array2DHashSet) createBucket(cap int) []Collectable[any] {
- return make([]Collectable[any], cap)
-}
-
-func newArray2DHashSetWithCap(
- hashcodeFunction func(interface{}) int,
- equalsFunction func(Collectable[any], Collectable[any]) bool,
- initCap int,
- initBucketCap int,
-) *array2DHashSet {
- if hashcodeFunction == nil {
- hashcodeFunction = standardHashFunction
- }
-
- if equalsFunction == nil {
- equalsFunction = standardEqualsFunction
- }
-
- ret := &array2DHashSet{
- hashcodeFunction: hashcodeFunction,
- equalsFunction: equalsFunction,
-
- n: 0,
- threshold: int(math.Floor(_initalCapacity * _loadFactor)),
-
- currentPrime: 1,
- initialBucketCapacity: initBucketCap,
- }
-
- ret.buckets = ret.createBuckets(initCap)
- return ret
-}
-
-func newArray2DHashSet(
- hashcodeFunction func(interface{}) int,
- equalsFunction func(Collectable[any], Collectable[any]) bool,
-) *array2DHashSet {
- return newArray2DHashSetWithCap(hashcodeFunction, equalsFunction, _initalCapacity, _initalBucketCapacity)
-}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/.gitignore b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38ea34ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+### Go template
+
+# Binaries for programs and plugins
+*.exe
+*.exe~
+*.dll
+*.so
+*.dylib
+
+# Test binary, built with `go test -c`
+*.test
+
+
+# Go workspace file
+go.work
+
+# No Goland stuff in this repo
+.idea
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a22292eb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012-2023 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+3. Neither name of copyright holders nor the names of its contributors
+may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR
+CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/README.md b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03e5b83eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+[](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr)
+[](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr)
+[](https://github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/releases/latest)
+[](https://github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/releases/latest)
+[](https://github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/commit-activity)
+[](https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause)
+[](https://GitHub.com/Naereen/StrapDown.js/stargazers/)
+# ANTLR4 Go Runtime Module Repo
+
+IMPORTANT: Please submit PRs via a clone of the https://github.com/antlr/antlr4 repo, and not here.
+
+ - Do not submit PRs or any change requests to this repo
+ - This repo is read only and is updated by the ANTLR team to create a new release of the Go Runtime for ANTLR
+ - This repo contains the Go runtime that your generated projects should import
+
+## Introduction
+
+This repo contains the official modules for the Go Runtime for ANTLR. It is a copy of the runtime maintained
+at: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/tree/master/runtime/Go/antlr and is automatically updated by the ANTLR team to create
+the official Go runtime release only. No development work is carried out in this repo and PRs are not accepted here.
+
+The dev branch of this repo is kept in sync with the dev branch of the main ANTLR repo and is updated periodically.
+
+### Why?
+
+The `go get` command is unable to retrieve the Go runtime when it is embedded so
+deeply in the main repo. A `go get` against the `antlr/antlr4` repo, while retrieving the correct source code for the runtime,
+does not correctly resolve tags and will create a reference in your `go.mod` file that is unclear, will not upgrade smoothly and
+causes confusion.
+
+For instance, the current Go runtime release, which is tagged with v4.13.0 in `antlr/antlr4` is retrieved by go get as:
+
+```sh
+require (
+ github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4 v4.0.0-20230219212500-1f9a474cc2dc
+)
+```
+
+Where you would expect to see:
+
+```sh
+require (
+ github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4 v4.13.0
+)
+```
+
+The decision was taken to create a separate org in a separate repo to hold the official Go runtime for ANTLR and
+from whence users can expect `go get` to behave as expected.
+
+
+# Documentation
+Please read the official documentation at: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/blob/master/doc/index.md for tips on
+migrating existing projects to use the new module location and for information on how to use the Go runtime in
+general.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bb4fd7c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+Package antlr implements the Go version of the ANTLR 4 runtime.
+
+# The ANTLR Tool
+
+ANTLR (ANother Tool for Language Recognition) is a powerful parser generator for reading, processing, executing,
+or translating structured text or binary files. It's widely used to build languages, tools, and frameworks.
+From a grammar, ANTLR generates a parser that can build parse trees and also generates a listener interface
+(or visitor) that makes it easy to respond to the recognition of phrases of interest.
+
+# Go Runtime
+
+At version 4.11.x and prior, the Go runtime was not properly versioned for go modules. After this point, the runtime
+source code to be imported was held in the `runtime/Go/antlr/v4` directory, and the go.mod file was updated to reflect the version of
+ANTLR4 that it is compatible with (I.E. uses the /v4 path).
+
+However, this was found to be problematic, as it meant that with the runtime embedded so far underneath the root
+of the repo, the `go get` and related commands could not properly resolve the location of the go runtime source code.
+This meant that the reference to the runtime in your `go.mod` file would refer to the correct source code, but would not
+list the release tag such as @4.12.0 - this was confusing, to say the least.
+
+As of 4.12.1, the runtime is now available as a go module in its own repo, and can be imported as `github.com/antlr4-go/antlr`
+(the go get command should also be used with this path). See the main documentation for the ANTLR4 project for more information,
+which is available at [ANTLR docs]. The documentation for using the Go runtime is available at [Go runtime docs].
+
+This means that if you are using the source code without modules, you should also use the source code in the [new repo].
+Though we highly recommend that you use go modules, as they are now idiomatic for Go.
+
+I am aware that this change will prove Hyrum's Law, but am prepared to live with it for the common good.
+
+Go runtime author: [Jim Idle] jimi@idle.ws
+
+# Code Generation
+
+ANTLR supports the generation of code in a number of [target languages], and the generated code is supported by a
+runtime library, written specifically to support the generated code in the target language. This library is the
+runtime for the Go target.
+
+To generate code for the go target, it is generally recommended to place the source grammar files in a package of
+their own, and use the `.sh` script method of generating code, using the go generate directive. In that same directory
+it is usual, though not required, to place the antlr tool that should be used to generate the code. That does mean
+that the antlr tool JAR file will be checked in to your source code control though, so you are, of course, free to use any other
+way of specifying the version of the ANTLR tool to use, such as aliasing in `.zshrc` or equivalent, or a profile in
+your IDE, or configuration in your CI system. Checking in the jar does mean that it is easy to reproduce the build as
+it was at any point in its history.
+
+Here is a general/recommended template for an ANTLR based recognizer in Go:
+
+ .
+ ├── parser
+ │ ├── mygrammar.g4
+ │ ├── antlr-4.12.1-complete.jar
+ │ ├── generate.go
+ │ └── generate.sh
+ ├── parsing - generated code goes here
+ │ └── error_listeners.go
+ ├── go.mod
+ ├── go.sum
+ ├── main.go
+ └── main_test.go
+
+Make sure that the package statement in your grammar file(s) reflects the go package the generated code will exist in.
+
+The generate.go file then looks like this:
+
+ package parser
+
+ //go:generate ./generate.sh
+
+And the generate.sh file will look similar to this:
+
+ #!/bin/sh
+
+ alias antlr4='java -Xmx500M -cp "./antlr4-4.12.1-complete.jar:$CLASSPATH" org.antlr.v4.Tool'
+ antlr4 -Dlanguage=Go -no-visitor -package parsing *.g4
+
+depending on whether you want visitors or listeners or any other ANTLR options. Not that another option here
+is to generate the code into a
+
+From the command line at the root of your source package (location of go.mo)d) you can then simply issue the command:
+
+ go generate ./...
+
+Which will generate the code for the parser, and place it in the parsing package. You can then use the generated code
+by importing the parsing package.
+
+There are no hard and fast rules on this. It is just a recommendation. You can generate the code in any way and to anywhere you like.
+
+# Copyright Notice
+
+Copyright (c) 2012-2023 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+
+Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license, which can be found in the [LICENSE.txt] file in the project root.
+
+[target languages]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/tree/master/runtime
+[LICENSE.txt]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/blob/master/LICENSE.txt
+[ANTLR docs]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/blob/master/doc/index.md
+[new repo]: https://github.com/antlr4-go/antlr
+[Jim Idle]: https://github.com/jimidle
+[Go runtime docs]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/blob/master/doc/go-target.md
+*/
+package antlr
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn.go
similarity index 94%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn.go
index 98010d2e6..cdeefed24 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn.go
@@ -20,10 +20,11 @@ var ATNInvalidAltNumber int
// [ALL(*)]: https://www.antlr.org/papers/allstar-techreport.pdf
// [Recursive Transition Network]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recursive_transition_network
type ATN struct {
- // DecisionToState is the decision points for all rules, subrules, optional
- // blocks, ()+, ()*, etc. Each subrule/rule is a decision point, and we must track them so we
+
+ // DecisionToState is the decision points for all rules, sub-rules, optional
+ // blocks, ()+, ()*, etc. Each sub-rule/rule is a decision point, and we must track them, so we
// can go back later and build DFA predictors for them. This includes
- // all the rules, subrules, optional blocks, ()+, ()* etc...
+ // all the rules, sub-rules, optional blocks, ()+, ()* etc...
DecisionToState []DecisionState
// grammarType is the ATN type and is used for deserializing ATNs from strings.
@@ -51,6 +52,8 @@ type ATN struct {
// specified, and otherwise is nil.
ruleToTokenType []int
+ // ATNStates is a list of all states in the ATN, ordered by state number.
+ //
states []ATNState
mu sync.Mutex
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a83f25d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+const (
+ lexerConfig = iota // Indicates that this ATNConfig is for a lexer
+ parserConfig // Indicates that this ATNConfig is for a parser
+)
+
+// ATNConfig is a tuple: (ATN state, predicted alt, syntactic, semantic
+// context). The syntactic context is a graph-structured stack node whose
+// path(s) to the root is the rule invocation(s) chain used to arrive in the
+// state. The semantic context is the tree of semantic predicates encountered
+// before reaching an ATN state.
+type ATNConfig struct {
+ precedenceFilterSuppressed bool
+ state ATNState
+ alt int
+ context *PredictionContext
+ semanticContext SemanticContext
+ reachesIntoOuterContext int
+ cType int // lexerConfig or parserConfig
+ lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor
+ passedThroughNonGreedyDecision bool
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig6 creates a new ATNConfig instance given a state, alt and context only
+func NewATNConfig6(state ATNState, alt int, context *PredictionContext) *ATNConfig {
+ return NewATNConfig5(state, alt, context, SemanticContextNone)
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig5 creates a new ATNConfig instance given a state, alt, context and semantic context
+func NewATNConfig5(state ATNState, alt int, context *PredictionContext, semanticContext SemanticContext) *ATNConfig {
+ if semanticContext == nil {
+ panic("semanticContext cannot be nil") // TODO: Necessary?
+ }
+
+ pac := &ATNConfig{}
+ pac.state = state
+ pac.alt = alt
+ pac.context = context
+ pac.semanticContext = semanticContext
+ pac.cType = parserConfig
+ return pac
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig4 creates a new ATNConfig instance given an existing config, and a state only
+func NewATNConfig4(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState) *ATNConfig {
+ return NewATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext())
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig3 creates a new ATNConfig instance given an existing config, a state and a semantic context
+func NewATNConfig3(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, semanticContext SemanticContext) *ATNConfig {
+ return NewATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), semanticContext)
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig2 creates a new ATNConfig instance given an existing config, and a context only
+func NewATNConfig2(c *ATNConfig, semanticContext SemanticContext) *ATNConfig {
+ return NewATNConfig(c, c.GetState(), c.GetContext(), semanticContext)
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig1 creates a new ATNConfig instance given an existing config, a state, and a context only
+func NewATNConfig1(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, context *PredictionContext) *ATNConfig {
+ return NewATNConfig(c, state, context, c.GetSemanticContext())
+}
+
+// NewATNConfig creates a new ATNConfig instance given an existing config, a state, a context and a semantic context, other 'constructors'
+// are just wrappers around this one.
+func NewATNConfig(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, context *PredictionContext, semanticContext SemanticContext) *ATNConfig {
+ if semanticContext == nil {
+ panic("semanticContext cannot be nil") // TODO: Remove this - probably put here for some bug that is now fixed
+ }
+ b := &ATNConfig{}
+ b.InitATNConfig(c, state, c.GetAlt(), context, semanticContext)
+ b.cType = parserConfig
+ return b
+}
+
+func (a *ATNConfig) InitATNConfig(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, alt int, context *PredictionContext, semanticContext SemanticContext) {
+
+ a.state = state
+ a.alt = alt
+ a.context = context
+ a.semanticContext = semanticContext
+ a.reachesIntoOuterContext = c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext()
+ a.precedenceFilterSuppressed = c.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed()
+}
+
+func (a *ATNConfig) getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() bool {
+ return a.precedenceFilterSuppressed
+}
+
+func (a *ATNConfig) setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(v bool) {
+ a.precedenceFilterSuppressed = v
+}
+
+// GetState returns the ATN state associated with this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) GetState() ATNState {
+ return a.state
+}
+
+// GetAlt returns the alternative associated with this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) GetAlt() int {
+ return a.alt
+}
+
+// SetContext sets the rule invocation stack associated with this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) SetContext(v *PredictionContext) {
+ a.context = v
+}
+
+// GetContext returns the rule invocation stack associated with this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) GetContext() *PredictionContext {
+ return a.context
+}
+
+// GetSemanticContext returns the semantic context associated with this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) GetSemanticContext() SemanticContext {
+ return a.semanticContext
+}
+
+// GetReachesIntoOuterContext returns the count of references to an outer context from this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) GetReachesIntoOuterContext() int {
+ return a.reachesIntoOuterContext
+}
+
+// SetReachesIntoOuterContext sets the count of references to an outer context from this configuration
+func (a *ATNConfig) SetReachesIntoOuterContext(v int) {
+ a.reachesIntoOuterContext = v
+}
+
+// Equals is the default comparison function for an ATNConfig when no specialist implementation is required
+// for a collection.
+//
+// An ATN configuration is equal to another if both have the same state, they
+// predict the same alternative, and syntactic/semantic contexts are the same.
+func (a *ATNConfig) Equals(o Collectable[*ATNConfig]) bool {
+ switch a.cType {
+ case lexerConfig:
+ return a.LEquals(o)
+ case parserConfig:
+ return a.PEquals(o)
+ default:
+ panic("Invalid ATNConfig type")
+ }
+}
+
+// PEquals is the default comparison function for a Parser ATNConfig when no specialist implementation is required
+// for a collection.
+//
+// An ATN configuration is equal to another if both have the same state, they
+// predict the same alternative, and syntactic/semantic contexts are the same.
+func (a *ATNConfig) PEquals(o Collectable[*ATNConfig]) bool {
+ var other, ok = o.(*ATNConfig)
+
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+ if a == other {
+ return true
+ } else if other == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ var equal bool
+
+ if a.context == nil {
+ equal = other.context == nil
+ } else {
+ equal = a.context.Equals(other.context)
+ }
+
+ var (
+ nums = a.state.GetStateNumber() == other.state.GetStateNumber()
+ alts = a.alt == other.alt
+ cons = a.semanticContext.Equals(other.semanticContext)
+ sups = a.precedenceFilterSuppressed == other.precedenceFilterSuppressed
+ )
+
+ return nums && alts && cons && sups && equal
+}
+
+// Hash is the default hash function for a parser ATNConfig, when no specialist hash function
+// is required for a collection
+func (a *ATNConfig) Hash() int {
+ switch a.cType {
+ case lexerConfig:
+ return a.LHash()
+ case parserConfig:
+ return a.PHash()
+ default:
+ panic("Invalid ATNConfig type")
+ }
+}
+
+// PHash is the default hash function for a parser ATNConfig, when no specialist hash function
+// is required for a collection
+func (a *ATNConfig) PHash() int {
+ var c int
+ if a.context != nil {
+ c = a.context.Hash()
+ }
+
+ h := murmurInit(7)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.state.GetStateNumber())
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.alt)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, c)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.semanticContext.Hash())
+ return murmurFinish(h, 4)
+}
+
+// String returns a string representation of the ATNConfig, usually used for debugging purposes
+func (a *ATNConfig) String() string {
+ var s1, s2, s3 string
+
+ if a.context != nil {
+ s1 = ",[" + fmt.Sprint(a.context) + "]"
+ }
+
+ if a.semanticContext != SemanticContextNone {
+ s2 = "," + fmt.Sprint(a.semanticContext)
+ }
+
+ if a.reachesIntoOuterContext > 0 {
+ s3 = ",up=" + fmt.Sprint(a.reachesIntoOuterContext)
+ }
+
+ return fmt.Sprintf("(%v,%v%v%v%v)", a.state, a.alt, s1, s2, s3)
+}
+
+func NewLexerATNConfig6(state ATNState, alt int, context *PredictionContext) *ATNConfig {
+ lac := &ATNConfig{}
+ lac.state = state
+ lac.alt = alt
+ lac.context = context
+ lac.semanticContext = SemanticContextNone
+ lac.cType = lexerConfig
+ return lac
+}
+
+func NewLexerATNConfig4(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState) *ATNConfig {
+ lac := &ATNConfig{}
+ lac.lexerActionExecutor = c.lexerActionExecutor
+ lac.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision = checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state)
+ lac.InitATNConfig(c, state, c.GetAlt(), c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext())
+ lac.cType = lexerConfig
+ return lac
+}
+
+func NewLexerATNConfig3(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor) *ATNConfig {
+ lac := &ATNConfig{}
+ lac.lexerActionExecutor = lexerActionExecutor
+ lac.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision = checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state)
+ lac.InitATNConfig(c, state, c.GetAlt(), c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext())
+ lac.cType = lexerConfig
+ return lac
+}
+
+func NewLexerATNConfig2(c *ATNConfig, state ATNState, context *PredictionContext) *ATNConfig {
+ lac := &ATNConfig{}
+ lac.lexerActionExecutor = c.lexerActionExecutor
+ lac.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision = checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state)
+ lac.InitATNConfig(c, state, c.GetAlt(), context, c.GetSemanticContext())
+ lac.cType = lexerConfig
+ return lac
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewLexerATNConfig1(state ATNState, alt int, context *PredictionContext) *ATNConfig {
+ lac := &ATNConfig{}
+ lac.state = state
+ lac.alt = alt
+ lac.context = context
+ lac.semanticContext = SemanticContextNone
+ lac.cType = lexerConfig
+ return lac
+}
+
+// LHash is the default hash function for Lexer ATNConfig objects, it can be used directly or via
+// the default comparator [ObjEqComparator].
+func (a *ATNConfig) LHash() int {
+ var f int
+ if a.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision {
+ f = 1
+ } else {
+ f = 0
+ }
+ h := murmurInit(7)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.state.GetStateNumber())
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.alt)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.context.Hash())
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.semanticContext.Hash())
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, f)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, a.lexerActionExecutor.Hash())
+ h = murmurFinish(h, 6)
+ return h
+}
+
+// LEquals is the default comparison function for Lexer ATNConfig objects, it can be used directly or via
+// the default comparator [ObjEqComparator].
+func (a *ATNConfig) LEquals(other Collectable[*ATNConfig]) bool {
+ var otherT, ok = other.(*ATNConfig)
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ } else if a == otherT {
+ return true
+ } else if a.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision != otherT.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ switch {
+ case a.lexerActionExecutor == nil && otherT.lexerActionExecutor == nil:
+ return true
+ case a.lexerActionExecutor != nil && otherT.lexerActionExecutor != nil:
+ if !a.lexerActionExecutor.Equals(otherT.lexerActionExecutor) {
+ return false
+ }
+ default:
+ return false // One but not both, are nil
+ }
+
+ return a.PEquals(otherT)
+}
+
+func checkNonGreedyDecision(source *ATNConfig, target ATNState) bool {
+ var ds, ok = target.(DecisionState)
+
+ return source.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision || (ok && ds.getNonGreedy())
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52dbaf806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+// ATNConfigSet is a specialized set of ATNConfig that tracks information
+// about its elements and can combine similar configurations using a
+// graph-structured stack.
+type ATNConfigSet struct {
+ cachedHash int
+
+ // configLookup is used to determine whether two ATNConfigSets are equal. We
+ // need all configurations with the same (s, i, _, semctx) to be equal. A key
+ // effectively doubles the number of objects associated with ATNConfigs. All
+ // keys are hashed by (s, i, _, pi), not including the context. Wiped out when
+ // read-only because a set becomes a DFA state.
+ configLookup *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]]
+
+ // configs is the added elements that did not match an existing key in configLookup
+ configs []*ATNConfig
+
+ // TODO: These fields make me pretty uncomfortable, but it is nice to pack up
+ // info together because it saves re-computation. Can we track conflicts as they
+ // are added to save scanning configs later?
+ conflictingAlts *BitSet
+
+ // dipsIntoOuterContext is used by parsers and lexers. In a lexer, it indicates
+ // we hit a pred while computing a closure operation. Do not make a DFA state
+ // from the ATNConfigSet in this case. TODO: How is this used by parsers?
+ dipsIntoOuterContext bool
+
+ // fullCtx is whether it is part of a full context LL prediction. Used to
+ // determine how to merge $. It is a wildcard with SLL, but not for an LL
+ // context merge.
+ fullCtx bool
+
+ // Used in parser and lexer. In lexer, it indicates we hit a pred
+ // while computing a closure operation. Don't make a DFA state from this set.
+ hasSemanticContext bool
+
+ // readOnly is whether it is read-only. Do not
+ // allow any code to manipulate the set if true because DFA states will point at
+ // sets and those must not change. It not, protect other fields; conflictingAlts
+ // in particular, which is assigned after readOnly.
+ readOnly bool
+
+ // TODO: These fields make me pretty uncomfortable, but it is nice to pack up
+ // info together because it saves re-computation. Can we track conflicts as they
+ // are added to save scanning configs later?
+ uniqueAlt int
+}
+
+// Alts returns the combined set of alts for all the configurations in this set.
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Alts() *BitSet {
+ alts := NewBitSet()
+ for _, it := range b.configs {
+ alts.add(it.GetAlt())
+ }
+ return alts
+}
+
+// NewATNConfigSet creates a new ATNConfigSet instance.
+func NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ return &ATNConfigSet{
+ cachedHash: -1,
+ configLookup: NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfCompInst, ATNConfigLookupCollection, "NewATNConfigSet()"),
+ fullCtx: fullCtx,
+ }
+}
+
+// Add merges contexts with existing configs for (s, i, pi, _),
+// where 's' is the ATNConfig.state, 'i' is the ATNConfig.alt, and
+// 'pi' is the [ATNConfig].semanticContext.
+//
+// We use (s,i,pi) as the key.
+// Updates dipsIntoOuterContext and hasSemanticContext when necessary.
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Add(config *ATNConfig, mergeCache *JPCMap) bool {
+ if b.readOnly {
+ panic("set is read-only")
+ }
+
+ if config.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone {
+ b.hasSemanticContext = true
+ }
+
+ if config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 {
+ b.dipsIntoOuterContext = true
+ }
+
+ existing, present := b.configLookup.Put(config)
+
+ // The config was not already in the set
+ //
+ if !present {
+ b.cachedHash = -1
+ b.configs = append(b.configs, config) // Track order here
+ return true
+ }
+
+ // Merge a previous (s, i, pi, _) with it and save the result
+ rootIsWildcard := !b.fullCtx
+ merged := merge(existing.GetContext(), config.GetContext(), rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
+
+ // No need to check for existing.context because config.context is in the cache,
+ // since the only way to create new graphs is the "call rule" and here. We cache
+ // at both places.
+ existing.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(intMax(existing.GetReachesIntoOuterContext(), config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext()))
+
+ // Preserve the precedence filter suppression during the merge
+ if config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() {
+ existing.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true)
+ }
+
+ // Replace the context because there is no need to do alt mapping
+ existing.SetContext(merged)
+
+ return true
+}
+
+// GetStates returns the set of states represented by all configurations in this config set
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) GetStates() *JStore[ATNState, Comparator[ATNState]] {
+
+ // states uses the standard comparator and Hash() provided by the ATNState instance
+ //
+ states := NewJStore[ATNState, Comparator[ATNState]](aStateEqInst, ATNStateCollection, "ATNConfigSet.GetStates()")
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ {
+ states.Put(b.configs[i].GetState())
+ }
+
+ return states
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) GetPredicates() []SemanticContext {
+ predicates := make([]SemanticContext, 0)
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ {
+ c := b.configs[i].GetSemanticContext()
+
+ if c != SemanticContextNone {
+ predicates = append(predicates, c)
+ }
+ }
+
+ return predicates
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) OptimizeConfigs(interpreter *BaseATNSimulator) {
+ if b.readOnly {
+ panic("set is read-only")
+ }
+
+ // Empty indicate no optimization is possible
+ if b.configLookup == nil || b.configLookup.Len() == 0 {
+ return
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ {
+ config := b.configs[i]
+ config.SetContext(interpreter.getCachedContext(config.GetContext()))
+ }
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) AddAll(coll []*ATNConfig) bool {
+ for i := 0; i < len(coll); i++ {
+ b.Add(coll[i], nil)
+ }
+
+ return false
+}
+
+// Compare The configs are only equal if they are in the same order and their Equals function returns true.
+// Java uses ArrayList.equals(), which requires the same order.
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Compare(bs *ATNConfigSet) bool {
+ if len(b.configs) != len(bs.configs) {
+ return false
+ }
+ for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ {
+ if !b.configs[i].Equals(bs.configs[i]) {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Equals(other Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool {
+ if b == other {
+ return true
+ } else if _, ok := other.(*ATNConfigSet); !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ other2 := other.(*ATNConfigSet)
+ var eca bool
+ switch {
+ case b.conflictingAlts == nil && other2.conflictingAlts == nil:
+ eca = true
+ case b.conflictingAlts != nil && other2.conflictingAlts != nil:
+ eca = b.conflictingAlts.equals(other2.conflictingAlts)
+ }
+ return b.configs != nil &&
+ b.fullCtx == other2.fullCtx &&
+ b.uniqueAlt == other2.uniqueAlt &&
+ eca &&
+ b.hasSemanticContext == other2.hasSemanticContext &&
+ b.dipsIntoOuterContext == other2.dipsIntoOuterContext &&
+ b.Compare(other2)
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Hash() int {
+ if b.readOnly {
+ if b.cachedHash == -1 {
+ b.cachedHash = b.hashCodeConfigs()
+ }
+
+ return b.cachedHash
+ }
+
+ return b.hashCodeConfigs()
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) hashCodeConfigs() int {
+ h := 1
+ for _, config := range b.configs {
+ h = 31*h + config.Hash()
+ }
+ return h
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Contains(item *ATNConfig) bool {
+ if b.readOnly {
+ panic("not implemented for read-only sets")
+ }
+ if b.configLookup == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+ return b.configLookup.Contains(item)
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) ContainsFast(item *ATNConfig) bool {
+ return b.Contains(item)
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) Clear() {
+ if b.readOnly {
+ panic("set is read-only")
+ }
+ b.configs = make([]*ATNConfig, 0)
+ b.cachedHash = -1
+ b.configLookup = NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfCompInst, ATNConfigLookupCollection, "NewATNConfigSet()")
+}
+
+func (b *ATNConfigSet) String() string {
+
+ s := "["
+
+ for i, c := range b.configs {
+ s += c.String()
+
+ if i != len(b.configs)-1 {
+ s += ", "
+ }
+ }
+
+ s += "]"
+
+ if b.hasSemanticContext {
+ s += ",hasSemanticContext=" + fmt.Sprint(b.hasSemanticContext)
+ }
+
+ if b.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ s += ",uniqueAlt=" + fmt.Sprint(b.uniqueAlt)
+ }
+
+ if b.conflictingAlts != nil {
+ s += ",conflictingAlts=" + b.conflictingAlts.String()
+ }
+
+ if b.dipsIntoOuterContext {
+ s += ",dipsIntoOuterContext"
+ }
+
+ return s
+}
+
+// NewOrderedATNConfigSet creates a config set with a slightly different Hash/Equal pair
+// for use in lexers.
+func NewOrderedATNConfigSet() *ATNConfigSet {
+ return &ATNConfigSet{
+ cachedHash: -1,
+ // This set uses the standard Hash() and Equals() from ATNConfig
+ configLookup: NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ATNConfigCollection, "ATNConfigSet.NewOrderedATNConfigSet()"),
+ fullCtx: false,
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go
similarity index 86%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go
index 3c975ec7b..bdb30b362 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) ReadOnly() bool {
func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetReadOnly(readOnly bool) {
if opts.readOnly {
- panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
+ panic(errors.New("cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
}
opts.readOnly = readOnly
}
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) VerifyATN() bool {
func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetVerifyATN(verifyATN bool) {
if opts.readOnly {
- panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
+ panic(errors.New("cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
}
opts.verifyATN = verifyATN
}
@@ -42,11 +42,12 @@ func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) GenerateRuleBypassTransitions() bool {
func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetGenerateRuleBypassTransitions(generateRuleBypassTransitions bool) {
if opts.readOnly {
- panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
+ panic(errors.New("cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions"))
}
opts.generateRuleBypassTransitions = generateRuleBypassTransitions
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func DefaultATNDeserializationOptions() *ATNDeserializationOptions {
return NewATNDeserializationOptions(&defaultATNDeserializationOptions)
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go
similarity index 97%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go
index 3888856b4..2dcb9ae11 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ func NewATNDeserializer(options *ATNDeserializationOptions) *ATNDeserializer {
return &ATNDeserializer{options: options}
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedFunction
func stringInSlice(a string, list []string) int {
for i, b := range list {
if b == a {
@@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ func (a *ATNDeserializer) readModes(atn *ATN) {
}
}
-func (a *ATNDeserializer) readSets(atn *ATN, sets []*IntervalSet) []*IntervalSet {
+func (a *ATNDeserializer) readSets(_ *ATN, sets []*IntervalSet) []*IntervalSet {
m := a.readInt()
// Preallocate the needed capacity.
@@ -350,7 +351,7 @@ func (a *ATNDeserializer) generateRuleBypassTransition(atn *ATN, idx int) {
bypassStart.endState = bypassStop
- atn.defineDecisionState(bypassStart.BaseDecisionState)
+ atn.defineDecisionState(&bypassStart.BaseDecisionState)
bypassStop.startState = bypassStart
@@ -450,7 +451,7 @@ func (a *ATNDeserializer) markPrecedenceDecisions(atn *ATN) {
continue
}
- // We analyze the ATN to determine if a ATN decision state is the
+ // We analyze the [ATN] to determine if an ATN decision state is the
// decision for the closure block that determines whether a
// precedence rule should continue or complete.
if atn.ruleToStartState[state.GetRuleIndex()].isPrecedenceRule {
@@ -553,7 +554,7 @@ func (a *ATNDeserializer) readInt() int {
return int(v) // data is 32 bits but int is at least that big
}
-func (a *ATNDeserializer) edgeFactory(atn *ATN, typeIndex, src, trg, arg1, arg2, arg3 int, sets []*IntervalSet) Transition {
+func (a *ATNDeserializer) edgeFactory(atn *ATN, typeIndex, _, trg, arg1, arg2, arg3 int, sets []*IntervalSet) Transition {
target := atn.states[trg]
switch typeIndex {
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afe6c9f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+var ATNSimulatorError = NewDFAState(0x7FFFFFFF, NewATNConfigSet(false))
+
+type IATNSimulator interface {
+ SharedContextCache() *PredictionContextCache
+ ATN() *ATN
+ DecisionToDFA() []*DFA
+}
+
+type BaseATNSimulator struct {
+ atn *ATN
+ sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache
+ decisionToDFA []*DFA
+}
+
+func (b *BaseATNSimulator) getCachedContext(context *PredictionContext) *PredictionContext {
+ if b.sharedContextCache == nil {
+ return context
+ }
+
+ //visited := NewJMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, Comparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, PredictionVisitedCollection, "Visit map in getCachedContext()")
+ visited := NewVisitRecord()
+ return getCachedBasePredictionContext(context, b.sharedContextCache, visited)
+}
+
+func (b *BaseATNSimulator) SharedContextCache() *PredictionContextCache {
+ return b.sharedContextCache
+}
+
+func (b *BaseATNSimulator) ATN() *ATN {
+ return b.atn
+}
+
+func (b *BaseATNSimulator) DecisionToDFA() []*DFA {
+ return b.decisionToDFA
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ae5807cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+ "strconv"
+)
+
+// Constants for serialization.
+const (
+ ATNStateInvalidType = 0
+ ATNStateBasic = 1
+ ATNStateRuleStart = 2
+ ATNStateBlockStart = 3
+ ATNStatePlusBlockStart = 4
+ ATNStateStarBlockStart = 5
+ ATNStateTokenStart = 6
+ ATNStateRuleStop = 7
+ ATNStateBlockEnd = 8
+ ATNStateStarLoopBack = 9
+ ATNStateStarLoopEntry = 10
+ ATNStatePlusLoopBack = 11
+ ATNStateLoopEnd = 12
+
+ ATNStateInvalidStateNumber = -1
+)
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var ATNStateInitialNumTransitions = 4
+
+type ATNState interface {
+ GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() bool
+
+ GetRuleIndex() int
+ SetRuleIndex(int)
+
+ GetNextTokenWithinRule() *IntervalSet
+ SetNextTokenWithinRule(*IntervalSet)
+
+ GetATN() *ATN
+ SetATN(*ATN)
+
+ GetStateType() int
+
+ GetStateNumber() int
+ SetStateNumber(int)
+
+ GetTransitions() []Transition
+ SetTransitions([]Transition)
+ AddTransition(Transition, int)
+
+ String() string
+ Hash() int
+ Equals(Collectable[ATNState]) bool
+}
+
+type BaseATNState struct {
+ // NextTokenWithinRule caches lookahead during parsing. Not used during construction.
+ NextTokenWithinRule *IntervalSet
+
+ // atn is the current ATN.
+ atn *ATN
+
+ epsilonOnlyTransitions bool
+
+ // ruleIndex tracks the Rule index because there are no Rule objects at runtime.
+ ruleIndex int
+
+ stateNumber int
+
+ stateType int
+
+ // Track the transitions emanating from this ATN state.
+ transitions []Transition
+}
+
+func NewATNState() *BaseATNState {
+ return &BaseATNState{stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber, stateType: ATNStateInvalidType}
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetRuleIndex() int {
+ return as.ruleIndex
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) SetRuleIndex(v int) {
+ as.ruleIndex = v
+}
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() bool {
+ return as.epsilonOnlyTransitions
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetATN() *ATN {
+ return as.atn
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) SetATN(atn *ATN) {
+ as.atn = atn
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetTransitions() []Transition {
+ return as.transitions
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) SetTransitions(t []Transition) {
+ as.transitions = t
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetStateType() int {
+ return as.stateType
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetStateNumber() int {
+ return as.stateNumber
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) SetStateNumber(stateNumber int) {
+ as.stateNumber = stateNumber
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) GetNextTokenWithinRule() *IntervalSet {
+ return as.NextTokenWithinRule
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) SetNextTokenWithinRule(v *IntervalSet) {
+ as.NextTokenWithinRule = v
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) Hash() int {
+ return as.stateNumber
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) String() string {
+ return strconv.Itoa(as.stateNumber)
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) Equals(other Collectable[ATNState]) bool {
+ if ot, ok := other.(ATNState); ok {
+ return as.stateNumber == ot.GetStateNumber()
+ }
+
+ return false
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) isNonGreedyExitState() bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+func (as *BaseATNState) AddTransition(trans Transition, index int) {
+ if len(as.transitions) == 0 {
+ as.epsilonOnlyTransitions = trans.getIsEpsilon()
+ } else if as.epsilonOnlyTransitions != trans.getIsEpsilon() {
+ _, _ = fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdin, "ATN state %d has both epsilon and non-epsilon transitions.\n", as.stateNumber)
+ as.epsilonOnlyTransitions = false
+ }
+
+ // TODO: Check code for already present compared to the Java equivalent
+ //alreadyPresent := false
+ //for _, t := range as.transitions {
+ // if t.getTarget().GetStateNumber() == trans.getTarget().GetStateNumber() {
+ // if t.getLabel() != nil && trans.getLabel() != nil && trans.getLabel().Equals(t.getLabel()) {
+ // alreadyPresent = true
+ // break
+ // }
+ // } else if t.getIsEpsilon() && trans.getIsEpsilon() {
+ // alreadyPresent = true
+ // break
+ // }
+ //}
+ //if !alreadyPresent {
+ if index == -1 {
+ as.transitions = append(as.transitions, trans)
+ } else {
+ as.transitions = append(as.transitions[:index], append([]Transition{trans}, as.transitions[index:]...)...)
+ // TODO: as.transitions.splice(index, 1, trans)
+ }
+ //} else {
+ // _, _ = fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Transition already present in state %d\n", as.stateNumber)
+ //}
+}
+
+type BasicState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+}
+
+func NewBasicState() *BasicState {
+ return &BasicState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateBasic,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+type DecisionState interface {
+ ATNState
+
+ getDecision() int
+ setDecision(int)
+
+ getNonGreedy() bool
+ setNonGreedy(bool)
+}
+
+type BaseDecisionState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+ decision int
+ nonGreedy bool
+}
+
+func NewBaseDecisionState() *BaseDecisionState {
+ return &BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateBasic,
+ },
+ decision: -1,
+ }
+}
+
+func (s *BaseDecisionState) getDecision() int {
+ return s.decision
+}
+
+func (s *BaseDecisionState) setDecision(b int) {
+ s.decision = b
+}
+
+func (s *BaseDecisionState) getNonGreedy() bool {
+ return s.nonGreedy
+}
+
+func (s *BaseDecisionState) setNonGreedy(b bool) {
+ s.nonGreedy = b
+}
+
+type BlockStartState interface {
+ DecisionState
+
+ getEndState() *BlockEndState
+ setEndState(*BlockEndState)
+}
+
+// BaseBlockStartState is the start of a regular (...) block.
+type BaseBlockStartState struct {
+ BaseDecisionState
+ endState *BlockEndState
+}
+
+func NewBlockStartState() *BaseBlockStartState {
+ return &BaseBlockStartState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateBasic,
+ },
+ decision: -1,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+func (s *BaseBlockStartState) getEndState() *BlockEndState {
+ return s.endState
+}
+
+func (s *BaseBlockStartState) setEndState(b *BlockEndState) {
+ s.endState = b
+}
+
+type BasicBlockStartState struct {
+ BaseBlockStartState
+}
+
+func NewBasicBlockStartState() *BasicBlockStartState {
+ return &BasicBlockStartState{
+ BaseBlockStartState: BaseBlockStartState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateBlockStart,
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+var _ BlockStartState = &BasicBlockStartState{}
+
+// BlockEndState is a terminal node of a simple (a|b|c) block.
+type BlockEndState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+ startState ATNState
+}
+
+func NewBlockEndState() *BlockEndState {
+ return &BlockEndState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateBlockEnd,
+ },
+ startState: nil,
+ }
+}
+
+// RuleStopState is the last node in the ATN for a rule, unless that rule is the
+// start symbol. In that case, there is one transition to EOF. Later, we might
+// encode references to all calls to this rule to compute FOLLOW sets for error
+// handling.
+type RuleStopState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+}
+
+func NewRuleStopState() *RuleStopState {
+ return &RuleStopState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateRuleStop,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+type RuleStartState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+ stopState ATNState
+ isPrecedenceRule bool
+}
+
+func NewRuleStartState() *RuleStartState {
+ return &RuleStartState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateRuleStart,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+// PlusLoopbackState is a decision state for A+ and (A|B)+. It has two
+// transitions: one to the loop back to start of the block, and one to exit.
+type PlusLoopbackState struct {
+ BaseDecisionState
+}
+
+func NewPlusLoopbackState() *PlusLoopbackState {
+ return &PlusLoopbackState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStatePlusLoopBack,
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+// PlusBlockStartState is the start of a (A|B|...)+ loop. Technically it is a
+// decision state; we don't use it for code generation. Somebody might need it,
+// it is included for completeness. In reality, PlusLoopbackState is the real
+// decision-making node for A+.
+type PlusBlockStartState struct {
+ BaseBlockStartState
+ loopBackState ATNState
+}
+
+func NewPlusBlockStartState() *PlusBlockStartState {
+ return &PlusBlockStartState{
+ BaseBlockStartState: BaseBlockStartState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStatePlusBlockStart,
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+var _ BlockStartState = &PlusBlockStartState{}
+
+// StarBlockStartState is the block that begins a closure loop.
+type StarBlockStartState struct {
+ BaseBlockStartState
+}
+
+func NewStarBlockStartState() *StarBlockStartState {
+ return &StarBlockStartState{
+ BaseBlockStartState: BaseBlockStartState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateStarBlockStart,
+ },
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+var _ BlockStartState = &StarBlockStartState{}
+
+type StarLoopbackState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+}
+
+func NewStarLoopbackState() *StarLoopbackState {
+ return &StarLoopbackState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateStarLoopBack,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+type StarLoopEntryState struct {
+ BaseDecisionState
+ loopBackState ATNState
+ precedenceRuleDecision bool
+}
+
+func NewStarLoopEntryState() *StarLoopEntryState {
+ // False precedenceRuleDecision indicates whether s state can benefit from a precedence DFA during SLL decision making.
+ return &StarLoopEntryState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateStarLoopEntry,
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+// LoopEndState marks the end of a * or + loop.
+type LoopEndState struct {
+ BaseATNState
+ loopBackState ATNState
+}
+
+func NewLoopEndState() *LoopEndState {
+ return &LoopEndState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateLoopEnd,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+// TokensStartState is the Tokens rule start state linking to each lexer rule start state.
+type TokensStartState struct {
+ BaseDecisionState
+}
+
+func NewTokensStartState() *TokensStartState {
+ return &TokensStartState{
+ BaseDecisionState: BaseDecisionState{
+ BaseATNState: BaseATNState{
+ stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber,
+ stateType: ATNStateTokenStart,
+ },
+ },
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go
similarity index 100%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go
similarity index 89%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go
index c33f0adb5..bd8127b6b 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go
@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ type CharStream interface {
IntStream
GetText(int, int) string
GetTextFromTokens(start, end Token) string
- GetTextFromInterval(*Interval) string
+ GetTextFromInterval(Interval) string
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go
similarity index 100%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go
similarity index 88%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go
index c6c9485a2..b75da9df0 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go
@@ -28,22 +28,24 @@ type CommonTokenStream struct {
// trivial with bt field.
fetchedEOF bool
- // index indexs into tokens of the current token (next token to consume).
+ // index into [tokens] of the current token (next token to consume).
// tokens[p] should be LT(1). It is set to -1 when the stream is first
// constructed or when SetTokenSource is called, indicating that the first token
// has not yet been fetched from the token source. For additional information,
- // see the documentation of IntStream for a description of initializing methods.
+ // see the documentation of [IntStream] for a description of initializing methods.
index int
- // tokenSource is the TokenSource from which tokens for the bt stream are
+ // tokenSource is the [TokenSource] from which tokens for the bt stream are
// fetched.
tokenSource TokenSource
- // tokens is all tokens fetched from the token source. The list is considered a
+ // tokens contains all tokens fetched from the token source. The list is considered a
// complete view of the input once fetchedEOF is set to true.
tokens []Token
}
+// NewCommonTokenStream creates a new CommonTokenStream instance using the supplied lexer to produce
+// tokens and will pull tokens from the given lexer channel.
func NewCommonTokenStream(lexer Lexer, channel int) *CommonTokenStream {
return &CommonTokenStream{
channel: channel,
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ func NewCommonTokenStream(lexer Lexer, channel int) *CommonTokenStream {
}
}
+// GetAllTokens returns all tokens currently pulled from the token source.
func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetAllTokens() []Token {
return c.tokens
}
@@ -61,9 +64,11 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) Mark() int {
return 0
}
-func (c *CommonTokenStream) Release(marker int) {}
+func (c *CommonTokenStream) Release(_ int) {}
-func (c *CommonTokenStream) reset() {
+func (c *CommonTokenStream) Reset() {
+ c.fetchedEOF = false
+ c.tokens = make([]Token, 0)
c.Seek(0)
}
@@ -107,7 +112,7 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) Consume() {
// Sync makes sure index i in tokens has a token and returns true if a token is
// located at index i and otherwise false.
func (c *CommonTokenStream) Sync(i int) bool {
- n := i - len(c.tokens) + 1 // TODO: How many more elements do we need?
+ n := i - len(c.tokens) + 1 // How many more elements do we need?
if n > 0 {
fetched := c.fetch(n)
@@ -193,12 +198,13 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) SetTokenSource(tokenSource TokenSource) {
c.tokenSource = tokenSource
c.tokens = make([]Token, 0)
c.index = -1
+ c.fetchedEOF = false
}
// NextTokenOnChannel returns the index of the next token on channel given a
// starting index. Returns i if tokens[i] is on channel. Returns -1 if there are
-// no tokens on channel between i and EOF.
-func (c *CommonTokenStream) NextTokenOnChannel(i, channel int) int {
+// no tokens on channel between 'i' and [TokenEOF].
+func (c *CommonTokenStream) NextTokenOnChannel(i, _ int) int {
c.Sync(i)
if i >= len(c.tokens) {
@@ -244,7 +250,7 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetHiddenTokensToRight(tokenIndex, channel int) []To
nextOnChannel := c.NextTokenOnChannel(tokenIndex+1, LexerDefaultTokenChannel)
from := tokenIndex + 1
- // If no onchannel to the right, then nextOnChannel == -1, so set to to last token
+ // If no onChannel to the right, then nextOnChannel == -1, so set 'to' to the last token
var to int
if nextOnChannel == -1 {
@@ -314,7 +320,8 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) Index() int {
}
func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetAllText() string {
- return c.GetTextFromInterval(nil)
+ c.Fill()
+ return c.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(0, len(c.tokens)-1))
}
func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromTokens(start, end Token) string {
@@ -329,15 +336,9 @@ func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromRuleContext(interval RuleContext) string
return c.GetTextFromInterval(interval.GetSourceInterval())
}
-func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromInterval(interval *Interval) string {
+func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromInterval(interval Interval) string {
c.lazyInit()
-
- if interval == nil {
- c.Fill()
- interval = NewInterval(0, len(c.tokens)-1)
- } else {
- c.Sync(interval.Stop)
- }
+ c.Sync(interval.Stop)
start := interval.Start
stop := interval.Stop
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/comparators.go
similarity index 82%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/comparators.go
index 9ea320053..7467e9b43 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/comparators.go
@@ -18,17 +18,20 @@ package antlr
// type safety and avoid having to implement this for every type that we want to perform comparison on.
//
// This comparator works by using the standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the type T that is being compared. Which
-// allows us to use it in any collection instance that does nto require a special hash or equals implementation.
+// allows us to use it in any collection instance that does not require a special hash or equals implementation.
type ObjEqComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct{}
var (
- aStateEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[ATNState]{}
- aConfEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[ATNConfig]{}
- aConfCompInst = &ATNConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{}
- atnConfCompInst = &BaseATNConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{}
+ aStateEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[ATNState]{}
+ aConfEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[*ATNConfig]{}
+
+ // aConfCompInst is the comparator used for the ATNConfigSet for the configLookup cache
+ aConfCompInst = &ATNConfigComparator[*ATNConfig]{}
+ atnConfCompInst = &BaseATNConfigComparator[*ATNConfig]{}
dfaStateEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]{}
semctxEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[SemanticContext]{}
- atnAltCfgEqInst = &ATNAltConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{}
+ atnAltCfgEqInst = &ATNAltConfigComparator[*ATNConfig]{}
+ pContextEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]{}
)
// Equals2 delegates to the Equals() method of type T
@@ -44,14 +47,14 @@ func (c *ObjEqComparator[T]) Hash1(o T) int {
type SemCComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct{}
-// ATNConfigComparator is used as the compartor for the configLookup field of an ATNConfigSet
+// ATNConfigComparator is used as the comparator for the configLookup field of an ATNConfigSet
// and has a custom Equals() and Hash() implementation, because equality is not based on the
// standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the ATNConfig type.
type ATNConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct {
}
// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup
-func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
+func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 *ATNConfig) bool {
// Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil
//
@@ -72,7 +75,8 @@ func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
}
// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup
-func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int {
+func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o *ATNConfig) int {
+
hash := 7
hash = 31*hash + o.GetState().GetStateNumber()
hash = 31*hash + o.GetAlt()
@@ -85,7 +89,7 @@ type ATNAltConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct {
}
// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup
-func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
+func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 *ATNConfig) bool {
// Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil
//
@@ -105,21 +109,21 @@ func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
}
// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup
-func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int {
+func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o *ATNConfig) int {
h := murmurInit(7)
h = murmurUpdate(h, o.GetState().GetStateNumber())
h = murmurUpdate(h, o.GetContext().Hash())
return murmurFinish(h, 2)
}
-// BaseATNConfigComparator is used as the comparator for the configLookup field of a BaseATNConfigSet
+// BaseATNConfigComparator is used as the comparator for the configLookup field of a ATNConfigSet
// and has a custom Equals() and Hash() implementation, because equality is not based on the
// standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the ATNConfig type.
type BaseATNConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct {
}
// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for baseATNConfigSet
-func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
+func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 *ATNConfig) bool {
// Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil
//
@@ -141,7 +145,6 @@ func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool {
// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup, but in fact just
// delegates to the standard Hash() method of the ATNConfig type.
-func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int {
-
+func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o *ATNConfig) int {
return o.Hash()
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/configuration.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/configuration.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2b724514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/configuration.go
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+package antlr
+
+type runtimeConfiguration struct {
+ statsTraceStacks bool
+ lexerATNSimulatorDebug bool
+ lexerATNSimulatorDFADebug bool
+ parserATNSimulatorDebug bool
+ parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim bool
+ parserATNSimulatorDFADebug bool
+ parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug bool
+ lRLoopEntryBranchOpt bool
+ memoryManager bool
+}
+
+// Global runtime configuration
+var runtimeConfig = runtimeConfiguration{
+ lRLoopEntryBranchOpt: true,
+}
+
+type runtimeOption func(*runtimeConfiguration) error
+
+// ConfigureRuntime allows the runtime to be configured globally setting things like trace and statistics options.
+// It uses the functional options pattern for go. This is a package global function as it operates on the runtime
+// configuration regardless of the instantiation of anything higher up such as a parser or lexer. Generally this is
+// used for debugging/tracing/statistics options, which are usually used by the runtime maintainers (or rather the
+// only maintainer). However, it is possible that you might want to use this to set a global option concerning the
+// memory allocation type used by the runtime such as sync.Pool or not.
+//
+// The options are applied in the order they are passed in, so the last option will override any previous options.
+//
+// For example, if you want to turn on the collection create point stack flag to true, you can do:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithStatsTraceStacks(true))
+//
+// If you want to turn it off, you can do:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithStatsTraceStacks(false))
+func ConfigureRuntime(options ...runtimeOption) error {
+ for _, option := range options {
+ err := option(&runtimeConfig)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// WithStatsTraceStacks sets the global flag indicating whether to collect stack traces at the create-point of
+// certain structs, such as collections, or the use point of certain methods such as Put().
+// Because this can be expensive, it is turned off by default. However, it
+// can be useful to track down exactly where memory is being created and used.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithStatsTraceStacks(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithStatsTraceStacks(false))
+func WithStatsTraceStacks(trace bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.statsTraceStacks = trace
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithLexerATNSimulatorDebug sets the global flag indicating whether to log debug information from the lexer [ATN]
+// simulator. This is useful for debugging lexer issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime. Only useful
+// to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLexerATNSimulatorDebug(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLexerATNSimulatorDebug(false))
+func WithLexerATNSimulatorDebug(debug bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.lexerATNSimulatorDebug = debug
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithLexerATNSimulatorDFADebug sets the global flag indicating whether to log debug information from the lexer [ATN] [DFA]
+// simulator. This is useful for debugging lexer issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime. Only useful
+// to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLexerATNSimulatorDFADebug(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLexerATNSimulatorDFADebug(false))
+func WithLexerATNSimulatorDFADebug(debug bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.lexerATNSimulatorDFADebug = debug
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithParserATNSimulatorDebug sets the global flag indicating whether to log debug information from the parser [ATN]
+// simulator. This is useful for debugging parser issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime. Only useful
+// to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorDebug(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorDebug(false))
+func WithParserATNSimulatorDebug(debug bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.parserATNSimulatorDebug = debug
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim sets the global flag indicating whether to log trace information from the parser [ATN] simulator
+// [DFA]. This is useful for debugging parser issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime. Only useful
+// to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim(false))
+func WithParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim(trace bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim = trace
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithParserATNSimulatorDFADebug sets the global flag indicating whether to log debug information from the parser [ATN] [DFA]
+// simulator. This is useful for debugging parser issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime. Only useful
+// to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorDFADebug(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorDFADebug(false))
+func WithParserATNSimulatorDFADebug(debug bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug = debug
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug sets the global flag indicating whether to log debug information from the parser [ATN] [DFA]
+// simulator when retrying a decision. This is useful for debugging parser issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime.
+// Only useful to the runtime maintainers.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug(false))
+func WithParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug(debug bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug = debug
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithLRLoopEntryBranchOpt sets the global flag indicating whether let recursive loop operations should be
+// optimized or not. This is useful for debugging parser issues by comparing the output with the Java runtime.
+// It turns off the functionality of [canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule] in [ParserATNSimulator].
+//
+// Note that default is to use this optimization.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLRLoopEntryBranchOpt(true))
+//
+// You can turn it off at any time using:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithLRLoopEntryBranchOpt(false))
+func WithLRLoopEntryBranchOpt(off bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.lRLoopEntryBranchOpt = off
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// WithMemoryManager sets the global flag indicating whether to use the memory manager or not. This is useful
+// for poorly constructed grammars that create a lot of garbage. It turns on the functionality of [memoryManager], which
+// will intercept garbage collection and cause available memory to be reused. At the end of the day, this is no substitute
+// for fixing your grammar by ridding yourself of extreme ambiguity. BUt if you are just trying to reuse an opensource
+// grammar, this may help make it more practical.
+//
+// Note that default is to use normal Go memory allocation and not pool memory.
+//
+// Use:
+//
+// antlr.ConfigureRuntime(antlr.WithMemoryManager(true))
+//
+// Note that if you turn this on, you should probably leave it on. You should use only one memory strategy or the other
+// and should remember to nil out any references to the parser or lexer when you are done with them.
+func WithMemoryManager(use bool) runtimeOption {
+ return func(config *runtimeConfiguration) error {
+ config.memoryManager = use
+ return nil
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa.go
similarity index 76%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa.go
index bfd43e1f7..6b63eb158 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa.go
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
package antlr
+// DFA represents the Deterministic Finite Automaton used by the recognizer, including all the states it can
+// reach and the transitions between them.
type DFA struct {
// atnStartState is the ATN state in which this was created
atnStartState DecisionState
@@ -12,10 +14,9 @@ type DFA struct {
// states is all the DFA states. Use Map to get the old state back; Set can only
// indicate whether it is there. Go maps implement key hash collisions and so on and are very
- // good, but the DFAState is an object and can't be used directly as the key as it can in say JAva
+ // good, but the DFAState is an object and can't be used directly as the key as it can in say Java
// amd C#, whereby if the hashcode is the same for two objects, then Equals() is called against them
- // to see if they really are the same object.
- //
+ // to see if they really are the same object. Hence, we have our own map storage.
//
states *JStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]]
@@ -32,11 +33,11 @@ func NewDFA(atnStartState DecisionState, decision int) *DFA {
dfa := &DFA{
atnStartState: atnStartState,
decision: decision,
- states: NewJStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]](dfaStateEqInst),
+ states: nil, // Lazy initialize
}
if s, ok := atnStartState.(*StarLoopEntryState); ok && s.precedenceRuleDecision {
dfa.precedenceDfa = true
- dfa.s0 = NewDFAState(-1, NewBaseATNConfigSet(false))
+ dfa.s0 = NewDFAState(-1, NewATNConfigSet(false))
dfa.s0.isAcceptState = false
dfa.s0.requiresFullContext = false
}
@@ -95,12 +96,11 @@ func (d *DFA) getPrecedenceDfa() bool {
// true or nil otherwise, and d.precedenceDfa is updated.
func (d *DFA) setPrecedenceDfa(precedenceDfa bool) {
if d.getPrecedenceDfa() != precedenceDfa {
- d.states = NewJStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]](dfaStateEqInst)
+ d.states = nil // Lazy initialize
d.numstates = 0
if precedenceDfa {
- precedenceState := NewDFAState(-1, NewBaseATNConfigSet(false))
-
+ precedenceState := NewDFAState(-1, NewATNConfigSet(false))
precedenceState.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, 0))
precedenceState.isAcceptState = false
precedenceState.requiresFullContext = false
@@ -113,6 +113,31 @@ func (d *DFA) setPrecedenceDfa(precedenceDfa bool) {
}
}
+// Len returns the number of states in d. We use this instead of accessing states directly so that we can implement lazy
+// instantiation of the states JMap.
+func (d *DFA) Len() int {
+ if d.states == nil {
+ return 0
+ }
+ return d.states.Len()
+}
+
+// Get returns a state that matches s if it is present in the DFA state set. We defer to this
+// function instead of accessing states directly so that we can implement lazy instantiation of the states JMap.
+func (d *DFA) Get(s *DFAState) (*DFAState, bool) {
+ if d.states == nil {
+ return nil, false
+ }
+ return d.states.Get(s)
+}
+
+func (d *DFA) Put(s *DFAState) (*DFAState, bool) {
+ if d.states == nil {
+ d.states = NewJStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]](dfaStateEqInst, DFAStateCollection, "DFA via DFA.Put")
+ }
+ return d.states.Put(s)
+}
+
func (d *DFA) getS0() *DFAState {
return d.s0
}
@@ -121,9 +146,11 @@ func (d *DFA) setS0(s *DFAState) {
d.s0 = s
}
-// sortedStates returns the states in d sorted by their state number.
+// sortedStates returns the states in d sorted by their state number, or an empty set if d.states is nil.
func (d *DFA) sortedStates() []*DFAState {
-
+ if d.states == nil {
+ return []*DFAState{}
+ }
vs := d.states.SortedSlice(func(i, j *DFAState) bool {
return i.stateNumber < j.stateNumber
})
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go
similarity index 97%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go
index 84d0a31e5..0e1100989 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import (
"strings"
)
-// DFASerializer is a DFA walker that knows how to dump them to serialized
+// DFASerializer is a DFA walker that knows how to dump the DFA states to serialized
// strings.
type DFASerializer struct {
dfa *DFA
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go
similarity index 81%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go
index c90dec55c..654143074 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go
@@ -22,30 +22,31 @@ func (p *PredPrediction) String() string {
return "(" + fmt.Sprint(p.pred) + ", " + fmt.Sprint(p.alt) + ")"
}
-// DFAState represents a set of possible ATN configurations. As Aho, Sethi,
+// DFAState represents a set of possible [ATN] configurations. As Aho, Sethi,
// Ullman p. 117 says: "The DFA uses its state to keep track of all possible
// states the ATN can be in after reading each input symbol. That is to say,
-// after reading input a1a2..an, the DFA is in a state that represents the
+// after reading input a1, a2,..an, the DFA is in a state that represents the
// subset T of the states of the ATN that are reachable from the ATN's start
-// state along some path labeled a1a2..an." In conventional NFA-to-DFA
-// conversion, therefore, the subset T would be a bitset representing the set of
-// states the ATN could be in. We need to track the alt predicted by each state
+// state along some path labeled a1a2..an."
+//
+// In conventional NFA-to-DFA conversion, therefore, the subset T would be a bitset representing the set of
+// states the [ATN] could be in. We need to track the alt predicted by each state
// as well, however. More importantly, we need to maintain a stack of states,
// tracking the closure operations as they jump from rule to rule, emulating
// rule invocations (method calls). I have to add a stack to simulate the proper
// lookahead sequences for the underlying LL grammar from which the ATN was
// derived.
//
-// I use a set of ATNConfig objects, not simple states. An ATNConfig is both a
-// state (ala normal conversion) and a RuleContext describing the chain of rules
+// I use a set of [ATNConfig] objects, not simple states. An [ATNConfig] is both a
+// state (ala normal conversion) and a [RuleContext] describing the chain of rules
// (if any) followed to arrive at that state.
//
-// A DFAState may have multiple references to a particular state, but with
-// different ATN contexts (with same or different alts) meaning that state was
+// A [DFAState] may have multiple references to a particular state, but with
+// different [ATN] contexts (with same or different alts) meaning that state was
// reached via a different set of rule invocations.
type DFAState struct {
stateNumber int
- configs ATNConfigSet
+ configs *ATNConfigSet
// edges elements point to the target of the symbol. Shift up by 1 so (-1)
// Token.EOF maps to the first element.
@@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ type DFAState struct {
isAcceptState bool
- // prediction is the ttype we match or alt we predict if the state is accept.
+ // prediction is the 'ttype' we match or alt we predict if the state is 'accept'.
// Set to ATN.INVALID_ALT_NUMBER when predicates != nil or
// requiresFullContext.
prediction int
@@ -81,9 +82,9 @@ type DFAState struct {
predicates []*PredPrediction
}
-func NewDFAState(stateNumber int, configs ATNConfigSet) *DFAState {
+func NewDFAState(stateNumber int, configs *ATNConfigSet) *DFAState {
if configs == nil {
- configs = NewBaseATNConfigSet(false)
+ configs = NewATNConfigSet(false)
}
return &DFAState{configs: configs, stateNumber: stateNumber}
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ func (d *DFAState) GetAltSet() []int {
var alts []int
if d.configs != nil {
- for _, c := range d.configs.GetItems() {
+ for _, c := range d.configs.configs {
alts = append(alts, c.GetAlt())
}
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go
similarity index 92%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go
index c55bcc19b..bd2cd8bc3 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ type DiagnosticErrorListener struct {
exactOnly bool
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func NewDiagnosticErrorListener(exactOnly bool) *DiagnosticErrorListener {
n := new(DiagnosticErrorListener)
@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ func NewDiagnosticErrorListener(exactOnly bool) *DiagnosticErrorListener {
return n
}
-func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) {
+func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet) {
if d.exactOnly && !exact {
return
}
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, s
recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, nil, nil)
}
-func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) {
+func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, _ *BitSet, _ *ATNConfigSet) {
msg := "reportAttemptingFullContext d=" +
d.getDecisionDescription(recognizer, dfa) +
@@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser,
recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, nil, nil)
}
-func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet) {
+func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, _ int, _ *ATNConfigSet) {
msg := "reportContextSensitivity d=" +
d.getDecisionDescription(recognizer, dfa) +
", input='" +
@@ -96,12 +97,12 @@ func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) getDecisionDescription(recognizer Parser, dfa
// @param configs The conflicting or ambiguous configuration set.
// @return Returns {@code ReportedAlts} if it is not {@code nil}, otherwise
// returns the set of alternatives represented in {@code configs}.
-func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) getConflictingAlts(ReportedAlts *BitSet, set ATNConfigSet) *BitSet {
+func (d *DiagnosticErrorListener) getConflictingAlts(ReportedAlts *BitSet, set *ATNConfigSet) *BitSet {
if ReportedAlts != nil {
return ReportedAlts
}
result := NewBitSet()
- for _, c := range set.GetItems() {
+ for _, c := range set.configs {
result.add(c.GetAlt())
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_listener.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_listener.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21a021643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_listener.go
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+ "strconv"
+)
+
+// Provides an empty default implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorListener}. The
+// default implementation of each method does nothing, but can be overridden as
+// necessary.
+
+type ErrorListener interface {
+ SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException)
+ ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet)
+ ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet)
+ ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction int, configs *ATNConfigSet)
+}
+
+type DefaultErrorListener struct {
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewDefaultErrorListener() *DefaultErrorListener {
+ return new(DefaultErrorListener)
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorListener) SyntaxError(_ Recognizer, _ interface{}, _, _ int, _ string, _ RecognitionException) {
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(_ Parser, _ *DFA, _, _ int, _ bool, _ *BitSet, _ *ATNConfigSet) {
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(_ Parser, _ *DFA, _, _ int, _ *BitSet, _ *ATNConfigSet) {
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(_ Parser, _ *DFA, _, _, _ int, _ *ATNConfigSet) {
+}
+
+type ConsoleErrorListener struct {
+ *DefaultErrorListener
+}
+
+func NewConsoleErrorListener() *ConsoleErrorListener {
+ return new(ConsoleErrorListener)
+}
+
+// ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE provides a default instance of {@link ConsoleErrorListener}.
+var ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE = NewConsoleErrorListener()
+
+// SyntaxError prints messages to System.err containing the
+// values of line, charPositionInLine, and msg using
+// the following format:
+//
+// line :
+func (c *ConsoleErrorListener) SyntaxError(_ Recognizer, _ interface{}, line, column int, msg string, _ RecognitionException) {
+ _, _ = fmt.Fprintln(os.Stderr, "line "+strconv.Itoa(line)+":"+strconv.Itoa(column)+" "+msg)
+}
+
+type ProxyErrorListener struct {
+ *DefaultErrorListener
+ delegates []ErrorListener
+}
+
+func NewProxyErrorListener(delegates []ErrorListener) *ProxyErrorListener {
+ if delegates == nil {
+ panic("delegates is not provided")
+ }
+ l := new(ProxyErrorListener)
+ l.delegates = delegates
+ return l
+}
+
+func (p *ProxyErrorListener) SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException) {
+ for _, d := range p.delegates {
+ d.SyntaxError(recognizer, offendingSymbol, line, column, msg, e)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet) {
+ for _, d := range p.delegates {
+ d.ReportAmbiguity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet) {
+ for _, d := range p.delegates {
+ d.ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction int, configs *ATNConfigSet) {
+ for _, d := range p.delegates {
+ d.ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs)
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9db2be1c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,702 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "reflect"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+type ErrorStrategy interface {
+ reset(Parser)
+ RecoverInline(Parser) Token
+ Recover(Parser, RecognitionException)
+ Sync(Parser)
+ InErrorRecoveryMode(Parser) bool
+ ReportError(Parser, RecognitionException)
+ ReportMatch(Parser)
+}
+
+// DefaultErrorStrategy is the default implementation of ANTLRErrorStrategy used for
+// error reporting and recovery in ANTLR parsers.
+type DefaultErrorStrategy struct {
+ errorRecoveryMode bool
+ lastErrorIndex int
+ lastErrorStates *IntervalSet
+}
+
+var _ ErrorStrategy = &DefaultErrorStrategy{}
+
+func NewDefaultErrorStrategy() *DefaultErrorStrategy {
+
+ d := new(DefaultErrorStrategy)
+
+ // Indicates whether the error strategy is currently "recovering from an
+ // error". This is used to suppress Reporting multiple error messages while
+ // attempting to recover from a detected syntax error.
+ //
+ // @see //InErrorRecoveryMode
+ //
+ d.errorRecoveryMode = false
+
+ // The index into the input stream where the last error occurred.
+ // This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found
+ // but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found,
+ // ad nauseam. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least
+ // one token/tree node is consumed for two errors.
+ //
+ d.lastErrorIndex = -1
+ d.lastErrorStates = nil
+ return d
+}
+
+// The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition} to
+// ensure that the handler is not in error recovery mode.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) reset(recognizer Parser) {
+ d.endErrorCondition(recognizer)
+}
+
+// This method is called to enter error recovery mode when a recognition
+// exception is Reported.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) beginErrorCondition(_ Parser) {
+ d.errorRecoveryMode = true
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) InErrorRecoveryMode(_ Parser) bool {
+ return d.errorRecoveryMode
+}
+
+// This method is called to leave error recovery mode after recovering from
+// a recognition exception.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) endErrorCondition(_ Parser) {
+ d.errorRecoveryMode = false
+ d.lastErrorStates = nil
+ d.lastErrorIndex = -1
+}
+
+// ReportMatch is the default implementation of error matching and simply calls endErrorCondition.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMatch(recognizer Parser) {
+ d.endErrorCondition(recognizer)
+}
+
+// ReportError is the default implementation of error reporting.
+// It returns immediately if the handler is already
+// in error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls [beginErrorCondition]
+// and dispatches the Reporting task based on the runtime type of e
+// according to the following table.
+//
+// [NoViableAltException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportNoViableAlternative]
+// [InputMisMatchException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportInputMisMatch]
+// [FailedPredicateException] : Dispatches the call to [ReportFailedPredicate]
+// All other types : Calls [NotifyErrorListeners] to Report the exception
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportError(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) {
+ // if we've already Reported an error and have not Matched a token
+ // yet successfully, don't Report any errors.
+ if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) {
+ return // don't Report spurious errors
+ }
+ d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer)
+
+ switch t := e.(type) {
+ default:
+ fmt.Println("unknown recognition error type: " + reflect.TypeOf(e).Name())
+ // fmt.Println(e.stack)
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(e.GetMessage(), e.GetOffendingToken(), e)
+ case *NoViableAltException:
+ d.ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer, t)
+ case *InputMisMatchException:
+ d.ReportInputMisMatch(recognizer, t)
+ case *FailedPredicateException:
+ d.ReportFailedPredicate(recognizer, t)
+ }
+}
+
+// Recover is the default recovery implementation.
+// It reSynchronizes the parser by consuming tokens until we find one in the reSynchronization set -
+// loosely the set of tokens that can follow the current rule.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, _ RecognitionException) {
+
+ if d.lastErrorIndex == recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() &&
+ d.lastErrorStates != nil && d.lastErrorStates.contains(recognizer.GetState()) {
+ // uh oh, another error at same token index and previously-Visited
+ // state in ATN must be a case where LT(1) is in the recovery
+ // token set so nothing got consumed. Consume a single token
+ // at least to prevent an infinite loop d is a failsafe.
+ recognizer.Consume()
+ }
+ d.lastErrorIndex = recognizer.GetInputStream().Index()
+ if d.lastErrorStates == nil {
+ d.lastErrorStates = NewIntervalSet()
+ }
+ d.lastErrorStates.addOne(recognizer.GetState())
+ followSet := d.GetErrorRecoverySet(recognizer)
+ d.consumeUntil(recognizer, followSet)
+}
+
+// Sync is the default implementation of error strategy synchronization.
+//
+// This Sync makes sure that the current lookahead symbol is consistent with what were expecting
+// at this point in the [ATN]. You can call this anytime but ANTLR only
+// generates code to check before sub-rules/loops and each iteration.
+//
+// Implements [Jim Idle]'s magic Sync mechanism in closures and optional
+// sub-rules. E.g.:
+//
+// a : Sync ( stuff Sync )*
+// Sync : {consume to what can follow Sync}
+//
+// At the start of a sub-rule upon error, Sync performs single
+// token deletion, if possible. If it can't do that, it bails on the current
+// rule and uses the default error recovery, which consumes until the
+// reSynchronization set of the current rule.
+//
+// If the sub-rule is optional
+//
+// ({@code (...)?}, {@code (...)*},
+//
+// or a block with an empty alternative), then the expected set includes what follows
+// the sub-rule.
+//
+// During loop iteration, it consumes until it sees a token that can start a
+// sub-rule or what follows loop. Yes, that is pretty aggressive. We opt to
+// stay in the loop as long as possible.
+//
+// # Origins
+//
+// Previous versions of ANTLR did a poor job of their recovery within loops.
+// A single mismatch token or missing token would force the parser to bail
+// out of the entire rules surrounding the loop. So, for rule:
+//
+// classfunc : 'class' ID '{' member* '}'
+//
+// input with an extra token between members would force the parser to
+// consume until it found the next class definition rather than the next
+// member definition of the current class.
+//
+// This functionality cost a bit of effort because the parser has to
+// compare the token set at the start of the loop and at each iteration. If for
+// some reason speed is suffering for you, you can turn off this
+// functionality by simply overriding this method as empty:
+//
+// { }
+//
+// [Jim Idle]: https://github.com/jimidle
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) {
+ // If already recovering, don't try to Sync
+ if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) {
+ return
+ }
+
+ s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()]
+ la := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1)
+
+ // try cheaper subset first might get lucky. seems to shave a wee bit off
+ nextTokens := recognizer.GetATN().NextTokens(s, nil)
+ if nextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) || nextTokens.contains(la) {
+ return
+ }
+
+ switch s.GetStateType() {
+ case ATNStateBlockStart, ATNStateStarBlockStart, ATNStatePlusBlockStart, ATNStateStarLoopEntry:
+ // Report error and recover if possible
+ if d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer) != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ recognizer.SetError(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer))
+ case ATNStatePlusLoopBack, ATNStateStarLoopBack:
+ d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer)
+ expecting := NewIntervalSet()
+ expecting.addSet(recognizer.GetExpectedTokens())
+ whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule := expecting.addSet(d.GetErrorRecoverySet(recognizer))
+ d.consumeUntil(recognizer, whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule)
+ default:
+ // do nothing if we can't identify the exact kind of ATN state
+ }
+}
+
+// ReportNoViableAlternative is called by [ReportError] when the exception is a [NoViableAltException].
+//
+// See also [ReportError]
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer Parser, e *NoViableAltException) {
+ tokens := recognizer.GetTokenStream()
+ var input string
+ if tokens != nil {
+ if e.startToken.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
+ input = ""
+ } else {
+ input = tokens.GetTextFromTokens(e.startToken, e.offendingToken)
+ }
+ } else {
+ input = ""
+ }
+ msg := "no viable alternative at input " + d.escapeWSAndQuote(input)
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, e.offendingToken, e)
+}
+
+// ReportInputMisMatch is called by [ReportError] when the exception is an [InputMisMatchException]
+//
+// See also: [ReportError]
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportInputMisMatch(recognizer Parser, e *InputMisMatchException) {
+ msg := "mismatched input " + d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(e.offendingToken) +
+ " expecting " + e.getExpectedTokens().StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false)
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, e.offendingToken, e)
+}
+
+// ReportFailedPredicate is called by [ReportError] when the exception is a [FailedPredicateException].
+//
+// See also: [ReportError]
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportFailedPredicate(recognizer Parser, e *FailedPredicateException) {
+ ruleName := recognizer.GetRuleNames()[recognizer.GetParserRuleContext().GetRuleIndex()]
+ msg := "rule " + ruleName + " " + e.message
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, e.offendingToken, e)
+}
+
+// ReportUnwantedToken is called to report a syntax error that requires the removal
+// of a token from the input stream. At the time d method is called, the
+// erroneous symbol is the current LT(1) symbol and has not yet been
+// removed from the input stream. When this method returns,
+// recognizer is in error recovery mode.
+//
+// This method is called when singleTokenDeletion identifies
+// single-token deletion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched
+// input error.
+//
+// The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in
+// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls beginErrorCondition to
+// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling
+// [NotifyErrorListeners]
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer Parser) {
+ if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) {
+ return
+ }
+ d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer)
+ t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ tokenName := d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t)
+ expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer)
+ msg := "extraneous input " + tokenName + " expecting " +
+ expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false)
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil)
+}
+
+// ReportMissingToken is called to report a syntax error which requires the
+// insertion of a missing token into the input stream. At the time this
+// method is called, the missing token has not yet been inserted. When this
+// method returns, recognizer is in error recovery mode.
+//
+// This method is called when singleTokenInsertion identifies
+// single-token insertion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched
+// input error.
+//
+// The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in
+// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls beginErrorCondition to
+// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling [NotifyErrorListeners]
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMissingToken(recognizer Parser) {
+ if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) {
+ return
+ }
+ d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer)
+ t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer)
+ msg := "missing " + expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false) +
+ " at " + d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t)
+ recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil)
+}
+
+// The RecoverInline default implementation attempts to recover from the mismatched input
+// by using single token insertion and deletion as described below. If the
+// recovery attempt fails, this method panics with [InputMisMatchException}.
+// TODO: Not sure that panic() is the right thing to do here - JI
+//
+// # EXTRA TOKEN (single token deletion)
+//
+// LA(1) is not what we are looking for. If LA(2) has the
+// right token, however, then assume LA(1) is some extra spurious
+// token and delete it. Then consume and return the next token (which was
+// the LA(2) token) as the successful result of the Match operation.
+//
+// # This recovery strategy is implemented by singleTokenDeletion
+//
+// # MISSING TOKEN (single token insertion)
+//
+// If current token -at LA(1) - is consistent with what could come
+// after the expected LA(1) token, then assume the token is missing
+// and use the parser's [TokenFactory] to create it on the fly. The
+// “insertion” is performed by returning the created token as the successful
+// result of the Match operation.
+//
+// This recovery strategy is implemented by [SingleTokenInsertion].
+//
+// # Example
+//
+// For example, Input i=(3 is clearly missing the ')'. When
+// the parser returns from the nested call to expr, it will have
+// call the chain:
+//
+// stat → expr → atom
+//
+// and it will be trying to Match the ')' at this point in the
+// derivation:
+//
+// : ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ';'
+// ^
+//
+// The attempt to [Match] ')' will fail when it sees ';' and
+// call [RecoverInline]. To recover, it sees that LA(1)==';'
+// is in the set of tokens that can follow the ')' token reference
+// in rule atom. It can assume that you forgot the ')'.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token {
+ // SINGLE TOKEN DELETION
+ MatchedSymbol := d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer)
+ if MatchedSymbol != nil {
+ // we have deleted the extra token.
+ // now, move past ttype token as if all were ok
+ recognizer.Consume()
+ return MatchedSymbol
+ }
+ // SINGLE TOKEN INSERTION
+ if d.SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer) {
+ return d.GetMissingSymbol(recognizer)
+ }
+ // even that didn't work must panic the exception
+ recognizer.SetError(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer))
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SingleTokenInsertion implements the single-token insertion inline error recovery
+// strategy. It is called by [RecoverInline] if the single-token
+// deletion strategy fails to recover from the mismatched input. If this
+// method returns {@code true}, {@code recognizer} will be in error recovery
+// mode.
+//
+// This method determines whether single-token insertion is viable by
+// checking if the LA(1) input symbol could be successfully Matched
+// if it were instead the LA(2) symbol. If this method returns
+// {@code true}, the caller is responsible for creating and inserting a
+// token with the correct type to produce this behavior.
+//
+// This func returns true if single-token insertion is a viable recovery
+// strategy for the current mismatched input.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer Parser) bool {
+ currentSymbolType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1)
+ // if current token is consistent with what could come after current
+ // ATN state, then we know we're missing a token error recovery
+ // is free to conjure up and insert the missing token
+ atn := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn
+ currentState := atn.states[recognizer.GetState()]
+ next := currentState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget()
+ expectingAtLL2 := atn.NextTokens(next, recognizer.GetParserRuleContext())
+ if expectingAtLL2.contains(currentSymbolType) {
+ d.ReportMissingToken(recognizer)
+ return true
+ }
+
+ return false
+}
+
+// SingleTokenDeletion implements the single-token deletion inline error recovery
+// strategy. It is called by [RecoverInline] to attempt to recover
+// from mismatched input. If this method returns nil, the parser and error
+// handler state will not have changed. If this method returns non-nil,
+// recognizer will not be in error recovery mode since the
+// returned token was a successful Match.
+//
+// If the single-token deletion is successful, this method calls
+// [ReportUnwantedToken] to Report the error, followed by
+// [Consume] to actually “delete” the extraneous token. Then,
+// before returning, [ReportMatch] is called to signal a successful
+// Match.
+//
+// The func returns the successfully Matched [Token] instance if single-token
+// deletion successfully recovers from the mismatched input, otherwise nil.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer Parser) Token {
+ NextTokenType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(2)
+ expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer)
+ if expecting.contains(NextTokenType) {
+ d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer)
+ // print("recoverFromMisMatchedToken deleting " \
+ // + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(1)) \
+ // + " since " + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(2)) \
+ // + " is what we want", file=sys.stderr)
+ recognizer.Consume() // simply delete extra token
+ // we want to return the token we're actually Matching
+ MatchedSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ d.ReportMatch(recognizer) // we know current token is correct
+ return MatchedSymbol
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+// GetMissingSymbol conjures up a missing token during error recovery.
+//
+// The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing
+// symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol.
+// For example:
+//
+// x=ID {f($x)}.
+//
+// The action clearly assumes
+// that there has been an identifier Matched previously and that
+// $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but
+// the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that
+// this token is missing, and we keep going. Because we
+// have to return some token to replace the missing token,
+// we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control
+// over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly,
+// you will want to create something special for identifier
+// tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default
+// action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates
+// a [CommonToken] of the appropriate type. The text will be the token name.
+// If you need to change which tokens must be created by the lexer,
+// override this method to create the appropriate tokens.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetMissingSymbol(recognizer Parser) Token {
+ currentSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer)
+ expectedTokenType := expecting.first()
+ var tokenText string
+
+ if expectedTokenType == TokenEOF {
+ tokenText = ""
+ } else {
+ ln := recognizer.GetLiteralNames()
+ if expectedTokenType > 0 && expectedTokenType < len(ln) {
+ tokenText = ""
+ } else {
+ tokenText = "" // TODO: matches the JS impl
+ }
+ }
+ current := currentSymbol
+ lookback := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(-1)
+ if current.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF && lookback != nil {
+ current = lookback
+ }
+
+ tf := recognizer.GetTokenFactory()
+
+ return tf.Create(current.GetSource(), expectedTokenType, tokenText, TokenDefaultChannel, -1, -1, current.GetLine(), current.GetColumn())
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetExpectedTokens(recognizer Parser) *IntervalSet {
+ return recognizer.GetExpectedTokens()
+}
+
+// GetTokenErrorDisplay determines how a token should be displayed in an error message.
+// The default is to display just the text, but during development you might
+// want to have a lot of information spit out. Override this func in that case
+// to use t.String() (which, for [CommonToken], dumps everything about
+// the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
+// your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
+// so that it creates a new type.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetTokenErrorDisplay(t Token) string {
+ if t == nil {
+ return ""
+ }
+ s := t.GetText()
+ if s == "" {
+ if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
+ s = ""
+ } else {
+ s = "<" + strconv.Itoa(t.GetTokenType()) + ">"
+ }
+ }
+ return d.escapeWSAndQuote(s)
+}
+
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) escapeWSAndQuote(s string) string {
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\t", "\\t", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\n", "\\n", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\r", "\\r", -1)
+ return "'" + s + "'"
+}
+
+// GetErrorRecoverySet computes the error recovery set for the current rule. During
+// rule invocation, the parser pushes the set of tokens that can
+// follow that rule reference on the stack. This amounts to
+// computing FIRST of what follows the rule reference in the
+// enclosing rule. See LinearApproximator.FIRST().
+//
+// This local follow set only includes tokens
+// from within the rule i.e., the FIRST computation done by
+// ANTLR stops at the end of a rule.
+//
+// # Example
+//
+// When you find a "no viable alt exception", the input is not
+// consistent with any of the alternatives for rule r. The best
+// thing to do is to consume tokens until you see something that
+// can legally follow a call to r or any rule that called r.
+// You don't want the exact set of viable next tokens because the
+// input might just be missing a token--you might consume the
+// rest of the input looking for one of the missing tokens.
+//
+// Consider the grammar:
+//
+// a : '[' b ']'
+// | '(' b ')'
+// ;
+//
+// b : c '^' INT
+// ;
+//
+// c : ID
+// | INT
+// ;
+//
+// At each rule invocation, the set of tokens that could follow
+// that rule is pushed on a stack. Here are the various
+// context-sensitive follow sets:
+//
+// FOLLOW(b1_in_a) = FIRST(']') = ']'
+// FOLLOW(b2_in_a) = FIRST(')') = ')'
+// FOLLOW(c_in_b) = FIRST('^') = '^'
+//
+// Upon erroneous input “[]”, the call chain is
+//
+// a → b → c
+//
+// and, hence, the follow context stack is:
+//
+// Depth Follow set Start of rule execution
+// 0 a (from main())
+// 1 ']' b
+// 2 '^' c
+//
+// Notice that ')' is not included, because b would have to have
+// been called from a different context in rule a for ')' to be
+// included.
+//
+// For error recovery, we cannot consider FOLLOW(c)
+// (context-sensitive or otherwise). We need the combined set of
+// all context-sensitive FOLLOW sets - the set of all tokens that
+// could follow any reference in the call chain. We need to
+// reSync to one of those tokens. Note that FOLLOW(c)='^' and if
+// we reSync'd to that token, we'd consume until EOF. We need to
+// Sync to context-sensitive FOLLOWs for a, b, and c:
+//
+// {']','^'}
+//
+// In this case, for input "[]", LA(1) is ']' and in the set, so we would
+// not consume anything. After printing an error, rule c would
+// return normally. Rule b would not find the required '^' though.
+// At this point, it gets a mismatched token error and panics an
+// exception (since LA(1) is not in the viable following token
+// set). The rule exception handler tries to recover, but finds
+// the same recovery set and doesn't consume anything. Rule b
+// exits normally returning to rule a. Now it finds the ']' (and
+// with the successful Match exits errorRecovery mode).
+//
+// So, you can see that the parser walks up the call chain looking
+// for the token that was a member of the recovery set.
+//
+// Errors are not generated in errorRecovery mode.
+//
+// ANTLR's error recovery mechanism is based upon original ideas:
+//
+// [Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs] by Niklaus Wirth and
+// [A note on error recovery in recursive descent parsers].
+//
+// Later, Josef Grosch had some good ideas in [Efficient and Comfortable Error Recovery in Recursive Descent
+// Parsers]
+//
+// Like Grosch I implement context-sensitive FOLLOW sets that are combined at run-time upon error to avoid overhead
+// during parsing. Later, the runtime Sync was improved for loops/sub-rules see [Sync] docs
+//
+// [A note on error recovery in recursive descent parsers]: http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=947902.947905
+// [Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs]: https://t.ly/5QzgE
+// [Efficient and Comfortable Error Recovery in Recursive Descent Parsers]: ftp://www.cocolab.com/products/cocktail/doca4.ps/ell.ps.zip
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetErrorRecoverySet(recognizer Parser) *IntervalSet {
+ atn := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn
+ ctx := recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()
+ recoverSet := NewIntervalSet()
+ for ctx != nil && ctx.GetInvokingState() >= 0 {
+ // compute what follows who invoked us
+ invokingState := atn.states[ctx.GetInvokingState()]
+ rt := invokingState.GetTransitions()[0]
+ follow := atn.NextTokens(rt.(*RuleTransition).followState, nil)
+ recoverSet.addSet(follow)
+ ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext)
+ }
+ recoverSet.removeOne(TokenEpsilon)
+ return recoverSet
+}
+
+// Consume tokens until one Matches the given token set.//
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) consumeUntil(recognizer Parser, set *IntervalSet) {
+ ttype := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1)
+ for ttype != TokenEOF && !set.contains(ttype) {
+ recognizer.Consume()
+ ttype = recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1)
+ }
+}
+
+// The BailErrorStrategy implementation of ANTLRErrorStrategy responds to syntax errors
+// by immediately canceling the parse operation with a
+// [ParseCancellationException]. The implementation ensures that the
+// [ParserRuleContext//exception] field is set for all parse tree nodes
+// that were not completed prior to encountering the error.
+//
+// This error strategy is useful in the following scenarios.
+//
+// - Two-stage parsing: This error strategy allows the first
+// stage of two-stage parsing to immediately terminate if an error is
+// encountered, and immediately fall back to the second stage. In addition to
+// avoiding wasted work by attempting to recover from errors here, the empty
+// implementation of [BailErrorStrategy.Sync] improves the performance of
+// the first stage.
+//
+// - Silent validation: When syntax errors are not being
+// Reported or logged, and the parse result is simply ignored if errors occur,
+// the [BailErrorStrategy] avoids wasting work on recovering from errors
+// when the result will be ignored either way.
+//
+// myparser.SetErrorHandler(NewBailErrorStrategy())
+//
+// See also: [Parser.SetErrorHandler(ANTLRErrorStrategy)]
+type BailErrorStrategy struct {
+ *DefaultErrorStrategy
+}
+
+var _ ErrorStrategy = &BailErrorStrategy{}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewBailErrorStrategy() *BailErrorStrategy {
+
+ b := new(BailErrorStrategy)
+
+ b.DefaultErrorStrategy = NewDefaultErrorStrategy()
+
+ return b
+}
+
+// Recover Instead of recovering from exception e, re-panic it wrapped
+// in a [ParseCancellationException] so it is not caught by the
+// rule func catches. Use Exception.GetCause() to get the
+// original [RecognitionException].
+func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) {
+ context := recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()
+ for context != nil {
+ context.SetException(e)
+ if parent, ok := context.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext); ok {
+ context = parent
+ } else {
+ context = nil
+ }
+ }
+ recognizer.SetError(NewParseCancellationException()) // TODO: we don't emit e properly
+}
+
+// RecoverInline makes sure we don't attempt to recover inline if the parser
+// successfully recovers, it won't panic an exception.
+func (b *BailErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token {
+ b.Recover(recognizer, NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer))
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Sync makes sure we don't attempt to recover from problems in sub-rules.
+func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Sync(_ Parser) {
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/errors.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f0f2f601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/errors.go
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+// The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy. In general, ANTLR tracks just
+// 3 kinds of errors: prediction errors, failed predicate errors, and
+// mismatched input errors. In each case, the parser knows where it is
+// in the input, where it is in the ATN, the rule invocation stack,
+// and what kind of problem occurred.
+
+type RecognitionException interface {
+ GetOffendingToken() Token
+ GetMessage() string
+ GetInputStream() IntStream
+}
+
+type BaseRecognitionException struct {
+ message string
+ recognizer Recognizer
+ offendingToken Token
+ offendingState int
+ ctx RuleContext
+ input IntStream
+}
+
+func NewBaseRecognitionException(message string, recognizer Recognizer, input IntStream, ctx RuleContext) *BaseRecognitionException {
+
+ // todo
+ // Error.call(this)
+ //
+ // if (!!Error.captureStackTrace) {
+ // Error.captureStackTrace(this, RecognitionException)
+ // } else {
+ // stack := NewError().stack
+ // }
+ // TODO: may be able to use - "runtime" func Stack(buf []byte, all bool) int
+
+ t := new(BaseRecognitionException)
+
+ t.message = message
+ t.recognizer = recognizer
+ t.input = input
+ t.ctx = ctx
+
+ // The current Token when an error occurred. Since not all streams
+ // support accessing symbols by index, we have to track the {@link Token}
+ // instance itself.
+ //
+ t.offendingToken = nil
+
+ // Get the ATN state number the parser was in at the time the error
+ // occurred. For NoViableAltException and LexerNoViableAltException exceptions, this is the
+ // DecisionState number. For others, it is the state whose outgoing edge we couldn't Match.
+ //
+ t.offendingState = -1
+ if t.recognizer != nil {
+ t.offendingState = t.recognizer.GetState()
+ }
+
+ return t
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetMessage() string {
+ return b.message
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetOffendingToken() Token {
+ return b.offendingToken
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetInputStream() IntStream {
+ return b.input
+}
+
+// If the state number is not known, b method returns -1.
+
+// getExpectedTokens gets the set of input symbols which could potentially follow the
+// previously Matched symbol at the time this exception was raised.
+//
+// If the set of expected tokens is not known and could not be computed,
+// this method returns nil.
+//
+// The func returns the set of token types that could potentially follow the current
+// state in the {ATN}, or nil if the information is not available.
+
+func (b *BaseRecognitionException) getExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet {
+ if b.recognizer != nil {
+ return b.recognizer.GetATN().getExpectedTokens(b.offendingState, b.ctx)
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognitionException) String() string {
+ return b.message
+}
+
+type LexerNoViableAltException struct {
+ *BaseRecognitionException
+
+ startIndex int
+ deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet
+}
+
+func NewLexerNoViableAltException(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int, deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet) *LexerNoViableAltException {
+
+ l := new(LexerNoViableAltException)
+
+ l.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", lexer, input, nil)
+
+ l.startIndex = startIndex
+ l.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs
+
+ return l
+}
+
+func (l *LexerNoViableAltException) String() string {
+ symbol := ""
+ if l.startIndex >= 0 && l.startIndex < l.input.Size() {
+ symbol = l.input.(CharStream).GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, l.startIndex))
+ }
+ return "LexerNoViableAltException" + symbol
+}
+
+type NoViableAltException struct {
+ *BaseRecognitionException
+
+ startToken Token
+ offendingToken Token
+ ctx ParserRuleContext
+ deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet
+}
+
+// NewNoViableAltException creates an exception indicating that the parser could not decide which of two or more paths
+// to take based upon the remaining input. It tracks the starting token
+// of the offending input and also knows where the parser was
+// in the various paths when the error.
+//
+// Reported by [ReportNoViableAlternative]
+func NewNoViableAltException(recognizer Parser, input TokenStream, startToken Token, offendingToken Token, deadEndConfigs *ATNConfigSet, ctx ParserRuleContext) *NoViableAltException {
+
+ if ctx == nil {
+ ctx = recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()
+ }
+
+ if offendingToken == nil {
+ offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ }
+
+ if startToken == nil {
+ startToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = recognizer.GetInputStream().(TokenStream)
+ }
+
+ n := new(NoViableAltException)
+ n.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, input, ctx)
+
+ // Which configurations did we try at input.Index() that couldn't Match
+ // input.LT(1)
+ n.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs
+
+ // The token object at the start index the input stream might
+ // not be buffering tokens so get a reference to it.
+ //
+ // At the time the error occurred, of course the stream needs to keep a
+ // buffer of all the tokens, but later we might not have access to those.
+ n.startToken = startToken
+ n.offendingToken = offendingToken
+
+ return n
+}
+
+type InputMisMatchException struct {
+ *BaseRecognitionException
+}
+
+// NewInputMisMatchException creates an exception that signifies any kind of mismatched input exceptions such as
+// when the current input does not Match the expected token.
+func NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer Parser) *InputMisMatchException {
+
+ i := new(InputMisMatchException)
+ i.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext())
+
+ i.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+
+ return i
+
+}
+
+// FailedPredicateException indicates that a semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates
+// occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like Matching a token.
+// Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we test a predicate during
+// prediction.
+type FailedPredicateException struct {
+ *BaseRecognitionException
+
+ ruleIndex int
+ predicateIndex int
+ predicate string
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewFailedPredicateException(recognizer Parser, predicate string, message string) *FailedPredicateException {
+
+ f := new(FailedPredicateException)
+
+ f.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException(f.formatMessage(predicate, message), recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext())
+
+ s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()]
+ trans := s.GetTransitions()[0]
+ if trans2, ok := trans.(*PredicateTransition); ok {
+ f.ruleIndex = trans2.ruleIndex
+ f.predicateIndex = trans2.predIndex
+ } else {
+ f.ruleIndex = 0
+ f.predicateIndex = 0
+ }
+ f.predicate = predicate
+ f.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken()
+
+ return f
+}
+
+func (f *FailedPredicateException) formatMessage(predicate, message string) string {
+ if message != "" {
+ return message
+ }
+
+ return "failed predicate: {" + predicate + "}?"
+}
+
+type ParseCancellationException struct {
+}
+
+func (p ParseCancellationException) GetOffendingToken() Token {
+ //TODO implement me
+ panic("implement me")
+}
+
+func (p ParseCancellationException) GetMessage() string {
+ //TODO implement me
+ panic("implement me")
+}
+
+func (p ParseCancellationException) GetInputStream() IntStream {
+ //TODO implement me
+ panic("implement me")
+}
+
+func NewParseCancellationException() *ParseCancellationException {
+ // Error.call(this)
+ // Error.captureStackTrace(this, ParseCancellationException)
+ return new(ParseCancellationException)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f65f809b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "bufio"
+ "os"
+)
+
+// This is an InputStream that is loaded from a file all at once
+// when you construct the object.
+
+type FileStream struct {
+ InputStream
+ filename string
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewFileStream(fileName string) (*FileStream, error) {
+
+ f, err := os.Open(fileName)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ defer func(f *os.File) {
+ errF := f.Close()
+ if errF != nil {
+ }
+ }(f)
+
+ reader := bufio.NewReader(f)
+ fInfo, err := f.Stat()
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ fs := &FileStream{
+ InputStream: InputStream{
+ index: 0,
+ name: fileName,
+ },
+ filename: fileName,
+ }
+
+ // Pre-build the buffer and read runes efficiently
+ //
+ fs.data = make([]rune, 0, fInfo.Size())
+ for {
+ r, _, err := reader.ReadRune()
+ if err != nil {
+ break
+ }
+ fs.data = append(fs.data, r)
+ }
+ fs.size = len(fs.data) // Size in runes
+
+ // All done.
+ //
+ return fs, nil
+}
+
+func (f *FileStream) GetSourceName() string {
+ return f.filename
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b737fe85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "bufio"
+ "io"
+)
+
+type InputStream struct {
+ name string
+ index int
+ data []rune
+ size int
+}
+
+// NewIoStream creates a new input stream from the given io.Reader reader.
+// Note that the reader is read completely into memory and so it must actually
+// have a stopping point - you cannot pass in a reader on an open-ended source such
+// as a socket for instance.
+func NewIoStream(reader io.Reader) *InputStream {
+
+ rReader := bufio.NewReader(reader)
+
+ is := &InputStream{
+ name: "",
+ index: 0,
+ }
+
+ // Pre-build the buffer and read runes reasonably efficiently given that
+ // we don't exactly know how big the input is.
+ //
+ is.data = make([]rune, 0, 512)
+ for {
+ r, _, err := rReader.ReadRune()
+ if err != nil {
+ break
+ }
+ is.data = append(is.data, r)
+ }
+ is.size = len(is.data) // number of runes
+ return is
+}
+
+// NewInputStream creates a new input stream from the given string
+func NewInputStream(data string) *InputStream {
+
+ is := &InputStream{
+ name: "",
+ index: 0,
+ data: []rune(data), // This is actually the most efficient way
+ }
+ is.size = len(is.data) // number of runes, but we could also use len(data), which is efficient too
+ return is
+}
+
+func (is *InputStream) reset() {
+ is.index = 0
+}
+
+// Consume moves the input pointer to the next character in the input stream
+func (is *InputStream) Consume() {
+ if is.index >= is.size {
+ // assert is.LA(1) == TokenEOF
+ panic("cannot consume EOF")
+ }
+ is.index++
+}
+
+// LA returns the character at the given offset from the start of the input stream
+func (is *InputStream) LA(offset int) int {
+
+ if offset == 0 {
+ return 0 // nil
+ }
+ if offset < 0 {
+ offset++ // e.g., translate LA(-1) to use offset=0
+ }
+ pos := is.index + offset - 1
+
+ if pos < 0 || pos >= is.size { // invalid
+ return TokenEOF
+ }
+
+ return int(is.data[pos])
+}
+
+// LT returns the character at the given offset from the start of the input stream
+func (is *InputStream) LT(offset int) int {
+ return is.LA(offset)
+}
+
+// Index returns the current offset in to the input stream
+func (is *InputStream) Index() int {
+ return is.index
+}
+
+// Size returns the total number of characters in the input stream
+func (is *InputStream) Size() int {
+ return is.size
+}
+
+// Mark does nothing here as we have entire buffer
+func (is *InputStream) Mark() int {
+ return -1
+}
+
+// Release does nothing here as we have entire buffer
+func (is *InputStream) Release(_ int) {
+}
+
+// Seek the input point to the provided index offset
+func (is *InputStream) Seek(index int) {
+ if index <= is.index {
+ is.index = index // just jump don't update stream state (line,...)
+ return
+ }
+ // seek forward
+ is.index = intMin(index, is.size)
+}
+
+// GetText returns the text from the input stream from the start to the stop index
+func (is *InputStream) GetText(start int, stop int) string {
+ if stop >= is.size {
+ stop = is.size - 1
+ }
+ if start >= is.size {
+ return ""
+ }
+
+ return string(is.data[start : stop+1])
+}
+
+// GetTextFromTokens returns the text from the input stream from the first character of the start token to the last
+// character of the stop token
+func (is *InputStream) GetTextFromTokens(start, stop Token) string {
+ if start != nil && stop != nil {
+ return is.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(start.GetTokenIndex(), stop.GetTokenIndex()))
+ }
+
+ return ""
+}
+
+func (is *InputStream) GetTextFromInterval(i Interval) string {
+ return is.GetText(i.Start, i.Stop)
+}
+
+func (*InputStream) GetSourceName() string {
+ return ""
+}
+
+// String returns the entire input stream as a string
+func (is *InputStream) String() string {
+ return string(is.data)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/int_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/int_stream.go
similarity index 100%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/int_stream.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/int_stream.go
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go
similarity index 82%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go
index c1e155e81..cc5066067 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/interval_set.go
@@ -14,20 +14,21 @@ type Interval struct {
Stop int
}
-/* stop is not included! */
-func NewInterval(start, stop int) *Interval {
- i := new(Interval)
-
- i.Start = start
- i.Stop = stop
- return i
+// NewInterval creates a new interval with the given start and stop values.
+func NewInterval(start, stop int) Interval {
+ return Interval{
+ Start: start,
+ Stop: stop,
+ }
}
-func (i *Interval) Contains(item int) bool {
+// Contains returns true if the given item is contained within the interval.
+func (i Interval) Contains(item int) bool {
return item >= i.Start && item < i.Stop
}
-func (i *Interval) String() string {
+// String generates a string representation of the interval.
+func (i Interval) String() string {
if i.Start == i.Stop-1 {
return strconv.Itoa(i.Start)
}
@@ -35,15 +36,18 @@ func (i *Interval) String() string {
return strconv.Itoa(i.Start) + ".." + strconv.Itoa(i.Stop-1)
}
-func (i *Interval) length() int {
+// Length returns the length of the interval.
+func (i Interval) Length() int {
return i.Stop - i.Start
}
+// IntervalSet represents a collection of [Intervals], which may be read-only.
type IntervalSet struct {
- intervals []*Interval
+ intervals []Interval
readOnly bool
}
+// NewIntervalSet creates a new empty, writable, interval set.
func NewIntervalSet() *IntervalSet {
i := new(IntervalSet)
@@ -54,6 +58,20 @@ func NewIntervalSet() *IntervalSet {
return i
}
+func (i *IntervalSet) Equals(other *IntervalSet) bool {
+ if len(i.intervals) != len(other.intervals) {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ for k, v := range i.intervals {
+ if v.Start != other.intervals[k].Start || v.Stop != other.intervals[k].Stop {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
func (i *IntervalSet) first() int {
if len(i.intervals) == 0 {
return TokenInvalidType
@@ -70,16 +88,16 @@ func (i *IntervalSet) addRange(l, h int) {
i.addInterval(NewInterval(l, h+1))
}
-func (i *IntervalSet) addInterval(v *Interval) {
+func (i *IntervalSet) addInterval(v Interval) {
if i.intervals == nil {
- i.intervals = make([]*Interval, 0)
+ i.intervals = make([]Interval, 0)
i.intervals = append(i.intervals, v)
} else {
// find insert pos
for k, interval := range i.intervals {
// distinct range -> insert
if v.Stop < interval.Start {
- i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]*Interval{v}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
+ i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]Interval{v}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
return
} else if v.Stop == interval.Start {
i.intervals[k].Start = v.Start
@@ -139,16 +157,16 @@ func (i *IntervalSet) contains(item int) bool {
}
func (i *IntervalSet) length() int {
- len := 0
+ iLen := 0
for _, v := range i.intervals {
- len += v.length()
+ iLen += v.Length()
}
- return len
+ return iLen
}
-func (i *IntervalSet) removeRange(v *Interval) {
+func (i *IntervalSet) removeRange(v Interval) {
if v.Start == v.Stop-1 {
i.removeOne(v.Start)
} else if i.intervals != nil {
@@ -162,7 +180,7 @@ func (i *IntervalSet) removeRange(v *Interval) {
i.intervals[k] = NewInterval(ni.Start, v.Start)
x := NewInterval(v.Stop, ni.Stop)
// i.intervals.splice(k, 0, x)
- i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]*Interval{x}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
+ i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]Interval{x}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
return
} else if v.Start <= ni.Start && v.Stop >= ni.Stop {
// i.intervals.splice(k, 1)
@@ -199,7 +217,7 @@ func (i *IntervalSet) removeOne(v int) {
x := NewInterval(ki.Start, v)
ki.Start = v + 1
// i.intervals.splice(k, 0, x)
- i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]*Interval{x}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
+ i.intervals = append(i.intervals[0:k], append([]Interval{x}, i.intervals[k:]...)...)
return
}
}
@@ -223,7 +241,7 @@ func (i *IntervalSet) StringVerbose(literalNames []string, symbolicNames []strin
return i.toIndexString()
}
-func (i *IntervalSet) GetIntervals() []*Interval {
+func (i *IntervalSet) GetIntervals() []Interval {
return i.intervals
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/jcollect.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/jcollect.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ceccd96d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/jcollect.go
@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+package antlr
+
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+import (
+ "container/list"
+ "runtime/debug"
+ "sort"
+ "sync"
+)
+
+// Collectable is an interface that a struct should implement if it is to be
+// usable as a key in these collections.
+type Collectable[T any] interface {
+ Hash() int
+ Equals(other Collectable[T]) bool
+}
+
+type Comparator[T any] interface {
+ Hash1(o T) int
+ Equals2(T, T) bool
+}
+
+type CollectionSource int
+type CollectionDescriptor struct {
+ SybolicName string
+ Description string
+}
+
+const (
+ UnknownCollection CollectionSource = iota
+ ATNConfigLookupCollection
+ ATNStateCollection
+ DFAStateCollection
+ ATNConfigCollection
+ PredictionContextCollection
+ SemanticContextCollection
+ ClosureBusyCollection
+ PredictionVisitedCollection
+ MergeCacheCollection
+ PredictionContextCacheCollection
+ AltSetCollection
+ ReachSetCollection
+)
+
+var CollectionDescriptors = map[CollectionSource]CollectionDescriptor{
+ UnknownCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "UnknownCollection",
+ Description: "Unknown collection type. Only used if the target author thought it was an unimportant collection.",
+ },
+ ATNConfigCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "ATNConfigCollection",
+ Description: "ATNConfig collection. Used to store the ATNConfigs for a particular state in the ATN." +
+ "For instance, it is used to store the results of the closure() operation in the ATN.",
+ },
+ ATNConfigLookupCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "ATNConfigLookupCollection",
+ Description: "ATNConfigLookup collection. Used to store the ATNConfigs for a particular state in the ATN." +
+ "This is used to prevent duplicating equivalent states in an ATNConfigurationSet.",
+ },
+ ATNStateCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "ATNStateCollection",
+ Description: "ATNState collection. This is used to store the states of the ATN.",
+ },
+ DFAStateCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "DFAStateCollection",
+ Description: "DFAState collection. This is used to store the states of the DFA.",
+ },
+ PredictionContextCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "PredictionContextCollection",
+ Description: "PredictionContext collection. This is used to store the prediction contexts of the ATN and cache computes.",
+ },
+ SemanticContextCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "SemanticContextCollection",
+ Description: "SemanticContext collection. This is used to store the semantic contexts of the ATN.",
+ },
+ ClosureBusyCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "ClosureBusyCollection",
+ Description: "ClosureBusy collection. This is used to check and prevent infinite recursion right recursive rules." +
+ "It stores ATNConfigs that are currently being processed in the closure() operation.",
+ },
+ PredictionVisitedCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "PredictionVisitedCollection",
+ Description: "A map that records whether we have visited a particular context when searching through cached entries.",
+ },
+ MergeCacheCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "MergeCacheCollection",
+ Description: "A map that records whether we have already merged two particular contexts and can save effort by not repeating it.",
+ },
+ PredictionContextCacheCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "PredictionContextCacheCollection",
+ Description: "A map that records whether we have already created a particular context and can save effort by not computing it again.",
+ },
+ AltSetCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "AltSetCollection",
+ Description: "Used to eliminate duplicate alternatives in an ATN config set.",
+ },
+ ReachSetCollection: {
+ SybolicName: "ReachSetCollection",
+ Description: "Used as merge cache to prevent us needing to compute the merge of two states if we have already done it.",
+ },
+}
+
+// JStore implements a container that allows the use of a struct to calculate the key
+// for a collection of values akin to map. This is not meant to be a full-blown HashMap but just
+// serve the needs of the ANTLR Go runtime.
+//
+// For ease of porting the logic of the runtime from the master target (Java), this collection
+// operates in a similar way to Java, in that it can use any struct that supplies a Hash() and Equals()
+// function as the key. The values are stored in a standard go map which internally is a form of hashmap
+// itself, the key for the go map is the hash supplied by the key object. The collection is able to deal with
+// hash conflicts by using a simple slice of values associated with the hash code indexed bucket. That isn't
+// particularly efficient, but it is simple, and it works. As this is specifically for the ANTLR runtime, and
+// we understand the requirements, then this is fine - this is not a general purpose collection.
+type JStore[T any, C Comparator[T]] struct {
+ store map[int][]T
+ len int
+ comparator Comparator[T]
+ stats *JStatRec
+}
+
+func NewJStore[T any, C Comparator[T]](comparator Comparator[T], cType CollectionSource, desc string) *JStore[T, C] {
+
+ if comparator == nil {
+ panic("comparator cannot be nil")
+ }
+
+ s := &JStore[T, C]{
+ store: make(map[int][]T, 1),
+ comparator: comparator,
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats = &JStatRec{
+ Source: cType,
+ Description: desc,
+ }
+
+ // Track where we created it from if we are being asked to do so
+ if runtimeConfig.statsTraceStacks {
+ s.stats.CreateStack = debug.Stack()
+ }
+ Statistics.AddJStatRec(s.stats)
+ }
+ return s
+}
+
+// Put will store given value in the collection. Note that the key for storage is generated from
+// the value itself - this is specifically because that is what ANTLR needs - this would not be useful
+// as any kind of general collection.
+//
+// If the key has a hash conflict, then the value will be added to the slice of values associated with the
+// hash, unless the value is already in the slice, in which case the existing value is returned. Value equivalence is
+// tested by calling the equals() method on the key.
+//
+// # If the given value is already present in the store, then the existing value is returned as v and exists is set to true
+//
+// If the given value is not present in the store, then the value is added to the store and returned as v and exists is set to false.
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Put(value T) (v T, exists bool) {
+
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.Puts++
+ }
+ kh := s.comparator.Hash1(value)
+
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, v1 := range s.store[kh] {
+ hClash = true
+ if s.comparator.Equals2(value, v1) {
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.PutHits++
+ s.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return v1, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.PutMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats && hClash {
+ s.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ s.store[kh] = append(s.store[kh], value)
+
+ if collectStats {
+ if len(s.store[kh]) > s.stats.MaxSlotSize {
+ s.stats.MaxSlotSize = len(s.store[kh])
+ }
+ }
+ s.len++
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.CurSize = s.len
+ if s.len > s.stats.MaxSize {
+ s.stats.MaxSize = s.len
+ }
+ }
+ return value, false
+}
+
+// Get will return the value associated with the key - the type of the key is the same type as the value
+// which would not generally be useful, but this is a specific thing for ANTLR where the key is
+// generated using the object we are going to store.
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Get(key T) (T, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.Gets++
+ }
+ kh := s.comparator.Hash1(key)
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, v := range s.store[kh] {
+ hClash = true
+ if s.comparator.Equals2(key, v) {
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.GetHits++
+ s.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return v, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ s.stats.GetMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ if hClash {
+ s.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ s.stats.GetNoEnt++
+ }
+ return key, false
+}
+
+// Contains returns true if the given key is present in the store
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Contains(key T) bool {
+ _, present := s.Get(key)
+ return present
+}
+
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) SortedSlice(less func(i, j T) bool) []T {
+ vs := make([]T, 0, len(s.store))
+ for _, v := range s.store {
+ vs = append(vs, v...)
+ }
+ sort.Slice(vs, func(i, j int) bool {
+ return less(vs[i], vs[j])
+ })
+
+ return vs
+}
+
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Each(f func(T) bool) {
+ for _, e := range s.store {
+ for _, v := range e {
+ f(v)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Len() int {
+ return s.len
+}
+
+func (s *JStore[T, C]) Values() []T {
+ vs := make([]T, 0, len(s.store))
+ for _, e := range s.store {
+ vs = append(vs, e...)
+ }
+ return vs
+}
+
+type entry[K, V any] struct {
+ key K
+ val V
+}
+
+type JMap[K, V any, C Comparator[K]] struct {
+ store map[int][]*entry[K, V]
+ len int
+ comparator Comparator[K]
+ stats *JStatRec
+}
+
+func NewJMap[K, V any, C Comparator[K]](comparator Comparator[K], cType CollectionSource, desc string) *JMap[K, V, C] {
+ m := &JMap[K, V, C]{
+ store: make(map[int][]*entry[K, V], 1),
+ comparator: comparator,
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats = &JStatRec{
+ Source: cType,
+ Description: desc,
+ }
+ // Track where we created it from if we are being asked to do so
+ if runtimeConfig.statsTraceStacks {
+ m.stats.CreateStack = debug.Stack()
+ }
+ Statistics.AddJStatRec(m.stats)
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Put(key K, val V) (V, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.Puts++
+ }
+ kh := m.comparator.Hash1(key)
+
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, e := range m.store[kh] {
+ hClash = true
+ if m.comparator.Equals2(e.key, key) {
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.PutHits++
+ m.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return e.val, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.PutMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ if hClash {
+ m.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ }
+ m.store[kh] = append(m.store[kh], &entry[K, V]{key, val})
+ if collectStats {
+ if len(m.store[kh]) > m.stats.MaxSlotSize {
+ m.stats.MaxSlotSize = len(m.store[kh])
+ }
+ }
+ m.len++
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.CurSize = m.len
+ if m.len > m.stats.MaxSize {
+ m.stats.MaxSize = m.len
+ }
+ }
+ return val, false
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Values() []V {
+ vs := make([]V, 0, len(m.store))
+ for _, e := range m.store {
+ for _, v := range e {
+ vs = append(vs, v.val)
+ }
+ }
+ return vs
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Get(key K) (V, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.Gets++
+ }
+ var none V
+ kh := m.comparator.Hash1(key)
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, e := range m.store[kh] {
+ hClash = true
+ if m.comparator.Equals2(e.key, key) {
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.GetHits++
+ m.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return e.val, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats.GetMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ if hClash {
+ m.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ m.stats.GetNoEnt++
+ }
+ return none, false
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Len() int {
+ return m.len
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Delete(key K) {
+ kh := m.comparator.Hash1(key)
+ for i, e := range m.store[kh] {
+ if m.comparator.Equals2(e.key, key) {
+ m.store[kh] = append(m.store[kh][:i], m.store[kh][i+1:]...)
+ m.len--
+ return
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+func (m *JMap[K, V, C]) Clear() {
+ m.store = make(map[int][]*entry[K, V])
+}
+
+type JPCMap struct {
+ store *JMap[*PredictionContext, *JMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]], *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]]
+ size int
+ stats *JStatRec
+}
+
+func NewJPCMap(cType CollectionSource, desc string) *JPCMap {
+ m := &JPCMap{
+ store: NewJMap[*PredictionContext, *JMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]], *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, cType, desc),
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats = &JStatRec{
+ Source: cType,
+ Description: desc,
+ }
+ // Track where we created it from if we are being asked to do so
+ if runtimeConfig.statsTraceStacks {
+ m.stats.CreateStack = debug.Stack()
+ }
+ Statistics.AddJStatRec(m.stats)
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+func (pcm *JPCMap) Get(k1, k2 *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.Gets++
+ }
+ // Do we have a map stored by k1?
+ //
+ m2, present := pcm.store.Get(k1)
+ if present {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.GetHits++
+ }
+ // We found a map of values corresponding to k1, so now we need to look up k2 in that map
+ //
+ return m2.Get(k2)
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.GetMisses++
+ }
+ return nil, false
+}
+
+func (pcm *JPCMap) Put(k1, k2, v *PredictionContext) {
+
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.Puts++
+ }
+ // First does a map already exist for k1?
+ //
+ if m2, present := pcm.store.Get(k1); present {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.PutHits++
+ }
+ _, present = m2.Put(k2, v)
+ if !present {
+ pcm.size++
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.CurSize = pcm.size
+ if pcm.size > pcm.stats.MaxSize {
+ pcm.stats.MaxSize = pcm.size
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ // No map found for k1, so we create it, add in our value, then store is
+ //
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.PutMisses++
+ m2 = NewJMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, pcm.stats.Source, pcm.stats.Description+" map entry")
+ } else {
+ m2 = NewJMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, *ObjEqComparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, PredictionContextCacheCollection, "map entry")
+ }
+
+ m2.Put(k2, v)
+ pcm.store.Put(k1, m2)
+ pcm.size++
+ }
+}
+
+type JPCMap2 struct {
+ store map[int][]JPCEntry
+ size int
+ stats *JStatRec
+}
+
+type JPCEntry struct {
+ k1, k2, v *PredictionContext
+}
+
+func NewJPCMap2(cType CollectionSource, desc string) *JPCMap2 {
+ m := &JPCMap2{
+ store: make(map[int][]JPCEntry, 1000),
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ m.stats = &JStatRec{
+ Source: cType,
+ Description: desc,
+ }
+ // Track where we created it from if we are being asked to do so
+ if runtimeConfig.statsTraceStacks {
+ m.stats.CreateStack = debug.Stack()
+ }
+ Statistics.AddJStatRec(m.stats)
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+func dHash(k1, k2 *PredictionContext) int {
+ return k1.cachedHash*31 + k2.cachedHash
+}
+
+func (pcm *JPCMap2) Get(k1, k2 *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.Gets++
+ }
+
+ h := dHash(k1, k2)
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, e := range pcm.store[h] {
+ hClash = true
+ if e.k1.Equals(k1) && e.k2.Equals(k2) {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.GetHits++
+ pcm.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return e.v, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.GetMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ if hClash {
+ pcm.stats.GetHashConflicts++
+ }
+ pcm.stats.GetNoEnt++
+ }
+ return nil, false
+}
+
+func (pcm *JPCMap2) Put(k1, k2, v *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.Puts++
+ }
+ h := dHash(k1, k2)
+ var hClash bool
+ for _, e := range pcm.store[h] {
+ hClash = true
+ if e.k1.Equals(k1) && e.k2.Equals(k2) {
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.PutHits++
+ pcm.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ return e.v, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.PutMisses++
+ }
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ if hClash {
+ pcm.stats.PutHashConflicts++
+ }
+ }
+ pcm.store[h] = append(pcm.store[h], JPCEntry{k1, k2, v})
+ pcm.size++
+ if collectStats {
+ pcm.stats.CurSize = pcm.size
+ if pcm.size > pcm.stats.MaxSize {
+ pcm.stats.MaxSize = pcm.size
+ }
+ }
+ return nil, false
+}
+
+type VisitEntry struct {
+ k *PredictionContext
+ v *PredictionContext
+}
+type VisitRecord struct {
+ store map[*PredictionContext]*PredictionContext
+ len int
+ stats *JStatRec
+}
+
+type VisitList struct {
+ cache *list.List
+ lock sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+var visitListPool = VisitList{
+ cache: list.New(),
+ lock: sync.RWMutex{},
+}
+
+// NewVisitRecord returns a new VisitRecord instance from the pool if available.
+// Note that this "map" uses a pointer as a key because we are emulating the behavior of
+// IdentityHashMap in Java, which uses the `==` operator to compare whether the keys are equal,
+// which means is the key the same reference to an object rather than is it .equals() to another
+// object.
+func NewVisitRecord() *VisitRecord {
+ visitListPool.lock.Lock()
+ el := visitListPool.cache.Front()
+ defer visitListPool.lock.Unlock()
+ var vr *VisitRecord
+ if el == nil {
+ vr = &VisitRecord{
+ store: make(map[*PredictionContext]*PredictionContext),
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats = &JStatRec{
+ Source: PredictionContextCacheCollection,
+ Description: "VisitRecord",
+ }
+ // Track where we created it from if we are being asked to do so
+ if runtimeConfig.statsTraceStacks {
+ vr.stats.CreateStack = debug.Stack()
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ vr = el.Value.(*VisitRecord)
+ visitListPool.cache.Remove(el)
+ vr.store = make(map[*PredictionContext]*PredictionContext)
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ Statistics.AddJStatRec(vr.stats)
+ }
+ return vr
+}
+
+func (vr *VisitRecord) Release() {
+ vr.len = 0
+ vr.store = nil
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.MaxSize = 0
+ vr.stats.CurSize = 0
+ vr.stats.Gets = 0
+ vr.stats.GetHits = 0
+ vr.stats.GetMisses = 0
+ vr.stats.GetHashConflicts = 0
+ vr.stats.GetNoEnt = 0
+ vr.stats.Puts = 0
+ vr.stats.PutHits = 0
+ vr.stats.PutMisses = 0
+ vr.stats.PutHashConflicts = 0
+ vr.stats.MaxSlotSize = 0
+ }
+ visitListPool.lock.Lock()
+ visitListPool.cache.PushBack(vr)
+ visitListPool.lock.Unlock()
+}
+
+func (vr *VisitRecord) Get(k *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.Gets++
+ }
+ v := vr.store[k]
+ if v != nil {
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.GetHits++
+ }
+ return v, true
+ }
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.GetNoEnt++
+ }
+ return nil, false
+}
+
+func (vr *VisitRecord) Put(k, v *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.Puts++
+ }
+ vr.store[k] = v
+ vr.len++
+ if collectStats {
+ vr.stats.CurSize = vr.len
+ if vr.len > vr.stats.MaxSize {
+ vr.stats.MaxSize = vr.len
+ }
+ }
+ return v, false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer.go
similarity index 78%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer.go
index 6533f0516..3c7896a91 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer.go
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func NewBaseLexer(input CharStream) *BaseLexer {
// create a single token. NextToken will return l object after
// Matching lexer rule(s). If you subclass to allow multiple token
// emissions, then set l to the last token to be Matched or
- // something nonnil so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
+ // something non nil so that the auto token emit mechanism will not
// emit another token.
lexer.token = nil
@@ -111,6 +111,7 @@ const (
LexerSkip = -3
)
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedConst
const (
LexerDefaultTokenChannel = TokenDefaultChannel
LexerHidden = TokenHiddenChannel
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ const (
LexerMaxCharValue = 0x10FFFF
)
-func (b *BaseLexer) reset() {
+func (b *BaseLexer) Reset() {
// wack Lexer state variables
if b.input != nil {
b.input.Seek(0) // rewind the input
@@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) safeMatch() (ret int) {
return b.Interpreter.Match(b.input, b.mode)
}
-// Return a token from l source i.e., Match a token on the char stream.
+// NextToken returns a token from the lexer input source i.e., Match a token on the source char stream.
func (b *BaseLexer) NextToken() Token {
if b.input == nil {
panic("NextToken requires a non-nil input stream.")
@@ -205,9 +206,8 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) NextToken() Token {
continueOuter := false
for {
b.thetype = TokenInvalidType
- ttype := LexerSkip
- ttype = b.safeMatch()
+ ttype := b.safeMatch()
if b.input.LA(1) == TokenEOF {
b.hitEOF = true
@@ -234,12 +234,11 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) NextToken() Token {
}
}
-// Instruct the lexer to Skip creating a token for current lexer rule
-// and look for another token. NextToken() knows to keep looking when
-// a lexer rule finishes with token set to SKIPTOKEN. Recall that
+// Skip instructs the lexer to Skip creating a token for current lexer rule
+// and look for another token. [NextToken] knows to keep looking when
+// a lexer rule finishes with token set to [SKIPTOKEN]. Recall that
// if token==nil at end of any token rule, it creates one for you
// and emits it.
-// /
func (b *BaseLexer) Skip() {
b.thetype = LexerSkip
}
@@ -248,23 +247,29 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) More() {
b.thetype = LexerMore
}
+// SetMode changes the lexer to a new mode. The lexer will use this mode from hereon in and the rules for that mode
+// will be in force.
func (b *BaseLexer) SetMode(m int) {
b.mode = m
}
+// PushMode saves the current lexer mode so that it can be restored later. See [PopMode], then sets the
+// current lexer mode to the supplied mode m.
func (b *BaseLexer) PushMode(m int) {
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("pushMode " + strconv.Itoa(m))
}
b.modeStack.Push(b.mode)
b.mode = m
}
+// PopMode restores the lexer mode saved by a call to [PushMode]. It is a panic error if there is no saved mode to
+// return to.
func (b *BaseLexer) PopMode() int {
if len(b.modeStack) == 0 {
panic("Empty Stack")
}
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("popMode back to " + fmt.Sprint(b.modeStack[0:len(b.modeStack)-1]))
}
i, _ := b.modeStack.Pop()
@@ -280,7 +285,7 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) inputStream() CharStream {
func (b *BaseLexer) SetInputStream(input CharStream) {
b.input = nil
b.tokenFactorySourcePair = &TokenSourceCharStreamPair{b, b.input}
- b.reset()
+ b.Reset()
b.input = input
b.tokenFactorySourcePair = &TokenSourceCharStreamPair{b, b.input}
}
@@ -289,20 +294,19 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) GetTokenSourceCharStreamPair() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair {
return b.tokenFactorySourcePair
}
-// By default does not support multiple emits per NextToken invocation
-// for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override l method, NextToken,
-// and GetToken (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list
-// rather than a single variable as l implementation does).
-// /
+// EmitToken by default does not support multiple emits per [NextToken] invocation
+// for efficiency reasons. Subclass and override this func, [NextToken],
+// and [GetToken] (to push tokens into a list and pull from that list
+// rather than a single variable as this implementation does).
func (b *BaseLexer) EmitToken(token Token) {
b.token = token
}
-// The standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
+// Emit is the standard method called to automatically emit a token at the
// outermost lexical rule. The token object should point into the
// char buffer start..stop. If there is a text override in 'text',
-// use that to set the token's text. Override l method to emit
-// custom Token objects or provide a Newfactory.
+// use that to set the token's text. Override this method to emit
+// custom [Token] objects or provide a new factory.
// /
func (b *BaseLexer) Emit() Token {
t := b.factory.Create(b.tokenFactorySourcePair, b.thetype, b.text, b.channel, b.TokenStartCharIndex, b.GetCharIndex()-1, b.TokenStartLine, b.TokenStartColumn)
@@ -310,6 +314,7 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) Emit() Token {
return t
}
+// EmitEOF emits an EOF token. By default, this is the last token emitted
func (b *BaseLexer) EmitEOF() Token {
cpos := b.GetCharPositionInLine()
lpos := b.GetLine()
@@ -318,6 +323,7 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) EmitEOF() Token {
return eof
}
+// GetCharPositionInLine returns the current position in the current line as far as the lexer is concerned.
func (b *BaseLexer) GetCharPositionInLine() int {
return b.Interpreter.GetCharPositionInLine()
}
@@ -334,13 +340,12 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) SetType(t int) {
b.thetype = t
}
-// What is the index of the current character of lookahead?///
+// GetCharIndex returns the index of the current character of lookahead
func (b *BaseLexer) GetCharIndex() int {
return b.input.Index()
}
-// Return the text Matched so far for the current token or any text override.
-// Set the complete text of l token it wipes any previous changes to the text.
+// GetText returns the text Matched so far for the current token or any text override.
func (b *BaseLexer) GetText() string {
if b.text != "" {
return b.text
@@ -349,17 +354,20 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) GetText() string {
return b.Interpreter.GetText(b.input)
}
+// SetText sets the complete text of this token; it wipes any previous changes to the text.
func (b *BaseLexer) SetText(text string) {
b.text = text
}
+// GetATN returns the ATN used by the lexer.
func (b *BaseLexer) GetATN() *ATN {
return b.Interpreter.ATN()
}
-// Return a list of all Token objects in input char stream.
-// Forces load of all tokens. Does not include EOF token.
-// /
+// GetAllTokens returns a list of all [Token] objects in input char stream.
+// Forces a load of all tokens that can be made from the input char stream.
+//
+// Does not include EOF token.
func (b *BaseLexer) GetAllTokens() []Token {
vl := b.Virt
tokens := make([]Token, 0)
@@ -398,11 +406,13 @@ func (b *BaseLexer) getCharErrorDisplay(c rune) string {
return "'" + b.getErrorDisplayForChar(c) + "'"
}
-// Lexers can normally Match any char in it's vocabulary after Matching
-// a token, so do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
+// Recover can normally Match any char in its vocabulary after Matching
+// a token, so here we do the easy thing and just kill a character and hope
// it all works out. You can instead use the rule invocation stack
// to do sophisticated error recovery if you are in a fragment rule.
-// /
+//
+// In general, lexers should not need to recover and should have rules that cover any eventuality, such as
+// a character that makes no sense to the recognizer.
func (b *BaseLexer) Recover(re RecognitionException) {
if b.input.LA(1) != TokenEOF {
if _, ok := re.(*LexerNoViableAltException); ok {
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go
similarity index 78%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go
index 111656c29..eaa7393e0 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action.go
@@ -7,14 +7,29 @@ package antlr
import "strconv"
const (
- LexerActionTypeChannel = 0 //The type of a {@link LexerChannelAction} action.
- LexerActionTypeCustom = 1 //The type of a {@link LexerCustomAction} action.
- LexerActionTypeMode = 2 //The type of a {@link LexerModeAction} action.
- LexerActionTypeMore = 3 //The type of a {@link LexerMoreAction} action.
- LexerActionTypePopMode = 4 //The type of a {@link LexerPopModeAction} action.
- LexerActionTypePushMode = 5 //The type of a {@link LexerPushModeAction} action.
- LexerActionTypeSkip = 6 //The type of a {@link LexerSkipAction} action.
- LexerActionTypeType = 7 //The type of a {@link LexerTypeAction} action.
+ // LexerActionTypeChannel represents a [LexerChannelAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeChannel = 0
+
+ // LexerActionTypeCustom represents a [LexerCustomAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeCustom = 1
+
+ // LexerActionTypeMode represents a [LexerModeAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeMode = 2
+
+ // LexerActionTypeMore represents a [LexerMoreAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeMore = 3
+
+ // LexerActionTypePopMode represents a [LexerPopModeAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypePopMode = 4
+
+ // LexerActionTypePushMode represents a [LexerPushModeAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypePushMode = 5
+
+ // LexerActionTypeSkip represents a [LexerSkipAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeSkip = 6
+
+ // LexerActionTypeType represents a [LexerTypeAction] action.
+ LexerActionTypeType = 7
)
type LexerAction interface {
@@ -39,7 +54,7 @@ func NewBaseLexerAction(action int) *BaseLexerAction {
return la
}
-func (b *BaseLexerAction) execute(lexer Lexer) {
+func (b *BaseLexerAction) execute(_ Lexer) {
panic("Not implemented")
}
@@ -52,17 +67,19 @@ func (b *BaseLexerAction) getIsPositionDependent() bool {
}
func (b *BaseLexerAction) Hash() int {
- return b.actionType
+ h := murmurInit(0)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, b.actionType)
+ return murmurFinish(h, 1)
}
func (b *BaseLexerAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool {
- return b == other
+ return b.actionType == other.getActionType()
}
-// Implements the {@code Skip} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//Skip}.
+// LexerSkipAction implements the [BaseLexerAction.Skip] lexer action by calling [Lexer.Skip].
//
-// The {@code Skip} command does not have any parameters, so l action is
-// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+// The Skip command does not have any parameters, so this action is
+// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by the [LexerSkipActionINSTANCE].
type LexerSkipAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
}
@@ -73,17 +90,22 @@ func NewLexerSkipAction() *LexerSkipAction {
return la
}
-// Provides a singleton instance of l parameterless lexer action.
+// LexerSkipActionINSTANCE provides a singleton instance of this parameterless lexer action.
var LexerSkipActionINSTANCE = NewLexerSkipAction()
func (l *LexerSkipAction) execute(lexer Lexer) {
lexer.Skip()
}
+// String returns a string representation of the current [LexerSkipAction].
func (l *LexerSkipAction) String() string {
return "skip"
}
+func (b *LexerSkipAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool {
+ return other.getActionType() == LexerActionTypeSkip
+}
+
// Implements the {@code type} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//setType}
//
// with the assigned type.
@@ -125,11 +147,10 @@ func (l *LexerTypeAction) String() string {
return "actionType(" + strconv.Itoa(l.thetype) + ")"
}
-// Implements the {@code pushMode} lexer action by calling
-// {@link Lexer//pushMode} with the assigned mode.
+// LexerPushModeAction implements the pushMode lexer action by calling
+// [Lexer.pushMode] with the assigned mode.
type LexerPushModeAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
-
mode int
}
@@ -169,10 +190,10 @@ func (l *LexerPushModeAction) String() string {
return "pushMode(" + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + ")"
}
-// Implements the {@code popMode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//popMode}.
+// LexerPopModeAction implements the popMode lexer action by calling [Lexer.popMode].
//
-// The {@code popMode} command does not have any parameters, so l action is
-// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+// The popMode command does not have any parameters, so this action is
+// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by [LexerPopModeActionINSTANCE]
type LexerPopModeAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
}
@@ -224,11 +245,10 @@ func (l *LexerMoreAction) String() string {
return "more"
}
-// Implements the {@code mode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//mode} with
+// LexerModeAction implements the mode lexer action by calling [Lexer.mode] with
// the assigned mode.
type LexerModeAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
-
mode int
}
@@ -322,16 +342,19 @@ func (l *LexerCustomAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool {
}
}
-// Implements the {@code channel} lexer action by calling
-// {@link Lexer//setChannel} with the assigned channel.
-// Constructs a New{@code channel} action with the specified channel value.
-// @param channel The channel value to pass to {@link Lexer//setChannel}.
+// LexerChannelAction implements the channel lexer action by calling
+// [Lexer.setChannel] with the assigned channel.
+//
+// Constructs a new channel action with the specified channel value.
type LexerChannelAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
-
channel int
}
+// NewLexerChannelAction creates a channel lexer action by calling
+// [Lexer.setChannel] with the assigned channel.
+//
+// Constructs a new channel action with the specified channel value.
func NewLexerChannelAction(channel int) *LexerChannelAction {
l := new(LexerChannelAction)
l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeChannel)
@@ -375,25 +398,22 @@ func (l *LexerChannelAction) String() string {
// lexer actions, see {@link LexerActionExecutor//append} and
// {@link LexerActionExecutor//fixOffsetBeforeMatch}.
-// Constructs a Newindexed custom action by associating a character offset
-// with a {@link LexerAction}.
-//
-// Note: This class is only required for lexer actions for which
-// {@link LexerAction//isPositionDependent} returns {@code true}.
-//
-// @param offset The offset into the input {@link CharStream}, relative to
-// the token start index, at which the specified lexer action should be
-// executed.
-// @param action The lexer action to execute at a particular offset in the
-// input {@link CharStream}.
type LexerIndexedCustomAction struct {
*BaseLexerAction
-
offset int
lexerAction LexerAction
isPositionDependent bool
}
+// NewLexerIndexedCustomAction constructs a new indexed custom action by associating a character offset
+// with a [LexerAction].
+//
+// Note: This class is only required for lexer actions for which
+// [LexerAction.isPositionDependent] returns true.
+//
+// The offset points into the input [CharStream], relative to
+// the token start index, at which the specified lexerAction should be
+// executed.
func NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset int, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerIndexedCustomAction {
l := new(LexerIndexedCustomAction)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfc28c32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import "golang.org/x/exp/slices"
+
+// Represents an executor for a sequence of lexer actions which traversed during
+// the Matching operation of a lexer rule (token).
+//
+// The executor tracks position information for position-dependent lexer actions
+// efficiently, ensuring that actions appearing only at the end of the rule do
+// not cause bloating of the {@link DFA} created for the lexer.
+
+type LexerActionExecutor struct {
+ lexerActions []LexerAction
+ cachedHash int
+}
+
+func NewLexerActionExecutor(lexerActions []LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor {
+
+ if lexerActions == nil {
+ lexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0)
+ }
+
+ l := new(LexerActionExecutor)
+
+ l.lexerActions = lexerActions
+
+ // Caches the result of {@link //hashCode} since the hash code is an element
+ // of the performance-critical {@link ATNConfig//hashCode} operation.
+ l.cachedHash = murmurInit(0)
+ for _, a := range lexerActions {
+ l.cachedHash = murmurUpdate(l.cachedHash, a.Hash())
+ }
+ l.cachedHash = murmurFinish(l.cachedHash, len(lexerActions))
+
+ return l
+}
+
+// LexerActionExecutorappend creates a [LexerActionExecutor] which executes the actions for
+// the input [LexerActionExecutor] followed by a specified
+// [LexerAction].
+// TODO: This does not match the Java code
+func LexerActionExecutorappend(lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor {
+ if lexerActionExecutor == nil {
+ return NewLexerActionExecutor([]LexerAction{lexerAction})
+ }
+
+ return NewLexerActionExecutor(append(lexerActionExecutor.lexerActions, lexerAction))
+}
+
+// fixOffsetBeforeMatch creates a [LexerActionExecutor] which encodes the current offset
+// for position-dependent lexer actions.
+//
+// Normally, when the executor encounters lexer actions where
+// [LexerAction.isPositionDependent] returns true, it calls
+// [IntStream.Seek] on the input [CharStream] to set the input
+// position to the end of the current token. This behavior provides
+// for efficient [DFA] representation of lexer actions which appear at the end
+// of a lexer rule, even when the lexer rule Matches a variable number of
+// characters.
+//
+// Prior to traversing a Match transition in the [ATN], the current offset
+// from the token start index is assigned to all position-dependent lexer
+// actions which have not already been assigned a fixed offset. By storing
+// the offsets relative to the token start index, the [DFA] representation of
+// lexer actions which appear in the middle of tokens remains efficient due
+// to sharing among tokens of the same Length, regardless of their absolute
+// position in the input stream.
+//
+// If the current executor already has offsets assigned to all
+// position-dependent lexer actions, the method returns this instance.
+//
+// The offset is assigned to all position-dependent
+// lexer actions which do not already have offsets assigned.
+//
+// The func returns a [LexerActionExecutor] that stores input stream offsets
+// for all position-dependent lexer actions.
+func (l *LexerActionExecutor) fixOffsetBeforeMatch(offset int) *LexerActionExecutor {
+ var updatedLexerActions []LexerAction
+ for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ {
+ _, ok := l.lexerActions[i].(*LexerIndexedCustomAction)
+ if l.lexerActions[i].getIsPositionDependent() && !ok {
+ if updatedLexerActions == nil {
+ updatedLexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0, len(l.lexerActions))
+ updatedLexerActions = append(updatedLexerActions, l.lexerActions...)
+ }
+ updatedLexerActions[i] = NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset, l.lexerActions[i])
+ }
+ }
+ if updatedLexerActions == nil {
+ return l
+ }
+
+ return NewLexerActionExecutor(updatedLexerActions)
+}
+
+// Execute the actions encapsulated by l executor within the context of a
+// particular {@link Lexer}.
+//
+// This method calls {@link IntStream//seek} to set the position of the
+// {@code input} {@link CharStream} prior to calling
+// {@link LexerAction//execute} on a position-dependent action. Before the
+// method returns, the input position will be restored to the same position
+// it was in when the method was invoked.
+//
+// @param lexer The lexer instance.
+// @param input The input stream which is the source for the current token.
+// When l method is called, the current {@link IntStream//index} for
+// {@code input} should be the start of the following token, i.e. 1
+// character past the end of the current token.
+// @param startIndex The token start index. This value may be passed to
+// {@link IntStream//seek} to set the {@code input} position to the beginning
+// of the token.
+// /
+func (l *LexerActionExecutor) execute(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int) {
+ requiresSeek := false
+ stopIndex := input.Index()
+
+ defer func() {
+ if requiresSeek {
+ input.Seek(stopIndex)
+ }
+ }()
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ {
+ lexerAction := l.lexerActions[i]
+ if la, ok := lexerAction.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction); ok {
+ offset := la.offset
+ input.Seek(startIndex + offset)
+ lexerAction = la.lexerAction
+ requiresSeek = (startIndex + offset) != stopIndex
+ } else if lexerAction.getIsPositionDependent() {
+ input.Seek(stopIndex)
+ requiresSeek = false
+ }
+ lexerAction.execute(lexer)
+ }
+}
+
+func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Hash() int {
+ if l == nil {
+ // TODO: Why is this here? l should not be nil
+ return 61
+ }
+
+ // TODO: This is created from the action itself when the struct is created - will this be an issue at some point? Java uses the runtime assign hashcode
+ return l.cachedHash
+}
+
+func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Equals(other interface{}) bool {
+ if l == other {
+ return true
+ }
+ othert, ok := other.(*LexerActionExecutor)
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+ if othert == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+ if l.cachedHash != othert.cachedHash {
+ return false
+ }
+ if len(l.lexerActions) != len(othert.lexerActions) {
+ return false
+ }
+ return slices.EqualFunc(l.lexerActions, othert.lexerActions, func(i, j LexerAction) bool {
+ return i.Equals(j)
+ })
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go
similarity index 80%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go
index c573b7521..fe938b025 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go
@@ -10,10 +10,8 @@ import (
"strings"
)
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
var (
- LexerATNSimulatorDebug = false
- LexerATNSimulatorDFADebug = false
-
LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge = 0
LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge = 127 // forces unicode to stay in ATN
@@ -32,11 +30,11 @@ type ILexerATNSimulator interface {
}
type LexerATNSimulator struct {
- *BaseATNSimulator
+ BaseATNSimulator
recog Lexer
predictionMode int
- mergeCache DoubleDict
+ mergeCache *JPCMap2
startIndex int
Line int
CharPositionInLine int
@@ -46,27 +44,35 @@ type LexerATNSimulator struct {
}
func NewLexerATNSimulator(recog Lexer, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *LexerATNSimulator {
- l := new(LexerATNSimulator)
-
- l.BaseATNSimulator = NewBaseATNSimulator(atn, sharedContextCache)
+ l := &LexerATNSimulator{
+ BaseATNSimulator: BaseATNSimulator{
+ atn: atn,
+ sharedContextCache: sharedContextCache,
+ },
+ }
l.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA
l.recog = recog
+
// The current token's starting index into the character stream.
// Shared across DFA to ATN simulation in case the ATN fails and the
// DFA did not have a previous accept state. In l case, we use the
// ATN-generated exception object.
l.startIndex = -1
- // line number 1..n within the input///
+
+ // line number 1..n within the input
l.Line = 1
+
// The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line
- // 0..n-1///
+ // 0..n-1
l.CharPositionInLine = 0
+
l.mode = LexerDefaultMode
+
// Used during DFA/ATN exec to record the most recent accept configuration
// info
l.prevAccept = NewSimState()
- // done
+
return l
}
@@ -114,7 +120,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) reset() {
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int {
startState := l.atn.modeToStartState[l.mode]
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("MatchATN mode " + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + " start: " + startState.String())
}
oldMode := l.mode
@@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int {
predict := l.execATN(input, next)
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("DFA after MatchATN: " + l.decisionToDFA[oldMode].ToLexerString())
}
return predict
@@ -134,18 +140,18 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int {
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) execATN(input CharStream, ds0 *DFAState) int {
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("start state closure=" + ds0.configs.String())
}
if ds0.isAcceptState {
- // allow zero-length tokens
+ // allow zero-Length tokens
l.captureSimState(l.prevAccept, input, ds0)
}
t := input.LA(1)
s := ds0 // s is current/from DFA state
for { // while more work
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("execATN loop starting closure: " + s.configs.String())
}
@@ -188,7 +194,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) execATN(input CharStream, ds0 *DFAState) int {
}
}
t = input.LA(1)
- s = target // flip current DFA target becomes Newsrc/from state
+ s = target // flip current DFA target becomes new src/from state
}
return l.failOrAccept(l.prevAccept, input, s.configs, t)
@@ -214,43 +220,39 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState
return nil
}
target := s.getIthEdge(t - LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge)
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug && target != nil {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug && target != nil {
fmt.Println("reuse state " + strconv.Itoa(s.stateNumber) + " edge to " + strconv.Itoa(target.stateNumber))
}
return target
}
-// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the
-// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA.
+// computeTargetState computes a target state for an edge in the [DFA], and attempt to add the
+// computed state and corresponding edge to the [DFA].
//
-// @param input The input stream
-// @param s The current DFA state
-// @param t The next input symbol
-//
-// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol
-// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, l method
-// returns {@link //ERROR}.
+// The func returns the computed target [DFA] state for the given input symbol t.
+// If this does not lead to a valid [DFA] state, this method
+// returns ATNSimulatorError.
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeTargetState(input CharStream, s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState {
reach := NewOrderedATNConfigSet()
// if we don't find an existing DFA state
// Fill reach starting from closure, following t transitions
- l.getReachableConfigSet(input, s.configs, reach.BaseATNConfigSet, t)
+ l.getReachableConfigSet(input, s.configs, reach, t)
if len(reach.configs) == 0 { // we got nowhere on t from s
if !reach.hasSemanticContext {
// we got nowhere on t, don't panic out l knowledge it'd
- // cause a failover from DFA later.
+ // cause a fail-over from DFA later.
l.addDFAEdge(s, t, ATNSimulatorError, nil)
}
// stop when we can't Match any more char
return ATNSimulatorError
}
// Add an edge from s to target DFA found/created for reach
- return l.addDFAEdge(s, t, nil, reach.BaseATNConfigSet)
+ return l.addDFAEdge(s, t, nil, reach)
}
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) int {
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, reach *ATNConfigSet, t int) int {
if l.prevAccept.dfaState != nil {
lexerActionExecutor := prevAccept.dfaState.lexerActionExecutor
l.accept(input, lexerActionExecutor, l.startIndex, prevAccept.index, prevAccept.line, prevAccept.column)
@@ -265,34 +267,35 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream,
panic(NewLexerNoViableAltException(l.recog, input, l.startIndex, reach))
}
-// Given a starting configuration set, figure out all ATN configurations
-// we can reach upon input {@code t}. Parameter {@code reach} is a return
-// parameter.
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure ATNConfigSet, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) {
+// getReachableConfigSet when given a starting configuration set, figures out all [ATN] configurations
+// we can reach upon input t.
+//
+// Parameter reach is a return parameter.
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure *ATNConfigSet, reach *ATNConfigSet, t int) {
// l is used to Skip processing for configs which have a lower priority
- // than a config that already reached an accept state for the same rule
+ // than a runtimeConfig that already reached an accept state for the same rule
SkipAlt := ATNInvalidAltNumber
- for _, cfg := range closure.GetItems() {
- currentAltReachedAcceptState := (cfg.GetAlt() == SkipAlt)
- if currentAltReachedAcceptState && cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).passedThroughNonGreedyDecision {
+ for _, cfg := range closure.configs {
+ currentAltReachedAcceptState := cfg.GetAlt() == SkipAlt
+ if currentAltReachedAcceptState && cfg.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision {
continue
}
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
- fmt.Printf("testing %s at %s\n", l.GetTokenName(t), cfg.String()) // l.recog, true))
+ fmt.Printf("testing %s at %s\n", l.GetTokenName(t), cfg.String())
}
for _, trans := range cfg.GetState().GetTransitions() {
target := l.getReachableTarget(trans, t)
if target != nil {
- lexerActionExecutor := cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor
+ lexerActionExecutor := cfg.lexerActionExecutor
if lexerActionExecutor != nil {
lexerActionExecutor = lexerActionExecutor.fixOffsetBeforeMatch(input.Index() - l.startIndex)
}
- treatEOFAsEpsilon := (t == TokenEOF)
- config := NewLexerATNConfig3(cfg.(*LexerATNConfig), target, lexerActionExecutor)
+ treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF
+ config := NewLexerATNConfig3(cfg, target, lexerActionExecutor)
if l.closure(input, config, reach,
currentAltReachedAcceptState, true, treatEOFAsEpsilon) {
// any remaining configs for l alt have a lower priority
@@ -305,7 +308,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure ATNC
}
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) accept(input CharStream, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, startIndex, index, line, charPos int) {
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Printf("ACTION %v\n", lexerActionExecutor)
}
// seek to after last char in token
@@ -325,7 +328,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, t int) ATNState
return nil
}
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *OrderedATNConfigSet {
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *ATNConfigSet {
configs := NewOrderedATNConfigSet()
for i := 0; i < len(p.GetTransitions()); i++ {
target := p.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget()
@@ -336,25 +339,24 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *Ord
return configs
}
-// Since the alternatives within any lexer decision are ordered by
-// preference, l method stops pursuing the closure as soon as an accept
+// closure since the alternatives within any lexer decision are ordered by
+// preference, this method stops pursuing the closure as soon as an accept
// state is reached. After the first accept state is reached by depth-first
-// search from {@code config}, all other (potentially reachable) states for
-// l rule would have a lower priority.
+// search from runtimeConfig, all other (potentially reachable) states for
+// this rule would have a lower priority.
//
-// @return {@code true} if an accept state is reached, otherwise
-// {@code false}.
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet,
+// The func returns true if an accept state is reached.
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet,
currentAltReachedAcceptState, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) bool {
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
- fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") // config.String(l.recog, true) + ")")
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")")
}
_, ok := config.state.(*RuleStopState)
if ok {
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
if l.recog != nil {
fmt.Printf("closure at %s rule stop %s\n", l.recog.GetRuleNames()[config.state.GetRuleIndex()], config)
} else {
@@ -401,10 +403,10 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, co
}
// side-effect: can alter configs.hasSemanticContext
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, trans Transition,
- configs ATNConfigSet, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *LexerATNConfig {
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *ATNConfig, trans Transition,
+ configs *ATNConfigSet, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *ATNConfig {
- var cfg *LexerATNConfig
+ var cfg *ATNConfig
if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionRULE {
@@ -435,10 +437,10 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC
pt := trans.(*PredicateTransition)
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("EVAL rule " + strconv.Itoa(trans.(*PredicateTransition).ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(pt.predIndex))
}
- configs.SetHasSemanticContext(true)
+ configs.hasSemanticContext = true
if l.evaluatePredicate(input, pt.ruleIndex, pt.predIndex, speculative) {
cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget())
}
@@ -449,7 +451,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC
// TODO: if the entry rule is invoked recursively, some
// actions may be executed during the recursive call. The
// problem can appear when hasEmptyPath() is true but
- // isEmpty() is false. In l case, the config needs to be
+ // isEmpty() is false. In this case, the config needs to be
// split into two contexts - one with just the empty path
// and another with everything but the empty path.
// Unfortunately, the current algorithm does not allow
@@ -476,26 +478,18 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNC
return cfg
}
-// Evaluate a predicate specified in the lexer.
+// evaluatePredicate eEvaluates a predicate specified in the lexer.
//
-// If {@code speculative} is {@code true}, l method was called before
-// {@link //consume} for the Matched character. This method should call
-// {@link //consume} before evaluating the predicate to ensure position
-// sensitive values, including {@link Lexer//GetText}, {@link Lexer//GetLine},
-// and {@link Lexer//getcolumn}, properly reflect the current
-// lexer state. This method should restore {@code input} and the simulator
-// to the original state before returning (i.e. undo the actions made by the
-// call to {@link //consume}.
+// If speculative is true, this method was called before
+// [consume] for the Matched character. This method should call
+// [consume] before evaluating the predicate to ensure position
+// sensitive values, including [GetText], [GetLine],
+// and [GetColumn], properly reflect the current
+// lexer state. This method should restore input and the simulator
+// to the original state before returning, i.e. undo the actions made by the
+// call to [Consume].
//
-// @param input The input stream.
-// @param ruleIndex The rule containing the predicate.
-// @param predIndex The index of the predicate within the rule.
-// @param speculative {@code true} if the current index in {@code input} is
-// one character before the predicate's location.
-//
-// @return {@code true} if the specified predicate evaluates to
-// {@code true}.
-// /
+// The func returns true if the specified predicate evaluates to true.
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) evaluatePredicate(input CharStream, ruleIndex, predIndex int, speculative bool) bool {
// assume true if no recognizer was provided
if l.recog == nil {
@@ -527,7 +521,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) captureSimState(settings *SimState, input CharStream
settings.dfaState = dfaState
}
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfgs ATNConfigSet) *DFAState {
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfgs *ATNConfigSet) *DFAState {
if to == nil && cfgs != nil {
// leading to l call, ATNConfigSet.hasSemanticContext is used as a
// marker indicating dynamic predicate evaluation makes l edge
@@ -539,10 +533,9 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg
// TJP notes: next time through the DFA, we see a pred again and eval.
// If that gets us to a previously created (but dangling) DFA
// state, we can continue in pure DFA mode from there.
- // /
- suppressEdge := cfgs.HasSemanticContext()
- cfgs.SetHasSemanticContext(false)
-
+ //
+ suppressEdge := cfgs.hasSemanticContext
+ cfgs.hasSemanticContext = false
to = l.addDFAState(cfgs, true)
if suppressEdge {
@@ -554,7 +547,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg
// Only track edges within the DFA bounds
return to
}
- if LexerATNSimulatorDebug {
+ if runtimeConfig.lexerATNSimulatorDebug {
fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + strconv.Itoa(tk))
}
l.atn.edgeMu.Lock()
@@ -572,13 +565,12 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfg
// configurations already. This method also detects the first
// configuration containing an ATN rule stop state. Later, when
// traversing the DFA, we will know which rule to accept.
-func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) *DFAState {
+func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs *ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) *DFAState {
proposed := NewDFAState(-1, configs)
- var firstConfigWithRuleStopState ATNConfig
-
- for _, cfg := range configs.GetItems() {
+ var firstConfigWithRuleStopState *ATNConfig
+ for _, cfg := range configs.configs {
_, ok := cfg.GetState().(*RuleStopState)
if ok {
@@ -588,14 +580,14 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool)
}
if firstConfigWithRuleStopState != nil {
proposed.isAcceptState = true
- proposed.lexerActionExecutor = firstConfigWithRuleStopState.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor
+ proposed.lexerActionExecutor = firstConfigWithRuleStopState.lexerActionExecutor
proposed.setPrediction(l.atn.ruleToTokenType[firstConfigWithRuleStopState.GetState().GetRuleIndex()])
}
dfa := l.decisionToDFA[l.mode]
l.atn.stateMu.Lock()
defer l.atn.stateMu.Unlock()
- existing, present := dfa.states.Get(proposed)
+ existing, present := dfa.Get(proposed)
if present {
// This state was already present, so just return it.
@@ -605,10 +597,11 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool)
// We need to add the new state
//
- proposed.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len()
- configs.SetReadOnly(true)
+ proposed.stateNumber = dfa.Len()
+ configs.readOnly = true
+ configs.configLookup = nil // Not needed now
proposed.configs = configs
- dfa.states.Put(proposed)
+ dfa.Put(proposed)
}
if !suppressEdge {
dfa.setS0(proposed)
@@ -620,7 +613,7 @@ func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getDFA(mode int) *DFA {
return l.decisionToDFA[mode]
}
-// Get the text Matched so far for the current token.
+// GetText returns the text [Match]ed so far for the current token.
func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetText(input CharStream) string {
// index is first lookahead char, don't include.
return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, input.Index()-1))
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4955ac876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+type LL1Analyzer struct {
+ atn *ATN
+}
+
+func NewLL1Analyzer(atn *ATN) *LL1Analyzer {
+ la := new(LL1Analyzer)
+ la.atn = atn
+ return la
+}
+
+const (
+ // LL1AnalyzerHitPred is a special value added to the lookahead sets to indicate that we hit
+ // a predicate during analysis if
+ //
+ // seeThruPreds==false
+ LL1AnalyzerHitPred = TokenInvalidType
+)
+
+// *
+// Calculates the SLL(1) expected lookahead set for each outgoing transition
+// of an {@link ATNState}. The returned array has one element for each
+// outgoing transition in {@code s}. If the closure from transition
+// i leads to a semantic predicate before Matching a symbol, the
+// element at index i of the result will be {@code nil}.
+//
+// @param s the ATN state
+// @return the expected symbols for each outgoing transition of {@code s}.
+func (la *LL1Analyzer) getDecisionLookahead(s ATNState) []*IntervalSet {
+ if s == nil {
+ return nil
+ }
+ count := len(s.GetTransitions())
+ look := make([]*IntervalSet, count)
+ for alt := 0; alt < count; alt++ {
+
+ look[alt] = NewIntervalSet()
+ lookBusy := NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, "LL1Analyzer.getDecisionLookahead for lookBusy")
+ la.look1(s.GetTransitions()[alt].getTarget(), nil, BasePredictionContextEMPTY, look[alt], lookBusy, NewBitSet(), false, false)
+
+ // Wipe out lookahead for la alternative if we found nothing,
+ // or we had a predicate when we !seeThruPreds
+ if look[alt].length() == 0 || look[alt].contains(LL1AnalyzerHitPred) {
+ look[alt] = nil
+ }
+ }
+ return look
+}
+
+// Look computes the set of tokens that can follow s in the [ATN] in the
+// specified ctx.
+//
+// If ctx is nil and the end of the rule containing
+// s is reached, [EPSILON] is added to the result set.
+//
+// If ctx is not nil and the end of the outermost rule is
+// reached, [EOF] is added to the result set.
+//
+// Parameter s the ATN state, and stopState is the ATN state to stop at. This can be a
+// [BlockEndState] to detect epsilon paths through a closure.
+//
+// Parameter ctx is the complete parser context, or nil if the context
+// should be ignored
+//
+// The func returns the set of tokens that can follow s in the [ATN] in the
+// specified ctx.
+func (la *LL1Analyzer) Look(s, stopState ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet {
+ r := NewIntervalSet()
+ var lookContext *PredictionContext
+ if ctx != nil {
+ lookContext = predictionContextFromRuleContext(s.GetATN(), ctx)
+ }
+ la.look1(s, stopState, lookContext, r, NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, "LL1Analyzer.Look for la.look1()"),
+ NewBitSet(), true, true)
+ return r
+}
+
+//*
+// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the
+// specified {@code ctx}.
+//
+// If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and {@code stopState} or the end of the
+// rule containing {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to
+// the result set. If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and {@code addEOF} is
+// {@code true} and {@code stopState} or the end of the outermost rule is
+// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
+//
+// @param s the ATN state.
+// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a
+// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure.
+// @param ctx The outer context, or {@code nil} if the outer context should
+// not be used.
+// @param look The result lookahead set.
+// @param lookBusy A set used for preventing epsilon closures in the ATN
+// from causing a stack overflow. Outside code should pass
+// {@code NewSet} for la argument.
+// @param calledRuleStack A set used for preventing left recursion in the
+// ATN from causing a stack overflow. Outside code should pass
+// {@code NewBitSet()} for la argument.
+// @param seeThruPreds {@code true} to true semantic predicates as
+// implicitly {@code true} and "see through them", otherwise {@code false}
+// to treat semantic predicates as opaque and add {@link //HitPred} to the
+// result if one is encountered.
+// @param addEOF Add {@link Token//EOF} to the result if the end of the
+// outermost context is reached. This parameter has no effect if {@code ctx}
+// is {@code nil}.
+
+func (la *LL1Analyzer) look2(_, stopState ATNState, ctx *PredictionContext, look *IntervalSet, lookBusy *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]],
+ calledRuleStack *BitSet, seeThruPreds, addEOF bool, i int) {
+
+ returnState := la.atn.states[ctx.getReturnState(i)]
+ la.look1(returnState, stopState, ctx.GetParent(i), look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF)
+
+}
+
+func (la *LL1Analyzer) look1(s, stopState ATNState, ctx *PredictionContext, look *IntervalSet, lookBusy *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]], calledRuleStack *BitSet, seeThruPreds, addEOF bool) {
+
+ c := NewATNConfig6(s, 0, ctx)
+
+ if lookBusy.Contains(c) {
+ return
+ }
+
+ _, present := lookBusy.Put(c)
+ if present {
+ return
+
+ }
+ if s == stopState {
+ if ctx == nil {
+ look.addOne(TokenEpsilon)
+ return
+ } else if ctx.isEmpty() && addEOF {
+ look.addOne(TokenEOF)
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ _, ok := s.(*RuleStopState)
+
+ if ok {
+ if ctx == nil {
+ look.addOne(TokenEpsilon)
+ return
+ } else if ctx.isEmpty() && addEOF {
+ look.addOne(TokenEOF)
+ return
+ }
+
+ if ctx.pcType != PredictionContextEmpty {
+ removed := calledRuleStack.contains(s.GetRuleIndex())
+ defer func() {
+ if removed {
+ calledRuleStack.add(s.GetRuleIndex())
+ }
+ }()
+ calledRuleStack.remove(s.GetRuleIndex())
+ // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx
+ for i := 0; i < ctx.length(); i++ {
+ returnState := la.atn.states[ctx.getReturnState(i)]
+ la.look2(returnState, stopState, ctx, look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF, i)
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ n := len(s.GetTransitions())
+
+ for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
+ t := s.GetTransitions()[i]
+
+ if t1, ok := t.(*RuleTransition); ok {
+ if calledRuleStack.contains(t1.getTarget().GetRuleIndex()) {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ newContext := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(ctx, t1.followState.GetStateNumber())
+ la.look3(stopState, newContext, look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF, t1)
+ } else if t2, ok := t.(AbstractPredicateTransition); ok {
+ if seeThruPreds {
+ la.look1(t2.getTarget(), stopState, ctx, look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF)
+ } else {
+ look.addOne(LL1AnalyzerHitPred)
+ }
+ } else if t.getIsEpsilon() {
+ la.look1(t.getTarget(), stopState, ctx, look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF)
+ } else if _, ok := t.(*WildcardTransition); ok {
+ look.addRange(TokenMinUserTokenType, la.atn.maxTokenType)
+ } else {
+ set := t.getLabel()
+ if set != nil {
+ if _, ok := t.(*NotSetTransition); ok {
+ set = set.complement(TokenMinUserTokenType, la.atn.maxTokenType)
+ }
+ look.addSet(set)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+func (la *LL1Analyzer) look3(stopState ATNState, ctx *PredictionContext, look *IntervalSet, lookBusy *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]],
+ calledRuleStack *BitSet, seeThruPreds, addEOF bool, t1 *RuleTransition) {
+
+ newContext := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(ctx, t1.followState.GetStateNumber())
+
+ defer func() {
+ calledRuleStack.remove(t1.getTarget().GetRuleIndex())
+ }()
+
+ calledRuleStack.add(t1.getTarget().GetRuleIndex())
+ la.look1(t1.getTarget(), stopState, newContext, look, lookBusy, calledRuleStack, seeThruPreds, addEOF)
+
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/nostatistics.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/nostatistics.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..923c7b52c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/nostatistics.go
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+//go:build !antlr.stats
+
+package antlr
+
+// This file is compiled when the build configuration antlr.stats is not enabled.
+// which then allows the compiler to optimize out all the code that is not used.
+const collectStats = false
+
+// goRunStats is a dummy struct used when build configuration antlr.stats is not enabled.
+type goRunStats struct {
+}
+
+var Statistics = &goRunStats{}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) AddJStatRec(_ *JStatRec) {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) CollectionAnomalies() {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) Reset() {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) Report(dir string, prefix string) error {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) Analyze() {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+}
+
+type statsOption func(*goRunStats) error
+
+func (s *goRunStats) Configure(options ...statsOption) error {
+ // Do nothing - compiler will optimize this out (hopefully)
+ return nil
+}
+
+func WithTopN(topN int) statsOption {
+ return func(s *goRunStats) error {
+ return nil
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser.go
similarity index 80%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser.go
index d26bf0639..fb57ac15d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser.go
@@ -48,8 +48,10 @@ type BaseParser struct {
_SyntaxErrors int
}
-// p.is all the parsing support code essentially most of it is error
-// recovery stuff.//
+// NewBaseParser contains all the parsing support code to embed in parsers. Essentially most of it is error
+// recovery stuff.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func NewBaseParser(input TokenStream) *BaseParser {
p := new(BaseParser)
@@ -58,39 +60,46 @@ func NewBaseParser(input TokenStream) *BaseParser {
// The input stream.
p.input = nil
+
// The error handling strategy for the parser. The default value is a new
// instance of {@link DefaultErrorStrategy}.
p.errHandler = NewDefaultErrorStrategy()
p.precedenceStack = make([]int, 0)
p.precedenceStack.Push(0)
- // The {@link ParserRuleContext} object for the currently executing rule.
+
+ // The ParserRuleContext object for the currently executing rule.
// p.is always non-nil during the parsing process.
p.ctx = nil
- // Specifies whether or not the parser should construct a parse tree during
+
+ // Specifies whether the parser should construct a parse tree during
// the parsing process. The default value is {@code true}.
p.BuildParseTrees = true
- // When {@link //setTrace}{@code (true)} is called, a reference to the
- // {@link TraceListener} is stored here so it can be easily removed in a
- // later call to {@link //setTrace}{@code (false)}. The listener itself is
+
+ // When setTrace(true) is called, a reference to the
+ // TraceListener is stored here, so it can be easily removed in a
+ // later call to setTrace(false). The listener itself is
// implemented as a parser listener so p.field is not directly used by
// other parser methods.
p.tracer = nil
- // The list of {@link ParseTreeListener} listeners registered to receive
+
+ // The list of ParseTreeListener listeners registered to receive
// events during the parse.
p.parseListeners = nil
+
// The number of syntax errors Reported during parsing. p.value is
- // incremented each time {@link //NotifyErrorListeners} is called.
+ // incremented each time NotifyErrorListeners is called.
p._SyntaxErrors = 0
p.SetInputStream(input)
return p
}
-// p.field maps from the serialized ATN string to the deserialized {@link
-// ATN} with
+// This field maps from the serialized ATN string to the deserialized [ATN] with
// bypass alternatives.
//
-// @see ATNDeserializationOptions//isGenerateRuleBypassTransitions()
+// [ATNDeserializationOptions.isGenerateRuleBypassTransitions]
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
var bypassAltsAtnCache = make(map[string]int)
// reset the parser's state//
@@ -143,10 +152,13 @@ func (p *BaseParser) Match(ttype int) Token {
p.Consume()
} else {
t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p)
+ if p.HasError() {
+ return nil
+ }
if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 {
- // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token
- // insertion
- // if it's not the current symbol
+
+ // we must have conjured up a new token during single token
+ // insertion if it's not the current symbol
p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t)
}
}
@@ -178,9 +190,8 @@ func (p *BaseParser) MatchWildcard() Token {
} else {
t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p)
if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 {
- // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token
- // insertion
- // if it's not the current symbol
+ // we must have conjured up a new token during single token
+ // insertion if it's not the current symbol
p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t)
}
}
@@ -202,33 +213,27 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetParseListeners() []ParseTreeListener {
return p.parseListeners
}
-// Registers {@code listener} to receive events during the parsing process.
+// AddParseListener registers listener to receive events during the parsing process.
//
-// To support output-preserving grammar transformations (including but not
+// To support output-preserving grammar transformations (including but not
// limited to left-recursion removal, automated left-factoring, and
// optimized code generation), calls to listener methods during the parse
// may differ substantially from calls made by
-// {@link ParseTreeWalker//DEFAULT} used after the parse is complete. In
+// [ParseTreeWalker.DEFAULT] used after the parse is complete. In
// particular, rule entry and exit events may occur in a different order
// during the parse than after the parser. In addition, calls to certain
-// rule entry methods may be omitted.
-//
-// With the following specific exceptions, calls to listener events are
-// deterministic, i.e. for identical input the calls to listener
-// methods will be the same.
-//
-//
-// - Alterations to the grammar used to generate code may change the
-// behavior of the listener calls.
-// - Alterations to the command line options passed to ANTLR 4 when
-// generating the parser may change the behavior of the listener calls.
-// - Changing the version of the ANTLR Tool used to generate the parser
-// may change the behavior of the listener calls.
-//
+// rule entry methods may be omitted.
//
-// @param listener the listener to add
+// With the following specific exceptions, calls to listener events are
+// deterministic, i.e. for identical input the calls to listener
+// methods will be the same.
//
-// @panics nilPointerException if {@code} listener is {@code nil}
+// - Alterations to the grammar used to generate code may change the
+// behavior of the listener calls.
+// - Alterations to the command line options passed to ANTLR 4 when
+// generating the parser may change the behavior of the listener calls.
+// - Changing the version of the ANTLR Tool used to generate the parser
+// may change the behavior of the listener calls.
func (p *BaseParser) AddParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) {
if listener == nil {
panic("listener")
@@ -239,11 +244,10 @@ func (p *BaseParser) AddParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) {
p.parseListeners = append(p.parseListeners, listener)
}
-// Remove {@code listener} from the list of parse listeners.
+// RemoveParseListener removes listener from the list of parse listeners.
//
-// If {@code listener} is {@code nil} or has not been added as a parse
-// listener, p.method does nothing.
-// @param listener the listener to remove
+// If listener is nil or has not been added as a parse
+// listener, this func does nothing.
func (p *BaseParser) RemoveParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) {
if p.parseListeners != nil {
@@ -274,7 +278,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) removeParseListeners() {
p.parseListeners = nil
}
-// Notify any parse listeners of an enter rule event.
+// TriggerEnterRuleEvent notifies all parse listeners of an enter rule event.
func (p *BaseParser) TriggerEnterRuleEvent() {
if p.parseListeners != nil {
ctx := p.ctx
@@ -285,9 +289,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) TriggerEnterRuleEvent() {
}
}
-// Notify any parse listeners of an exit rule event.
-//
-// @see //addParseListener
+// TriggerExitRuleEvent notifies any parse listeners of an exit rule event.
func (p *BaseParser) TriggerExitRuleEvent() {
if p.parseListeners != nil {
// reverse order walk of listeners
@@ -314,19 +316,16 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenFactory() TokenFactory {
return p.input.GetTokenSource().GetTokenFactory()
}
-// Tell our token source and error strategy about a Newway to create tokens.//
+// setTokenFactory is used to tell our token source and error strategy about a new way to create tokens.
func (p *BaseParser) setTokenFactory(factory TokenFactory) {
p.input.GetTokenSource().setTokenFactory(factory)
}
-// The ATN with bypass alternatives is expensive to create so we create it
+// GetATNWithBypassAlts - the ATN with bypass alternatives is expensive to create, so we create it
// lazily.
-//
-// @panics UnsupportedOperationException if the current parser does not
-// implement the {@link //getSerializedATN()} method.
func (p *BaseParser) GetATNWithBypassAlts() {
- // TODO
+ // TODO - Implement this?
panic("Not implemented!")
// serializedAtn := p.getSerializedATN()
@@ -354,6 +353,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetATNWithBypassAlts() {
// String id = m.Get("ID")
//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedParameter
func (p *BaseParser) compileParseTreePattern(pattern, patternRuleIndex, lexer Lexer) {
panic("NewParseTreePatternMatcher not implemented!")
@@ -386,14 +386,16 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenStream() TokenStream {
return p.input
}
-// Set the token stream and reset the parser.//
+// SetTokenStream installs input as the token stream and resets the parser.
func (p *BaseParser) SetTokenStream(input TokenStream) {
p.input = nil
p.reset()
p.input = input
}
-// Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
+// GetCurrentToken returns the current token at LT(1).
+//
+// [Match] needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put
// into the label for the associated token ref e.g., x=ID.
func (p *BaseParser) GetCurrentToken() Token {
return p.input.LT(1)
@@ -446,7 +448,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) addContextToParseTree() {
}
}
-func (p *BaseParser) EnterRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) {
+func (p *BaseParser) EnterRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _ int) {
p.SetState(state)
p.ctx = localctx
p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1))
@@ -474,7 +476,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) ExitRule() {
func (p *BaseParser) EnterOuterAlt(localctx ParserRuleContext, altNum int) {
localctx.SetAltNumber(altNum)
- // if we have Newlocalctx, make sure we replace existing ctx
+ // if we have a new localctx, make sure we replace existing ctx
// that is previous child of parse tree
if p.BuildParseTrees && p.ctx != localctx {
if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil {
@@ -498,7 +500,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetPrecedence() int {
return p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
}
-func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex, precedence int) {
+func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _, precedence int) {
p.SetState(state)
p.precedenceStack.Push(precedence)
p.ctx = localctx
@@ -512,7 +514,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleI
//
// Like {@link //EnterRule} but for recursive rules.
-func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) {
+func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, _ int) {
previous := p.ctx
previous.SetParent(localctx)
previous.SetInvokingState(state)
@@ -530,7 +532,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state,
}
func (p *BaseParser) UnrollRecursionContexts(parentCtx ParserRuleContext) {
- p.precedenceStack.Pop()
+ _, _ = p.precedenceStack.Pop()
p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1))
retCtx := p.ctx // save current ctx (return value)
// unroll so ctx is as it was before call to recursive method
@@ -561,29 +563,22 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetInvokingContext(ruleIndex int) ParserRuleContext {
return nil
}
-func (p *BaseParser) Precpred(localctx RuleContext, precedence int) bool {
+func (p *BaseParser) Precpred(_ RuleContext, precedence int) bool {
return precedence >= p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1]
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedParameter
func (p *BaseParser) inContext(context ParserRuleContext) bool {
// TODO: useful in parser?
return false
}
-//
-// Checks whether or not {@code symbol} can follow the current state in the
-// ATN. The behavior of p.method is equivalent to the following, but is
+// IsExpectedToken checks whether symbol can follow the current state in the
+// {ATN}. The behavior of p.method is equivalent to the following, but is
// implemented such that the complete context-sensitive follow set does not
// need to be explicitly constructed.
//
-//
-// return getExpectedTokens().contains(symbol)
-//
-//
-// @param symbol the symbol type to check
-// @return {@code true} if {@code symbol} can follow the current state in
-// the ATN, otherwise {@code false}.
-
+// return getExpectedTokens().contains(symbol)
func (p *BaseParser) IsExpectedToken(symbol int) bool {
atn := p.Interpreter.atn
ctx := p.ctx
@@ -611,11 +606,9 @@ func (p *BaseParser) IsExpectedToken(symbol int) bool {
return false
}
-// Computes the set of input symbols which could follow the current parser
-// state and context, as given by {@link //GetState} and {@link //GetContext},
+// GetExpectedTokens and returns the set of input symbols which could follow the current parser
+// state and context, as given by [GetState] and [GetContext],
// respectively.
-//
-// @see ATN//getExpectedTokens(int, RuleContext)
func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet {
return p.Interpreter.atn.getExpectedTokens(p.state, p.ctx)
}
@@ -626,7 +619,7 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokensWithinCurrentRule() *IntervalSet {
return atn.NextTokens(s, nil)
}
-// Get a rule's index (i.e., {@code RULE_ruleName} field) or -1 if not found.//
+// GetRuleIndex get a rule's index (i.e., RULE_ruleName field) or -1 if not found.
func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleIndex(ruleName string) int {
var ruleIndex, ok = p.GetRuleIndexMap()[ruleName]
if ok {
@@ -636,13 +629,10 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleIndex(ruleName string) int {
return -1
}
-// Return List<String> of the rule names in your parser instance
+// GetRuleInvocationStack returns a list of the rule names in your parser instance
// leading up to a call to the current rule. You could override if
// you want more details such as the file/line info of where
// in the ATN a rule is invoked.
-//
-// this very useful for error messages.
-
func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleInvocationStack(c ParserRuleContext) []string {
if c == nil {
c = p.ctx
@@ -668,16 +658,16 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleInvocationStack(c ParserRuleContext) []string {
return stack
}
-// For debugging and other purposes.//
+// GetDFAStrings returns a list of all DFA states used for debugging purposes
func (p *BaseParser) GetDFAStrings() string {
return fmt.Sprint(p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA)
}
-// For debugging and other purposes.//
+// DumpDFA prints the whole of the DFA for debugging
func (p *BaseParser) DumpDFA() {
seenOne := false
for _, dfa := range p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA {
- if dfa.states.Len() > 0 {
+ if dfa.Len() > 0 {
if seenOne {
fmt.Println()
}
@@ -692,8 +682,10 @@ func (p *BaseParser) GetSourceName() string {
return p.GrammarFileName
}
-// During a parse is sometimes useful to listen in on the rule entry and exit
-// events as well as token Matches. p.is for quick and dirty debugging.
+// SetTrace installs a trace listener for the parse.
+//
+// During a parse it is sometimes useful to listen in on the rule entry and exit
+// events as well as token Matches. This is for quick and dirty debugging.
func (p *BaseParser) SetTrace(trace *TraceListener) {
if trace == nil {
p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae2869692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1668 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+var ()
+
+// ClosureBusy is a store of ATNConfigs and is a tiny abstraction layer over
+// a standard JStore so that we can use Lazy instantiation of the JStore, mostly
+// to avoid polluting the stats module with a ton of JStore instances with nothing in them.
+type ClosureBusy struct {
+ bMap *JStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]]
+ desc string
+}
+
+// NewClosureBusy creates a new ClosureBusy instance used to avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules
+func NewClosureBusy(desc string) *ClosureBusy {
+ return &ClosureBusy{
+ desc: desc,
+ }
+}
+
+func (c *ClosureBusy) Put(config *ATNConfig) (*ATNConfig, bool) {
+ if c.bMap == nil {
+ c.bMap = NewJStore[*ATNConfig, Comparator[*ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst, ClosureBusyCollection, c.desc)
+ }
+ return c.bMap.Put(config)
+}
+
+type ParserATNSimulator struct {
+ BaseATNSimulator
+
+ parser Parser
+ predictionMode int
+ input TokenStream
+ startIndex int
+ dfa *DFA
+ mergeCache *JPCMap
+ outerContext ParserRuleContext
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewParserATNSimulator(parser Parser, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *ParserATNSimulator {
+
+ p := &ParserATNSimulator{
+ BaseATNSimulator: BaseATNSimulator{
+ atn: atn,
+ sharedContextCache: sharedContextCache,
+ },
+ }
+
+ p.parser = parser
+ p.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA
+ // SLL, LL, or LL + exact ambig detection?//
+ p.predictionMode = PredictionModeLL
+ // LAME globals to avoid parameters!!!!! I need these down deep in predTransition
+ p.input = nil
+ p.startIndex = 0
+ p.outerContext = nil
+ p.dfa = nil
+ // Each prediction operation uses a cache for merge of prediction contexts.
+ // Don't keep around as it wastes huge amounts of memory. [JPCMap]
+ // isn't Synchronized, but we're ok since two threads shouldn't reuse same
+ // parser/atn-simulator object because it can only handle one input at a time.
+ // This maps graphs a and b to merged result c. (a,b) -> c. We can avoid
+ // the merge if we ever see a and b again. Note that (b,a) -> c should
+ // also be examined during cache lookup.
+ //
+ p.mergeCache = nil
+
+ return p
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetPredictionMode() int {
+ return p.predictionMode
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) SetPredictionMode(v int) {
+ p.predictionMode = v
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) reset() {
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) AdaptivePredict(parser *BaseParser, input TokenStream, decision int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("adaptivePredict decision " + strconv.Itoa(decision) +
+ " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" +
+ strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn()))
+ }
+ p.input = input
+ p.startIndex = input.Index()
+ p.outerContext = outerContext
+
+ dfa := p.decisionToDFA[decision]
+ p.dfa = dfa
+ m := input.Mark()
+ index := input.Index()
+
+ defer func() {
+ p.dfa = nil
+ p.mergeCache = nil // whack cache after each prediction
+ // Do not attempt to run a GC now that we're done with the cache as makes the
+ // GC overhead terrible for badly formed grammars and has little effect on well formed
+ // grammars.
+ // I have made some extra effort to try and reduce memory pressure by reusing allocations when
+ // possible. However, it can only have a limited effect. The real solution is to encourage grammar
+ // authors to think more carefully about their grammar and to use the new antlr.stats tag to inspect
+ // what is happening at runtime, along with using the error listener to report ambiguities.
+
+ input.Seek(index)
+ input.Release(m)
+ }()
+
+ // Now we are certain to have a specific decision's DFA
+ // But, do we still need an initial state?
+ var s0 *DFAState
+ p.atn.stateMu.RLock()
+ if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RLock()
+ // the start state for a precedence DFA depends on the current
+ // parser precedence, and is provided by a DFA method.
+ s0 = dfa.getPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence())
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock()
+ } else {
+ // the start state for a "regular" DFA is just s0
+ s0 = dfa.getS0()
+ }
+ p.atn.stateMu.RUnlock()
+
+ if s0 == nil {
+ if outerContext == nil {
+ outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("predictATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) +
+ " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ ", outerContext=" + outerContext.String(p.parser.GetRuleNames(), nil))
+ }
+ fullCtx := false
+ s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, ParserRuleContextEmpty, fullCtx)
+
+ p.atn.stateMu.Lock()
+ if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ // If p is a precedence DFA, we use applyPrecedenceFilter
+ // to convert the computed start state to a precedence start
+ // state. We then use DFA.setPrecedenceStartState to set the
+ // appropriate start state for the precedence level rather
+ // than simply setting DFA.s0.
+ //
+ dfa.s0.configs = s0Closure
+ s0Closure = p.applyPrecedenceFilter(s0Closure)
+ s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure))
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Lock()
+ dfa.setPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence(), s0)
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock()
+ } else {
+ s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure))
+ dfa.setS0(s0)
+ }
+ p.atn.stateMu.Unlock()
+ }
+
+ alt, re := p.execATN(dfa, s0, input, index, outerContext)
+ parser.SetError(re)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("DFA after predictATN: " + dfa.String(p.parser.GetLiteralNames(), nil))
+ }
+ return alt
+
+}
+
+// execATN performs ATN simulation to compute a predicted alternative based
+// upon the remaining input, but also updates the DFA cache to avoid
+// having to traverse the ATN again for the same input sequence.
+//
+// There are some key conditions we're looking for after computing a new
+// set of ATN configs (proposed DFA state):
+//
+// - If the set is empty, there is no viable alternative for current symbol
+// - Does the state uniquely predict an alternative?
+// - Does the state have a conflict that would prevent us from
+// putting it on the work list?
+//
+// We also have some key operations to do:
+//
+// - Add an edge from previous DFA state to potentially NewDFA state, D,
+// - Upon current symbol but only if adding to work list, which means in all
+// cases except no viable alternative (and possibly non-greedy decisions?)
+// - Collecting predicates and adding semantic context to DFA accept states
+// - adding rule context to context-sensitive DFA accept states
+// - Consuming an input symbol
+// - Reporting a conflict
+// - Reporting an ambiguity
+// - Reporting a context sensitivity
+// - Reporting insufficient predicates
+//
+// Cover these cases:
+//
+// - dead end
+// - single alt
+// - single alt + predicates
+// - conflict
+// - conflict + predicates
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATN(dfa *DFA, s0 *DFAState, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) (int, RecognitionException) {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("execATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) +
+ ", DFA state " + s0.String() +
+ ", LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) +
+ " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn()))
+ }
+
+ previousD := s0
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("s0 = " + s0.String())
+ }
+ t := input.LA(1)
+ for { // for more work
+ D := p.getExistingTargetState(previousD, t)
+ if D == nil {
+ D = p.computeTargetState(dfa, previousD, t)
+ }
+ if D == ATNSimulatorError {
+ // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that
+ // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule
+ // at least for SLL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer
+ // so don't need special case.
+ // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after
+ // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target
+ // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere.
+ // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we
+ // will get error no matter what.
+ e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previousD.configs, startIndex)
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previousD.configs, outerContext)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ return alt, nil
+ }
+ p.parser.SetError(e)
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber, e
+ }
+ if D.requiresFullContext && p.predictionMode != PredictionModeSLL {
+ // IF PREDS, MIGHT RESOLVE TO SINGLE ALT => SLL (or syntax error)
+ conflictingAlts := D.configs.conflictingAlts
+ if D.predicates != nil {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("DFA state has preds in DFA sim LL fail-over")
+ }
+ conflictIndex := input.Index()
+ if conflictIndex != startIndex {
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ }
+ conflictingAlts = p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true)
+ if conflictingAlts.length() == 1 {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("Full LL avoided")
+ }
+ return conflictingAlts.minValue(), nil
+ }
+ if conflictIndex != startIndex {
+ // restore the index so Reporting the fallback to full
+ // context occurs with the index at the correct spot
+ input.Seek(conflictIndex)
+ }
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("ctx sensitive state " + outerContext.String(nil, nil) + " in " + D.String())
+ }
+ fullCtx := true
+ s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, outerContext, fullCtx)
+ p.ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa, conflictingAlts, D.configs, startIndex, input.Index())
+ alt, re := p.execATNWithFullContext(dfa, D, s0Closure, input, startIndex, outerContext)
+ return alt, re
+ }
+ if D.isAcceptState {
+ if D.predicates == nil {
+ return D.prediction, nil
+ }
+ stopIndex := input.Index()
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alts := p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true)
+
+ switch alts.length() {
+ case 0:
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber, p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, D.configs, startIndex)
+ case 1:
+ return alts.minValue(), nil
+ default:
+ // Report ambiguity after predicate evaluation to make sure the correct set of ambig alts is Reported.
+ p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, stopIndex, false, alts, D.configs)
+ return alts.minValue(), nil
+ }
+ }
+ previousD = D
+
+ if t != TokenEOF {
+ input.Consume()
+ t = input.LA(1)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Get an existing target state for an edge in the DFA. If the target state
+// for the edge has not yet been computed or is otherwise not available,
+// p method returns {@code nil}.
+//
+// @param previousD The current DFA state
+// @param t The next input symbol
+// @return The existing target DFA state for the given input symbol
+// {@code t}, or {@code nil} if the target state for p edge is not
+// already cached
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState {
+ if t+1 < 0 {
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ p.atn.edgeMu.RLock()
+ defer p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock()
+ edges := previousD.getEdges()
+ if edges == nil || t+1 >= len(edges) {
+ return nil
+ }
+ return previousD.getIthEdge(t + 1)
+}
+
+// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the
+// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA.
+//
+// @param dfa The DFA
+// @param previousD The current DFA state
+// @param t The next input symbol
+//
+// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol
+// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, p method
+// returns {@link //ERROR}.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeTargetState(dfa *DFA, previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState {
+ reach := p.computeReachSet(previousD.configs, t, false)
+
+ if reach == nil {
+ p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, ATNSimulatorError)
+ return ATNSimulatorError
+ }
+ // create new target state we'll add to DFA after it's complete
+ D := NewDFAState(-1, reach)
+
+ predictedAlt := p.getUniqueAlt(reach)
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach)
+ fmt.Println("SLL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) +
+ ", previous=" + previousD.configs.String() +
+ ", configs=" + reach.String() +
+ ", predict=" + strconv.Itoa(predictedAlt) +
+ ", allSubsetsConflict=" +
+ fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets)) +
+ ", conflictingAlts=" + p.getConflictingAlts(reach).String())
+ }
+ if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ // NO CONFLICT, UNIQUELY PREDICTED ALT
+ D.isAcceptState = true
+ D.configs.uniqueAlt = predictedAlt
+ D.setPrediction(predictedAlt)
+ } else if PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(p.predictionMode, reach) {
+ // MORE THAN ONE VIABLE ALTERNATIVE
+ D.configs.conflictingAlts = p.getConflictingAlts(reach)
+ D.requiresFullContext = true
+ // in SLL-only mode, we will stop at p state and return the minimum alt
+ D.isAcceptState = true
+ D.setPrediction(D.configs.conflictingAlts.minValue())
+ }
+ if D.isAcceptState && D.configs.hasSemanticContext {
+ p.predicateDFAState(D, p.atn.getDecisionState(dfa.decision))
+ if D.predicates != nil {
+ D.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber)
+ }
+ }
+ // all adds to dfa are done after we've created full D state
+ D = p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, D)
+ return D
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) predicateDFAState(dfaState *DFAState, decisionState DecisionState) {
+ // We need to test all predicates, even in DFA states that
+ // uniquely predict alternative.
+ nalts := len(decisionState.GetTransitions())
+ // Update DFA so reach becomes accept state with (predicate,alt)
+ // pairs if preds found for conflicting alts
+ altsToCollectPredsFrom := p.getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt(dfaState.configs)
+ altToPred := p.getPredsForAmbigAlts(altsToCollectPredsFrom, dfaState.configs, nalts)
+ if altToPred != nil {
+ dfaState.predicates = p.getPredicatePredictions(altsToCollectPredsFrom, altToPred)
+ dfaState.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) // make sure we use preds
+ } else {
+ // There are preds in configs but they might go away
+ // when OR'd together like {p}? || NONE == NONE. If neither
+ // alt has preds, resolve to min alt
+ dfaState.setPrediction(altsToCollectPredsFrom.minValue())
+ }
+}
+
+// comes back with reach.uniqueAlt set to a valid alt
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATNWithFullContext(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, s0 *ATNConfigSet, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) (int, RecognitionException) {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("execATNWithFullContext " + s0.String())
+ }
+
+ fullCtx := true
+ foundExactAmbig := false
+ var reach *ATNConfigSet
+ previous := s0
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ t := input.LA(1)
+ predictedAlt := -1
+
+ for { // for more work
+ reach = p.computeReachSet(previous, t, fullCtx)
+ if reach == nil {
+ // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that
+ // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule
+ // at least for LL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer
+ // so don't need special case.
+ // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after
+ // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target
+ // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere.
+ // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we
+ // will get error no matter what.
+ input.Seek(startIndex)
+ alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previous, outerContext)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ return alt, nil
+ }
+ return alt, p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previous, startIndex)
+ }
+ altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("LL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + ", predict=" +
+ strconv.Itoa(PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altSubSets)) + ", resolvesToJustOneViableAlt=" +
+ fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets)))
+ }
+ reach.uniqueAlt = p.getUniqueAlt(reach)
+ // unique prediction?
+ if reach.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ predictedAlt = reach.uniqueAlt
+ break
+ }
+ if p.predictionMode != PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection {
+ predictedAlt = PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets)
+ if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ break
+ }
+ } else {
+ // In exact ambiguity mode, we never try to terminate early.
+ // Just keeps scarfing until we know what the conflict is
+ if PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets) && PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altSubSets) {
+ foundExactAmbig = true
+ predictedAlt = PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altSubSets)
+ break
+ }
+ // else there are multiple non-conflicting subsets or
+ // we're not sure what the ambiguity is yet.
+ // So, keep going.
+ }
+ previous = reach
+ if t != TokenEOF {
+ input.Consume()
+ t = input.LA(1)
+ }
+ }
+ // If the configuration set uniquely predicts an alternative,
+ // without conflict, then we know that it's a full LL decision
+ // not SLL.
+ if reach.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ p.ReportContextSensitivity(dfa, predictedAlt, reach, startIndex, input.Index())
+ return predictedAlt, nil
+ }
+ // We do not check predicates here because we have checked them
+ // on-the-fly when doing full context prediction.
+
+ //
+ // In non-exact ambiguity detection mode, we might actually be able to
+ // detect an exact ambiguity, but I'm not going to spend the cycles
+ // needed to check. We only emit ambiguity warnings in exact ambiguity
+ // mode.
+ //
+ // For example, we might know that we have conflicting configurations.
+ // But, that does not mean that there is no way forward without a
+ // conflict. It's possible to have non-conflicting alt subsets as in:
+ //
+ // altSubSets=[{1, 2}, {1, 2}, {1}, {1, 2}]
+ //
+ // from
+ //
+ // [(17,1,[5 $]), (13,1,[5 10 $]), (21,1,[5 10 $]), (11,1,[$]),
+ // (13,2,[5 10 $]), (21,2,[5 10 $]), (11,2,[$])]
+ //
+ // In p case, (17,1,[5 $]) indicates there is some next sequence that
+ // would resolve p without conflict to alternative 1. Any other viable
+ // next sequence, however, is associated with a conflict. We stop
+ // looking for input because no amount of further lookahead will alter
+ // the fact that we should predict alternative 1. We just can't say for
+ // sure that there is an ambiguity without looking further.
+
+ p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, input.Index(), foundExactAmbig, reach.Alts(), reach)
+
+ return predictedAlt, nil
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeReachSet(closure *ATNConfigSet, t int, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ if p.mergeCache == nil {
+ p.mergeCache = NewJPCMap(ReachSetCollection, "Merge cache for computeReachSet()")
+ }
+ intermediate := NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+
+ // Configurations already in a rule stop state indicate reaching the end
+ // of the decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full
+ // context). Once reached, these configurations are never updated by a
+ // closure operation, so they are handled separately for the performance
+ // advantage of having a smaller intermediate set when calling closure.
+ //
+ // For full-context reach operations, separate handling is required to
+ // ensure that the alternative Matching the longest overall sequence is
+ // chosen when multiple such configurations can Match the input.
+
+ var skippedStopStates []*ATNConfig
+
+ // First figure out where we can reach on input t
+ for _, c := range closure.configs {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("testing " + p.GetTokenName(t) + " at " + c.String())
+ }
+
+ if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ if fullCtx || t == TokenEOF {
+ skippedStopStates = append(skippedStopStates, c)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("added " + c.String() + " to SkippedStopStates")
+ }
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+
+ for _, trans := range c.GetState().GetTransitions() {
+ target := p.getReachableTarget(trans, t)
+ if target != nil {
+ cfg := NewATNConfig4(c, target)
+ intermediate.Add(cfg, p.mergeCache)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("added " + cfg.String() + " to intermediate")
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Now figure out where the reach operation can take us...
+ var reach *ATNConfigSet
+
+ // This block optimizes the reach operation for intermediate sets which
+ // trivially indicate a termination state for the overall
+ // AdaptivePredict operation.
+ //
+ // The conditions assume that intermediate
+ // contains all configurations relevant to the reach set, but p
+ // condition is not true when one or more configurations have been
+ // withheld in SkippedStopStates, or when the current symbol is EOF.
+ //
+ if skippedStopStates == nil && t != TokenEOF {
+ if len(intermediate.configs) == 1 {
+ // Don't pursue the closure if there is just one state.
+ // It can only have one alternative just add to result
+ // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative
+ // among the configurations.
+ reach = intermediate
+ } else if p.getUniqueAlt(intermediate) != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative
+ // among the configurations.
+ reach = intermediate
+ }
+ }
+ // If the reach set could not be trivially determined, perform a closure
+ // operation on the intermediate set to compute its initial value.
+ //
+ if reach == nil {
+ reach = NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+ closureBusy := NewClosureBusy("ParserATNSimulator.computeReachSet() make a closureBusy")
+ treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF
+ amount := len(intermediate.configs)
+ for k := 0; k < amount; k++ {
+ p.closure(intermediate.configs[k], reach, closureBusy, false, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ }
+ if t == TokenEOF {
+ // After consuming EOF no additional input is possible, so we are
+ // only interested in configurations which reached the end of the
+ // decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full
+ // context). Update reach to contain only these configurations. This
+ // handles both explicit EOF transitions in the grammar and implicit
+ // EOF transitions following the end of the decision or start rule.
+ //
+ // When reach==intermediate, no closure operation was performed. In
+ // p case, removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState needs to check for
+ // reachable rule stop states as well as configurations already in
+ // a rule stop state.
+ //
+ // This is handled before the configurations in SkippedStopStates,
+ // because any configurations potentially added from that list are
+ // already guaranteed to meet this condition whether it's
+ // required.
+ //
+ reach = p.removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(reach, reach.Equals(intermediate))
+ }
+ // If SkippedStopStates!=nil, then it contains at least one
+ // configuration. For full-context reach operations, these
+ // configurations reached the end of the start rule, in which case we
+ // only add them back to reach if no configuration during the current
+ // closure operation reached such a state. This ensures AdaptivePredict
+ // chooses an alternative Matching the longest overall sequence when
+ // multiple alternatives are viable.
+ //
+ if skippedStopStates != nil && ((!fullCtx) || (!PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(reach))) {
+ for l := 0; l < len(skippedStopStates); l++ {
+ reach.Add(skippedStopStates[l], p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("computeReachSet " + closure.String() + " -> " + reach.String())
+ }
+
+ if len(reach.configs) == 0 {
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ return reach
+}
+
+// removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState returns a configuration set containing only the configurations from
+// configs which are in a [RuleStopState]. If all
+// configurations in configs are already in a rule stop state, this
+// method simply returns configs.
+//
+// When lookToEndOfRule is true, this method uses
+// [ATN].[NextTokens] for each configuration in configs which is
+// not already in a rule stop state to see if a rule stop state is reachable
+// from the configuration via epsilon-only transitions.
+//
+// When lookToEndOfRule is true, this method checks for rule stop states
+// reachable by epsilon-only transitions from each configuration in
+// configs.
+//
+// The func returns configs if all configurations in configs are in a
+// rule stop state, otherwise it returns a new configuration set containing only
+// the configurations from configs which are in a rule stop state
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(configs *ATNConfigSet, lookToEndOfRule bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) {
+ return configs
+ }
+ result := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ result.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ }
+ if lookToEndOfRule && config.GetState().GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() {
+ NextTokens := p.atn.NextTokens(config.GetState(), nil)
+ if NextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) {
+ endOfRuleState := p.atn.ruleToStopState[config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()]
+ result.Add(NewATNConfig4(config, endOfRuleState), p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return result
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeStartState(a ATNState, ctx RuleContext, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfigSet {
+ // always at least the implicit call to start rule
+ initialContext := predictionContextFromRuleContext(p.atn, ctx)
+ configs := NewATNConfigSet(fullCtx)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("computeStartState from ATN state " + a.String() +
+ " initialContext=" + initialContext.String())
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(a.GetTransitions()); i++ {
+ target := a.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget()
+ c := NewATNConfig6(target, i+1, initialContext)
+ closureBusy := NewClosureBusy("ParserATNSimulator.computeStartState() make a closureBusy")
+ p.closure(c, configs, closureBusy, true, fullCtx, false)
+ }
+ return configs
+}
+
+// applyPrecedenceFilter transforms the start state computed by
+// [computeStartState] to the special start state used by a
+// precedence [DFA] for a particular precedence value. The transformation
+// process applies the following changes to the start state's configuration
+// set.
+//
+// 1. Evaluate the precedence predicates for each configuration using
+// [SemanticContext].evalPrecedence.
+// 2. Remove all configurations which predict an alternative greater than
+// 1, for which another configuration that predicts alternative 1 is in the
+// same ATN state with the same prediction context.
+//
+// Transformation 2 is valid for the following reasons:
+//
+// - The closure block cannot contain any epsilon transitions which bypass
+// the body of the closure, so all states reachable via alternative 1 are
+// part of the precedence alternatives of the transformed left-recursive
+// rule.
+// - The "primary" portion of a left recursive rule cannot contain an
+// epsilon transition, so the only way an alternative other than 1 can exist
+// in a state that is also reachable via alternative 1 is by nesting calls
+// to the left-recursive rule, with the outer calls not being at the
+// preferred precedence level.
+//
+// The prediction context must be considered by this filter to address
+// situations like the following:
+//
+// grammar TA
+// prog: statement* EOF
+// statement: letterA | statement letterA 'b'
+// letterA: 'a'
+//
+// In the above grammar, the [ATN] state immediately before the token
+// reference 'a' in letterA is reachable from the left edge
+// of both the primary and closure blocks of the left-recursive rule
+// statement. The prediction context associated with each of these
+// configurations distinguishes between them, and prevents the alternative
+// which stepped out to prog, and then back in to statement
+// from being eliminated by the filter.
+//
+// The func returns the transformed configuration set representing the start state
+// for a precedence [DFA] at a particular precedence level (determined by
+// calling [Parser].getPrecedence).
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) applyPrecedenceFilter(configs *ATNConfigSet) *ATNConfigSet {
+
+ statesFromAlt1 := make(map[int]*PredictionContext)
+ configSet := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+ // handle alt 1 first
+ if config.GetAlt() != 1 {
+ continue
+ }
+ updatedContext := config.GetSemanticContext().evalPrecedence(p.parser, p.outerContext)
+ if updatedContext == nil {
+ // the configuration was eliminated
+ continue
+ }
+ statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] = config.GetContext()
+ if updatedContext != config.GetSemanticContext() {
+ configSet.Add(NewATNConfig2(config, updatedContext), p.mergeCache)
+ } else {
+ configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ }
+ for _, config := range configs.configs {
+
+ if config.GetAlt() == 1 {
+ // already handled
+ continue
+ }
+ // In the future, p elimination step could be updated to also
+ // filter the prediction context for alternatives predicting alt>1
+ // (basically a graph subtraction algorithm).
+ if !config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() {
+ context := statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()]
+ if context != nil && context.Equals(config.GetContext()) {
+ // eliminated
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ }
+ return configSet
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, ttype int) ATNState {
+ if trans.Matches(ttype, 0, p.atn.maxTokenType) {
+ return trans.getTarget()
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredsForAmbigAlts(ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet, nalts int) []SemanticContext {
+
+ altToPred := make([]SemanticContext, nalts+1)
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if ambigAlts.contains(c.GetAlt()) {
+ altToPred[c.GetAlt()] = SemanticContextorContext(altToPred[c.GetAlt()], c.GetSemanticContext())
+ }
+ }
+ nPredAlts := 0
+ for i := 1; i <= nalts; i++ {
+ pred := altToPred[i]
+ if pred == nil {
+ altToPred[i] = SemanticContextNone
+ } else if pred != SemanticContextNone {
+ nPredAlts++
+ }
+ }
+ // unambiguous alts are nil in altToPred
+ if nPredAlts == 0 {
+ altToPred = nil
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("getPredsForAmbigAlts result " + fmt.Sprint(altToPred))
+ }
+ return altToPred
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredicatePredictions(ambigAlts *BitSet, altToPred []SemanticContext) []*PredPrediction {
+ pairs := make([]*PredPrediction, 0)
+ containsPredicate := false
+ for i := 1; i < len(altToPred); i++ {
+ pred := altToPred[i]
+ // un-predicated is indicated by SemanticContextNONE
+ if ambigAlts != nil && ambigAlts.contains(i) {
+ pairs = append(pairs, NewPredPrediction(pred, i))
+ }
+ if pred != SemanticContextNone {
+ containsPredicate = true
+ }
+ }
+ if !containsPredicate {
+ return nil
+ }
+ return pairs
+}
+
+// getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule is used to improve the localization of error messages by
+// choosing an alternative rather than panic a NoViableAltException in particular prediction scenarios where the
+// Error state was reached during [ATN] simulation.
+//
+// The default implementation of this method uses the following
+// algorithm to identify an [ATN] configuration which successfully parsed the
+// decision entry rule. Choosing such an alternative ensures that the
+// [ParserRuleContext] returned by the calling rule will be complete
+// and valid, and the syntax error will be Reported later at a more
+// localized location.
+//
+// - If a syntactically valid path or paths reach the end of the decision rule, and
+// they are semantically valid if predicated, return the min associated alt.
+// - Else, if a semantically invalid but syntactically valid path exist
+// or paths exist, return the minimum associated alt.
+// - Otherwise, return [ATNInvalidAltNumber].
+//
+// In some scenarios, the algorithm described above could predict an
+// alternative which will result in a [FailedPredicateException] in
+// the parser. Specifically, this could occur if the only configuration
+// capable of successfully parsing to the end of the decision rule is
+// blocked by a semantic predicate. By choosing this alternative within
+// [AdaptivePredict] instead of panic a [NoViableAltException], the resulting
+// [FailedPredicateException] in the parser will identify the specific
+// predicate which is preventing the parser from successfully parsing the
+// decision rule, which helps developers identify and correct logic errors
+// in semantic predicates.
+//
+// pass in the configs holding ATN configurations which were valid immediately before
+// the ERROR state was reached, outerContext as the initial parser context from the paper
+// or the parser stack at the instant before prediction commences.
+//
+// Teh func returns the value to return from [AdaptivePredict], or
+// [ATNInvalidAltNumber] if a suitable alternative was not
+// identified and [AdaptivePredict] should report an error instead.
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs *ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int {
+ cfgs := p.splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs, outerContext)
+ semValidConfigs := cfgs[0]
+ semInvalidConfigs := cfgs[1]
+ alt := p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semValidConfigs)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // semantically/syntactically viable path exists
+ return alt
+ }
+ // Is there a syntactically valid path with a failed pred?
+ if len(semInvalidConfigs.configs) > 0 {
+ alt = p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semInvalidConfigs)
+ if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // syntactically viable path exists
+ return alt
+ }
+ }
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs *ATNConfigSet) int {
+ alts := NewIntervalSet()
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState)
+
+ if c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 || (ok && c.GetContext().hasEmptyPath()) {
+ alts.addOne(c.GetAlt())
+ }
+ }
+ if alts.length() == 0 {
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+ }
+
+ return alts.first()
+}
+
+// Walk the list of configurations and split them according to
+// those that have preds evaluating to true/false. If no pred, assume
+// true pred and include in succeeded set. Returns Pair of sets.
+//
+// Create a NewSet so as not to alter the incoming parameter.
+//
+// Assumption: the input stream has been restored to the starting point
+// prediction, which is where predicates need to evaluate.
+
+type ATNConfigSetPair struct {
+ item0, item1 *ATNConfigSet
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs *ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) []*ATNConfigSet {
+ succeeded := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+ failed := NewATNConfigSet(configs.fullCtx)
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if c.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone {
+ predicateEvaluationResult := c.GetSemanticContext().evaluate(p.parser, outerContext)
+ if predicateEvaluationResult {
+ succeeded.Add(c, nil)
+ } else {
+ failed.Add(c, nil)
+ }
+ } else {
+ succeeded.Add(c, nil)
+ }
+ }
+ return []*ATNConfigSet{succeeded, failed}
+}
+
+// evalSemanticContext looks through a list of predicate/alt pairs, returning alts for the
+// pairs that win. A [SemanticContextNone] predicate indicates an alt containing an
+// un-predicated runtimeConfig which behaves as "always true." If !complete
+// then we stop at the first predicate that evaluates to true. This
+// includes pairs with nil predicates.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) evalSemanticContext(predPredictions []*PredPrediction, outerContext ParserRuleContext, complete bool) *BitSet {
+ predictions := NewBitSet()
+ for i := 0; i < len(predPredictions); i++ {
+ pair := predPredictions[i]
+ if pair.pred == SemanticContextNone {
+ predictions.add(pair.alt)
+ if !complete {
+ break
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+
+ predicateEvaluationResult := pair.pred.evaluate(p.parser, outerContext)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("eval pred " + pair.String() + "=" + fmt.Sprint(predicateEvaluationResult))
+ }
+ if predicateEvaluationResult {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDFADebug {
+ fmt.Println("PREDICT " + fmt.Sprint(pair.alt))
+ }
+ predictions.add(pair.alt)
+ if !complete {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return predictions
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closure(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ initialDepth := 0
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates,
+ fullCtx, initialDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopState(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")")
+ }
+
+ var stack []*ATNConfig
+ visited := make(map[*ATNConfig]bool)
+
+ stack = append(stack, config)
+
+ for len(stack) > 0 {
+ currConfig := stack[len(stack)-1]
+ stack = stack[:len(stack)-1]
+
+ if _, ok := visited[currConfig]; ok {
+ continue
+ }
+ visited[currConfig] = true
+
+ if _, ok := currConfig.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it
+ // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx
+ if !currConfig.GetContext().isEmpty() {
+ for i := 0; i < currConfig.GetContext().length(); i++ {
+ if currConfig.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ if fullCtx {
+ nb := NewATNConfig1(currConfig, currConfig.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY)
+ configs.Add(nb, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(currConfig.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ p.closureWork(currConfig, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+ returnState := p.atn.states[currConfig.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ newContext := currConfig.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state
+
+ c := NewATNConfig5(returnState, currConfig.GetAlt(), newContext, currConfig.GetSemanticContext())
+ // While we have context to pop back from, we may have
+ // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule.
+ // Make sure we track that we are now out of context.
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(currConfig.GetReachesIntoOuterContext())
+
+ stack = append(stack, c)
+ }
+ continue
+ } else if fullCtx {
+ // reached end of start rule
+ configs.Add(currConfig, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(currConfig.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ p.closureWork(currConfig, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopStateRecursive(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")")
+ }
+
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it
+ // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx
+ if !config.GetContext().isEmpty() {
+ for i := 0; i < config.GetContext().length(); i++ {
+ if config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ if fullCtx {
+ nb := NewATNConfig1(config, config.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY)
+ configs.Add(nb, p.mergeCache)
+ continue
+ } else {
+ // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+ returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ newContext := config.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state
+
+ c := NewATNConfig5(returnState, config.GetAlt(), newContext, config.GetSemanticContext())
+ // While we have context to pop back from, we may have
+ // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule.
+ // Make sure we track that we are now out of context.
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext())
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth-1, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ return
+ } else if fullCtx {
+ // reached end of start rule
+ configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ return
+ } else {
+ // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy)
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+}
+
+// Do the actual work of walking epsilon edges
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureWork(config *ATNConfig, configs *ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *ClosureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) {
+ state := config.GetState()
+ // optimization
+ if !state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() {
+ configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache)
+ // make sure to not return here, because EOF transitions can act as
+ // both epsilon transitions and non-epsilon transitions.
+ }
+ for i := 0; i < len(state.GetTransitions()); i++ {
+ if i == 0 && p.canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config) {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ t := state.GetTransitions()[i]
+ _, ok := t.(*ActionTransition)
+ continueCollecting := collectPredicates && !ok
+ c := p.getEpsilonTarget(config, t, continueCollecting, depth == 0, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ if c != nil {
+ newDepth := depth
+
+ if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ // target fell off end of rule mark resulting c as having dipped into outer context
+ // We can't get here if incoming config was rule stop and we had context
+ // track how far we dip into outer context. Might
+ // come in handy and we avoid evaluating context dependent
+ // preds if this is > 0.
+
+ if p.dfa != nil && p.dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() {
+ if t.(*EpsilonTransition).outermostPrecedenceReturn == p.dfa.atnStartState.GetRuleIndex() {
+ c.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true)
+ }
+ }
+
+ c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() + 1)
+
+ _, present := closureBusy.Put(c)
+ if present {
+ // avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules
+ continue
+ }
+
+ configs.dipsIntoOuterContext = true // TODO: can remove? only care when we add to set per middle of this method
+ newDepth--
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("dips into outer ctx: " + c.String())
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ if !t.getIsEpsilon() {
+ _, present := closureBusy.Put(c)
+ if present {
+ // avoid infinite recursion for EOF* and EOF+
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ if _, ok := t.(*RuleTransition); ok {
+ // latch when newDepth goes negative - once we step out of the entry context we can't return
+ if newDepth >= 0 {
+ newDepth++
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, continueCollecting, fullCtx, newDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config *ATNConfig) bool {
+ if !runtimeConfig.lRLoopEntryBranchOpt {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ _p := config.GetState()
+
+ // First check to see if we are in StarLoopEntryState generated during
+ // left-recursion elimination. For efficiency, also check if
+ // the context has an empty stack case. If so, it would mean
+ // global FOLLOW so we can't perform optimization
+ if _p.GetStateType() != ATNStateStarLoopEntry {
+ return false
+ }
+ startLoop, ok := _p.(*StarLoopEntryState)
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+ if !startLoop.precedenceRuleDecision ||
+ config.GetContext().isEmpty() ||
+ config.GetContext().hasEmptyPath() {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // Require all return states to return back to the same rule
+ // that p is in.
+ numCtxs := config.GetContext().length()
+ for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ {
+ returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)]
+ if returnState.GetRuleIndex() != _p.GetRuleIndex() {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ x := _p.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget()
+ decisionStartState := x.(BlockStartState)
+ blockEndStateNum := decisionStartState.getEndState().stateNumber
+ blockEndState := p.atn.states[blockEndStateNum].(*BlockEndState)
+
+ // Verify that the top of each stack context leads to loop entry/exit
+ // state through epsilon edges and w/o leaving rule.
+
+ for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { // for each stack context
+ returnStateNumber := config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)
+ returnState := p.atn.states[returnStateNumber]
+
+ // all states must have single outgoing epsilon edge
+ if len(returnState.GetTransitions()) != 1 || !returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // Look for prefix op case like 'not expr', (' type ')' expr
+ returnStateTarget := returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget()
+ if returnState.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && returnStateTarget == _p {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for 'expr op expr' or case where expr's return state is block end
+ // of (...)* internal block; the block end points to loop back
+ // which points to p but we don't need to check that
+ if returnState == blockEndState {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for ternary expr ? expr : expr. The return state points at block end,
+ // which points at loop entry state
+ if returnStateTarget == blockEndState {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // Look for complex prefix 'between expr and expr' case where 2nd expr's
+ // return state points at block end state of (...)* internal block
+ if returnStateTarget.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd &&
+ len(returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()) == 1 &&
+ returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() &&
+ returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() == _p {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ // anything else ain't conforming
+ return false
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getRuleName(index int) string {
+ if p.parser != nil && index >= 0 {
+ return p.parser.GetRuleNames()[index]
+ }
+ var sb strings.Builder
+ sb.Grow(32)
+
+ sb.WriteString("')
+ return sb.String()
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(config *ATNConfig, t Transition, collectPredicates, inContext, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *ATNConfig {
+
+ switch t.getSerializationType() {
+ case TransitionRULE:
+ return p.ruleTransition(config, t.(*RuleTransition))
+ case TransitionPRECEDENCE:
+ return p.precedenceTransition(config, t.(*PrecedencePredicateTransition), collectPredicates, inContext, fullCtx)
+ case TransitionPREDICATE:
+ return p.predTransition(config, t.(*PredicateTransition), collectPredicates, inContext, fullCtx)
+ case TransitionACTION:
+ return p.actionTransition(config, t.(*ActionTransition))
+ case TransitionEPSILON:
+ return NewATNConfig4(config, t.getTarget())
+ case TransitionATOM, TransitionRANGE, TransitionSET:
+ // EOF transitions act like epsilon transitions after the first EOF
+ // transition is traversed
+ if treatEOFAsEpsilon {
+ if t.Matches(TokenEOF, 0, 1) {
+ return NewATNConfig4(config, t.getTarget())
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+ default:
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) actionTransition(config *ATNConfig, t *ActionTransition) *ATNConfig {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("ACTION edge " + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex))
+ }
+ return NewATNConfig4(config, t.getTarget())
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) precedenceTransition(config *ATNConfig,
+ pt *PrecedencePredicateTransition, collectPredicates, inContext, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfig {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("PRED (collectPredicates=" + fmt.Sprint(collectPredicates) + ") " +
+ strconv.Itoa(pt.precedence) + ">=_p, ctx dependent=true")
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ fmt.Println("context surrounding pred is " + fmt.Sprint(p.parser.GetRuleInvocationStack(nil)))
+ }
+ }
+ var c *ATNConfig
+ if collectPredicates && inContext {
+ if fullCtx {
+ // In full context mode, we can evaluate predicates on-the-fly
+ // during closure, which dramatically reduces the size of
+ // the runtimeConfig sets. It also obviates the need to test predicates
+ // later during conflict resolution.
+ currentPosition := p.input.Index()
+ p.input.Seek(p.startIndex)
+ predSucceeds := pt.getPredicate().evaluate(p.parser, p.outerContext)
+ p.input.Seek(currentPosition)
+ if predSucceeds {
+ c = NewATNConfig4(config, pt.getTarget()) // no pred context
+ }
+ } else {
+ newSemCtx := SemanticContextandContext(config.GetSemanticContext(), pt.getPredicate())
+ c = NewATNConfig3(config, pt.getTarget(), newSemCtx)
+ }
+ } else {
+ c = NewATNConfig4(config, pt.getTarget())
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("runtimeConfig from pred transition=" + c.String())
+ }
+ return c
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) predTransition(config *ATNConfig, pt *PredicateTransition, collectPredicates, inContext, fullCtx bool) *ATNConfig {
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("PRED (collectPredicates=" + fmt.Sprint(collectPredicates) + ") " + strconv.Itoa(pt.ruleIndex) +
+ ":" + strconv.Itoa(pt.predIndex) + ", ctx dependent=" + fmt.Sprint(pt.isCtxDependent))
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ fmt.Println("context surrounding pred is " + fmt.Sprint(p.parser.GetRuleInvocationStack(nil)))
+ }
+ }
+ var c *ATNConfig
+ if collectPredicates && (!pt.isCtxDependent || inContext) {
+ if fullCtx {
+ // In full context mode, we can evaluate predicates on-the-fly
+ // during closure, which dramatically reduces the size of
+ // the config sets. It also obviates the need to test predicates
+ // later during conflict resolution.
+ currentPosition := p.input.Index()
+ p.input.Seek(p.startIndex)
+ predSucceeds := pt.getPredicate().evaluate(p.parser, p.outerContext)
+ p.input.Seek(currentPosition)
+ if predSucceeds {
+ c = NewATNConfig4(config, pt.getTarget()) // no pred context
+ }
+ } else {
+ newSemCtx := SemanticContextandContext(config.GetSemanticContext(), pt.getPredicate())
+ c = NewATNConfig3(config, pt.getTarget(), newSemCtx)
+ }
+ } else {
+ c = NewATNConfig4(config, pt.getTarget())
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("config from pred transition=" + c.String())
+ }
+ return c
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ruleTransition(config *ATNConfig, t *RuleTransition) *ATNConfig {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("CALL rule " + p.getRuleName(t.getTarget().GetRuleIndex()) + ", ctx=" + config.GetContext().String())
+ }
+ returnState := t.followState
+ newContext := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(config.GetContext(), returnState.GetStateNumber())
+ return NewATNConfig1(config, t.getTarget(), newContext)
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getConflictingAlts(configs *ATNConfigSet) *BitSet {
+ altsets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs)
+ return PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets)
+}
+
+// getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt Sam pointed out a problem with the previous definition, v3, of
+// ambiguous states. If we have another state associated with conflicting
+// alternatives, we should keep going. For example, the following grammar
+//
+// s : (ID | ID ID?) ;
+//
+// When the [ATN] simulation reaches the state before ;, it has a [DFA]
+// state that looks like:
+//
+// [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]].
+//
+// Naturally
+//
+// 12|1|[] and 12|2|[]
+//
+// conflict, but we cannot stop processing this node
+// because alternative to has another way to continue, via
+//
+// [6|2|[]].
+//
+// The key is that we have a single state that has config's only associated
+// with a single alternative, 2, and crucially the state transitions
+// among the configurations are all non-epsilon transitions. That means
+// we don't consider any conflicts that include alternative 2. So, we
+// ignore the conflict between alts 1 and 2. We ignore a set of
+// conflicting alts when there is an intersection with an alternative
+// associated with a single alt state in the state config-list map.
+//
+// It's also the case that we might have two conflicting configurations but
+// also a 3rd non-conflicting configuration for a different alternative:
+//
+// [1|1|[], 1|2|[], 8|3|[]].
+//
+// This can come about from grammar:
+//
+// a : A | A | A B
+//
+// After Matching input A, we reach the stop state for rule A, state 1.
+// State 8 is the state right before B. Clearly alternatives 1 and 2
+// conflict and no amount of further lookahead will separate the two.
+// However, alternative 3 will be able to continue, so we do not
+// stop working on this state.
+//
+// In the previous example, we're concerned
+// with states associated with the conflicting alternatives. Here alt
+// 3 is not associated with the conflicting configs, but since we can continue
+// looking for input reasonably, I don't declare the state done. We
+// ignore a set of conflicting alts when we have an alternative
+// that we still need to pursue.
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt(configs *ATNConfigSet) *BitSet {
+ var conflictingAlts *BitSet
+ if configs.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ conflictingAlts = NewBitSet()
+ conflictingAlts.add(configs.uniqueAlt)
+ } else {
+ conflictingAlts = configs.conflictingAlts
+ }
+ return conflictingAlts
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetTokenName(t int) string {
+ if t == TokenEOF {
+ return "EOF"
+ }
+
+ if p.parser != nil && p.parser.GetLiteralNames() != nil && t < len(p.parser.GetLiteralNames()) {
+ return p.parser.GetLiteralNames()[t] + "<" + strconv.Itoa(t) + ">"
+ }
+
+ if p.parser != nil && p.parser.GetLiteralNames() != nil && t < len(p.parser.GetSymbolicNames()) {
+ return p.parser.GetSymbolicNames()[t] + "<" + strconv.Itoa(t) + ">"
+ }
+
+ return strconv.Itoa(t)
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getLookaheadName(input TokenStream) string {
+ return p.GetTokenName(input.LA(1))
+}
+
+// Used for debugging in [AdaptivePredict] around [execATN], but I cut
+// it out for clarity now that alg. works well. We can leave this
+// "dead" code for a bit.
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) dumpDeadEndConfigs(_ *NoViableAltException) {
+
+ panic("Not implemented")
+
+ // fmt.Println("dead end configs: ")
+ // var decs = nvae.deadEndConfigs
+ //
+ // for i:=0; i0) {
+ // var t = c.state.GetTransitions()[0]
+ // if t2, ok := t.(*AtomTransition); ok {
+ // trans = "Atom "+ p.GetTokenName(t2.label)
+ // } else if t3, ok := t.(SetTransition); ok {
+ // _, ok := t.(*NotSetTransition)
+ //
+ // var s string
+ // if (ok){
+ // s = "~"
+ // }
+ //
+ // trans = s + "Set " + t3.set
+ // }
+ // }
+ // fmt.Errorf(c.String(p.parser, true) + ":" + trans)
+ // }
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) noViableAlt(input TokenStream, outerContext ParserRuleContext, configs *ATNConfigSet, startIndex int) *NoViableAltException {
+ return NewNoViableAltException(p.parser, input, input.Get(startIndex), input.LT(1), configs, outerContext)
+}
+
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getUniqueAlt(configs *ATNConfigSet) int {
+ alt := ATNInvalidAltNumber
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if alt == ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ alt = c.GetAlt() // found first alt
+ } else if c.GetAlt() != alt {
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+ }
+ }
+ return alt
+}
+
+// Add an edge to the DFA, if possible. This method calls
+// {@link //addDFAState} to ensure the {@code to} state is present in the
+// DFA. If {@code from} is {@code nil}, or if {@code t} is outside the
+// range of edges that can be represented in the DFA tables, p method
+// returns without adding the edge to the DFA.
+//
+// If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}.
+// Otherwise, p method returns the {@link DFAState} returned by calling
+// {@link //addDFAState} for the {@code to} state.
+//
+// @param dfa The DFA
+// @param from The source state for the edge
+// @param t The input symbol
+// @param to The target state for the edge
+//
+// @return If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}
+// otherwise p method returns the result of calling {@link //addDFAState}
+// on {@code to}
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(dfa *DFA, from *DFAState, t int, to *DFAState) *DFAState {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + p.GetTokenName(t))
+ }
+ if to == nil {
+ return nil
+ }
+ p.atn.stateMu.Lock()
+ to = p.addDFAState(dfa, to) // used existing if possible not incoming
+ p.atn.stateMu.Unlock()
+ if from == nil || t < -1 || t > p.atn.maxTokenType {
+ return to
+ }
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Lock()
+ if from.getEdges() == nil {
+ from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, p.atn.maxTokenType+1+1))
+ }
+ from.setIthEdge(t+1, to) // connect
+ p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock()
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug {
+ var names []string
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ names = p.parser.GetLiteralNames()
+ }
+
+ fmt.Println("DFA=\n" + dfa.String(names, nil))
+ }
+ return to
+}
+
+// addDFAState adds state D to the [DFA] if it is not already present, and returns
+// the actual instance stored in the [DFA]. If a state equivalent to D
+// is already in the [DFA], the existing state is returned. Otherwise, this
+// method returns D after adding it to the [DFA].
+//
+// If D is [ATNSimulatorError], this method returns [ATNSimulatorError] and
+// does not change the DFA.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAState(dfa *DFA, d *DFAState) *DFAState {
+ if d == ATNSimulatorError {
+ return d
+ }
+
+ existing, present := dfa.Get(d)
+ if present {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Print("addDFAState " + d.String() + " exists")
+ }
+ return existing
+ }
+
+ // The state will be added if not already there or we will be given back the existing state struct
+ // if it is present.
+ //
+ d.stateNumber = dfa.Len()
+ if !d.configs.readOnly {
+ d.configs.OptimizeConfigs(&p.BaseATNSimulator)
+ d.configs.readOnly = true
+ d.configs.configLookup = nil
+ }
+ dfa.Put(d)
+
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("addDFAState new " + d.String())
+ }
+
+ return d
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa *DFA, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
+ interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
+ fmt.Println("ReportAttemptingFullContext decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() +
+ ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
+ }
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAttemptingFullContext(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs)
+ }
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportContextSensitivity(dfa *DFA, prediction int, configs *ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
+ interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
+ fmt.Println("ReportContextSensitivity decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() +
+ ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
+ }
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportContextSensitivity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs)
+ }
+}
+
+// ReportAmbiguity reports and ambiguity in the parse, which shows that the parser will explore a different route.
+//
+// If context-sensitive parsing, we know it's an ambiguity not a conflict or error, but we can report it to the developer
+// so that they can see that this is happening and can take action if they want to.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAmbiguity(dfa *DFA, _ *DFAState, startIndex, stopIndex int,
+ exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs *ATNConfigSet) {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorDebug || runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorRetryDebug {
+ interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1)
+ fmt.Println("ReportAmbiguity " + ambigAlts.String() + ":" + configs.String() +
+ ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval))
+ }
+ if p.parser != nil {
+ p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAmbiguity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs)
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go
similarity index 77%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go
index 1c8cee747..c249bc138 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go
@@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ type ParserRuleContext interface {
}
type BaseParserRuleContext struct {
- *BaseRuleContext
+ parentCtx RuleContext
+ invokingState int
+ RuleIndex int
start, stop Token
exception RecognitionException
@@ -40,8 +42,22 @@ type BaseParserRuleContext struct {
func NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) *BaseParserRuleContext {
prc := new(BaseParserRuleContext)
+ InitBaseParserRuleContext(prc, parent, invokingStateNumber)
+ return prc
+}
+
+func InitBaseParserRuleContext(prc *BaseParserRuleContext, parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) {
+ // What context invoked b rule?
+ prc.parentCtx = parent
- prc.BaseRuleContext = NewBaseRuleContext(parent, invokingStateNumber)
+ // What state invoked the rule associated with b context?
+ // The "return address" is the followState of invokingState
+ // If parent is nil, b should be -1.
+ if parent == nil {
+ prc.invokingState = -1
+ } else {
+ prc.invokingState = invokingStateNumber
+ }
prc.RuleIndex = -1
// * If we are debugging or building a parse tree for a Visitor,
@@ -56,8 +72,6 @@ func NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int)
// The exception that forced prc rule to return. If the rule successfully
// completed, prc is {@code nil}.
prc.exception = nil
-
- return prc
}
func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetException(e RecognitionException) {
@@ -90,14 +104,15 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetText() string {
return s
}
-// Double dispatch methods for listeners
-func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener) {
+// EnterRule is called when any rule is entered.
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) EnterRule(_ ParseTreeListener) {
}
-func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener) {
+// ExitRule is called when any rule is exited.
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ExitRule(_ ParseTreeListener) {
}
-// * Does not set parent link other add methods do that///
+// * Does not set parent link other add methods do that
func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) addTerminalNodeChild(child TerminalNode) TerminalNode {
if prc.children == nil {
prc.children = make([]Tree, 0)
@@ -120,10 +135,9 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) AddChild(child RuleContext) RuleContext {
return child
}
-// * Used by EnterOuterAlt to toss out a RuleContext previously added as
-// we entered a rule. If we have // label, we will need to remove
-// generic ruleContext object.
-// /
+// RemoveLastChild is used by [EnterOuterAlt] to toss out a [RuleContext] previously added as
+// we entered a rule. If we have a label, we will need to remove
+// the generic ruleContext object.
func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) RemoveLastChild() {
if prc.children != nil && len(prc.children) > 0 {
prc.children = prc.children[0 : len(prc.children)-1]
@@ -293,7 +307,7 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChildCount() int {
return len(prc.children)
}
-func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetSourceInterval() *Interval {
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetSourceInterval() Interval {
if prc.start == nil || prc.stop == nil {
return TreeInvalidInterval
}
@@ -340,6 +354,50 @@ func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) String(ruleNames []string, stop RuleContext) s
return s
}
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetParent(v Tree) {
+ if v == nil {
+ prc.parentCtx = nil
+ } else {
+ prc.parentCtx = v.(RuleContext)
+ }
+}
+
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetInvokingState() int {
+ return prc.invokingState
+}
+
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetInvokingState(t int) {
+ prc.invokingState = t
+}
+
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetRuleIndex() int {
+ return prc.RuleIndex
+}
+
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetAltNumber() int {
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+}
+
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetAltNumber(_ int) {}
+
+// IsEmpty returns true if the context of b is empty.
+//
+// A context is empty if there is no invoking state, meaning nobody calls
+// current context.
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) IsEmpty() bool {
+ return prc.invokingState == -1
+}
+
+// GetParent returns the combined text of all child nodes. This method only considers
+// tokens which have been added to the parse tree.
+//
+// Since tokens on hidden channels (e.g. whitespace or comments) are not
+// added to the parse trees, they will not appear in the output of this
+// method.
+func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetParent() Tree {
+ return prc.parentCtx
+}
+
var ParserRuleContextEmpty = NewBaseParserRuleContext(nil, -1)
type InterpreterRuleContext interface {
@@ -350,6 +408,7 @@ type BaseInterpreterRuleContext struct {
*BaseParserRuleContext
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func NewBaseInterpreterRuleContext(parent BaseInterpreterRuleContext, invokingStateNumber, ruleIndex int) *BaseInterpreterRuleContext {
prc := new(BaseInterpreterRuleContext)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1b80cc1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "golang.org/x/exp/slices"
+ "strconv"
+)
+
+var _emptyPredictionContextHash int
+
+func init() {
+ _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurInit(1)
+ _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurFinish(_emptyPredictionContextHash, 0)
+}
+
+func calculateEmptyHash() int {
+ return _emptyPredictionContextHash
+}
+
+const (
+ // BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState represents {@code $} in an array in full context mode, $
+ // doesn't mean wildcard:
+ //
+ // $ + x = [$,x]
+ //
+ // Here,
+ //
+ // $ = EmptyReturnState
+ BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState = 0x7FFFFFFF
+)
+
+// TODO: JI These are meant to be atomics - this does not seem to match the Java runtime here
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var (
+ BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount = 1
+ BasePredictionContextid = BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount
+)
+
+const (
+ PredictionContextEmpty = iota
+ PredictionContextSingleton
+ PredictionContextArray
+)
+
+// PredictionContext is a go idiomatic implementation of PredictionContext that does not rty to
+// emulate inheritance from Java, and can be used without an interface definition. An interface
+// is not required because no user code will ever need to implement this interface.
+type PredictionContext struct {
+ cachedHash int
+ pcType int
+ parentCtx *PredictionContext
+ returnState int
+ parents []*PredictionContext
+ returnStates []int
+}
+
+func NewEmptyPredictionContext() *PredictionContext {
+ nep := &PredictionContext{}
+ nep.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash()
+ nep.pcType = PredictionContextEmpty
+ nep.returnState = BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
+ return nep
+}
+
+func NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) *PredictionContext {
+ pc := &PredictionContext{}
+ pc.pcType = PredictionContextSingleton
+ pc.returnState = returnState
+ pc.parentCtx = parent
+ if parent != nil {
+ pc.cachedHash = calculateHash(parent, returnState)
+ } else {
+ pc.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash()
+ }
+ return pc
+}
+
+func SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) *PredictionContext {
+ if returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && parent == nil {
+ // someone can pass in the bits of an array ctx that mean $
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
+ }
+ return NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent, returnState)
+}
+
+func NewArrayPredictionContext(parents []*PredictionContext, returnStates []int) *PredictionContext {
+ // Parent can be nil only if full ctx mode and we make an array
+ // from {@link //EMPTY} and non-empty. We merge {@link //EMPTY} by using
+ // nil parent and
+ // returnState == {@link //EmptyReturnState}.
+ hash := murmurInit(1)
+ for _, parent := range parents {
+ hash = murmurUpdate(hash, parent.Hash())
+ }
+ for _, returnState := range returnStates {
+ hash = murmurUpdate(hash, returnState)
+ }
+ hash = murmurFinish(hash, len(parents)<<1)
+
+ nec := &PredictionContext{}
+ nec.cachedHash = hash
+ nec.pcType = PredictionContextArray
+ nec.parents = parents
+ nec.returnStates = returnStates
+ return nec
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) Hash() int {
+ return p.cachedHash
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) Equals(other Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextEmpty:
+ otherP := other.(*PredictionContext)
+ return other == nil || otherP == nil || otherP.isEmpty()
+ case PredictionContextSingleton:
+ return p.SingletonEquals(other)
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ return p.ArrayEquals(other)
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) ArrayEquals(o Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool {
+ if o == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+ other := o.(*PredictionContext)
+ if other == nil || other.pcType != PredictionContextArray {
+ return false
+ }
+ if p.cachedHash != other.Hash() {
+ return false // can't be same if hash is different
+ }
+
+ // Must compare the actual array elements and not just the array address
+ //
+ return slices.Equal(p.returnStates, other.returnStates) &&
+ slices.EqualFunc(p.parents, other.parents, func(x, y *PredictionContext) bool {
+ return x.Equals(y)
+ })
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) SingletonEquals(other Collectable[*PredictionContext]) bool {
+ if other == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+ otherP := other.(*PredictionContext)
+ if otherP == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ if p.cachedHash != otherP.Hash() {
+ return false // Can't be same if hash is different
+ }
+
+ if p.returnState != otherP.getReturnState(0) {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // Both parents must be nil if one is
+ if p.parentCtx == nil {
+ return otherP.parentCtx == nil
+ }
+
+ return p.parentCtx.Equals(otherP.parentCtx)
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) GetParent(i int) *PredictionContext {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextEmpty:
+ return nil
+ case PredictionContextSingleton:
+ return p.parentCtx
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ return p.parents[i]
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) getReturnState(i int) int {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ return p.returnStates[i]
+ default:
+ return p.returnState
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) GetReturnStates() []int {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ return p.returnStates
+ default:
+ return []int{p.returnState}
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) length() int {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ return len(p.returnStates)
+ default:
+ return 1
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextSingleton:
+ return p.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
+ }
+ return p.getReturnState(p.length()-1) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) String() string {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextEmpty:
+ return "$"
+ case PredictionContextSingleton:
+ var up string
+
+ if p.parentCtx == nil {
+ up = ""
+ } else {
+ up = p.parentCtx.String()
+ }
+
+ if len(up) == 0 {
+ if p.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ return "$"
+ }
+
+ return strconv.Itoa(p.returnState)
+ }
+
+ return strconv.Itoa(p.returnState) + " " + up
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ if p.isEmpty() {
+ return "[]"
+ }
+
+ s := "["
+ for i := 0; i < len(p.returnStates); i++ {
+ if i > 0 {
+ s = s + ", "
+ }
+ if p.returnStates[i] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState {
+ s = s + "$"
+ continue
+ }
+ s = s + strconv.Itoa(p.returnStates[i])
+ if !p.parents[i].isEmpty() {
+ s = s + " " + p.parents[i].String()
+ } else {
+ s = s + "nil"
+ }
+ }
+ return s + "]"
+
+ default:
+ return "unknown"
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) isEmpty() bool {
+ switch p.pcType {
+ case PredictionContextEmpty:
+ return true
+ case PredictionContextArray:
+ // since EmptyReturnState can only appear in the last position, we
+ // don't need to verify that size==1
+ return p.returnStates[0] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState
+ default:
+ return false
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContext) Type() int {
+ return p.pcType
+}
+
+func calculateHash(parent *PredictionContext, returnState int) int {
+ h := murmurInit(1)
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, parent.Hash())
+ h = murmurUpdate(h, returnState)
+ return murmurFinish(h, 2)
+}
+
+// Convert a {@link RuleContext} tree to a {@link BasePredictionContext} graph.
+// Return {@link //EMPTY} if {@code outerContext} is empty or nil.
+// /
+func predictionContextFromRuleContext(a *ATN, outerContext RuleContext) *PredictionContext {
+ if outerContext == nil {
+ outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty
+ }
+ // if we are in RuleContext of start rule, s, then BasePredictionContext
+ // is EMPTY. Nobody called us. (if we are empty, return empty)
+ if outerContext.GetParent() == nil || outerContext == ParserRuleContextEmpty {
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
+ }
+ // If we have a parent, convert it to a BasePredictionContext graph
+ parent := predictionContextFromRuleContext(a, outerContext.GetParent().(RuleContext))
+ state := a.states[outerContext.GetInvokingState()]
+ transition := state.GetTransitions()[0]
+
+ return SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, transition.(*RuleTransition).followState.GetStateNumber())
+}
+
+func merge(a, b *PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *JPCMap) *PredictionContext {
+
+ // Share same graph if both same
+ //
+ if a == b || a.Equals(b) {
+ return a
+ }
+
+ if a.pcType == PredictionContextSingleton && b.pcType == PredictionContextSingleton {
+ return mergeSingletons(a, b, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
+ }
+ // At least one of a or b is array
+ // If one is $ and rootIsWildcard, return $ as wildcard
+ if rootIsWildcard {
+ if a.isEmpty() {
+ return a
+ }
+ if b.isEmpty() {
+ return b
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Convert either Singleton or Empty to arrays, so that we can merge them
+ //
+ ara := convertToArray(a)
+ arb := convertToArray(b)
+ return mergeArrays(ara, arb, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
+}
+
+func convertToArray(pc *PredictionContext) *PredictionContext {
+ switch pc.Type() {
+ case PredictionContextEmpty:
+ return NewArrayPredictionContext([]*PredictionContext{}, []int{})
+ case PredictionContextSingleton:
+ return NewArrayPredictionContext([]*PredictionContext{pc.GetParent(0)}, []int{pc.getReturnState(0)})
+ default:
+ // Already an array
+ }
+ return pc
+}
+
+// mergeSingletons merges two Singleton [PredictionContext] instances.
+//
+// Stack tops equal, parents merge is same return left graph.
+//
+//
+// Same stack top, parents differ merge parents giving array node, then
+// remainders of those graphs. A new root node is created to point to the
+// merged parents.
+//
+//
+// Different stack tops pointing to same parent. Make array node for the
+// root where both element in the root point to the same (original)
+// parent.
+//
+//
+// Different stack tops pointing to different parents. Make array node for
+// the root where each element points to the corresponding original
+// parent.
+//
+//
+// @param a the first {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
+// @param b the second {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
+// @param rootIsWildcard {@code true} if this is a local-context merge,
+// otherwise false to indicate a full-context merge
+// @param mergeCache
+// /
+func mergeSingletons(a, b *PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *JPCMap) *PredictionContext {
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ previous, present := mergeCache.Get(a, b)
+ if present {
+ return previous
+ }
+ previous, present = mergeCache.Get(b, a)
+ if present {
+ return previous
+ }
+ }
+
+ rootMerge := mergeRoot(a, b, rootIsWildcard)
+ if rootMerge != nil {
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, rootMerge)
+ }
+ return rootMerge
+ }
+ if a.returnState == b.returnState {
+ parent := merge(a.parentCtx, b.parentCtx, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
+ // if parent is same as existing a or b parent or reduced to a parent,
+ // return it
+ if parent.Equals(a.parentCtx) {
+ return a // ax + bx = ax, if a=b
+ }
+ if parent.Equals(b.parentCtx) {
+ return b // ax + bx = bx, if a=b
+ }
+ // else: ax + ay = a'[x,y]
+ // merge parents x and y, giving array node with x,y then remainders
+ // of those graphs. dup a, a' points at merged array.
+ // New joined parent so create a new singleton pointing to it, a'
+ spc := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, a.returnState)
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, spc)
+ }
+ return spc
+ }
+ // a != b payloads differ
+ // see if we can collapse parents due to $+x parents if local ctx
+ var singleParent *PredictionContext
+ if a.Equals(b) || (a.parentCtx != nil && a.parentCtx.Equals(b.parentCtx)) { // ax +
+ // bx =
+ // [a,b]x
+ singleParent = a.parentCtx
+ }
+ if singleParent != nil { // parents are same
+ // sort payloads and use same parent
+ payloads := []int{a.returnState, b.returnState}
+ if a.returnState > b.returnState {
+ payloads[0] = b.returnState
+ payloads[1] = a.returnState
+ }
+ parents := []*PredictionContext{singleParent, singleParent}
+ apc := NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, apc)
+ }
+ return apc
+ }
+ // parents differ and can't merge them. Just pack together
+ // into array can't merge.
+ // ax + by = [ax,by]
+ payloads := []int{a.returnState, b.returnState}
+ parents := []*PredictionContext{a.parentCtx, b.parentCtx}
+ if a.returnState > b.returnState { // sort by payload
+ payloads[0] = b.returnState
+ payloads[1] = a.returnState
+ parents = []*PredictionContext{b.parentCtx, a.parentCtx}
+ }
+ apc := NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, apc)
+ }
+ return apc
+}
+
+// Handle case where at least one of {@code a} or {@code b} is
+// {@link //EMPTY}. In the following diagrams, the symbol {@code $} is used
+// to represent {@link //EMPTY}.
+//
+// Local-Context Merges
+//
+// These local-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard}
+// is true.
+//
+// {@link //EMPTY} is superset of any graph return {@link //EMPTY}.
+//
+//
+// {@link //EMPTY} and anything is {@code //EMPTY}, so merged parent is
+// {@code //EMPTY} return left graph.
+//
+//
+// Special case of last merge if local context.
+//
+//
+// Full-Context Merges
+//
+// These full-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard}
+// is false.
+//
+//
+//
+// Must keep all contexts {@link //EMPTY} in array is a special value (and
+// nil parent).
+//
+//
+//
+//
+// @param a the first {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
+// @param b the second {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}
+// @param rootIsWildcard {@code true} if this is a local-context merge,
+// otherwise false to indicate a full-context merge
+// /
+func mergeRoot(a, b *PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool) *PredictionContext {
+ if rootIsWildcard {
+ if a.pcType == PredictionContextEmpty {
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // // + b =//
+ }
+ if b.pcType == PredictionContextEmpty {
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // a +// =//
+ }
+ } else {
+ if a.isEmpty() && b.isEmpty() {
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY // $ + $ = $
+ } else if a.isEmpty() { // $ + x = [$,x]
+ payloads := []int{b.getReturnState(-1), BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState}
+ parents := []*PredictionContext{b.GetParent(-1), nil}
+ return NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
+ } else if b.isEmpty() { // x + $ = [$,x] ($ is always first if present)
+ payloads := []int{a.getReturnState(-1), BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState}
+ parents := []*PredictionContext{a.GetParent(-1), nil}
+ return NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, payloads)
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Merge two {@link ArrayBasePredictionContext} instances.
+//
+// Different tops, different parents.
+//
+//
+// Shared top, same parents.
+//
+//
+// Shared top, different parents.
+//
+//
+// Shared top, all shared parents.
+//
+//
+// Equal tops, merge parents and reduce top to
+// {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}.
+//
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoBoolExpressions
+func mergeArrays(a, b *PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *JPCMap) *PredictionContext {
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ previous, present := mergeCache.Get(a, b)
+ if present {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> previous")
+ }
+ return previous
+ }
+ previous, present = mergeCache.Get(b, a)
+ if present {
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> previous")
+ }
+ return previous
+ }
+ }
+ // merge sorted payloads a + b => M
+ i := 0 // walks a
+ j := 0 // walks b
+ k := 0 // walks target M array
+
+ mergedReturnStates := make([]int, len(a.returnStates)+len(b.returnStates))
+ mergedParents := make([]*PredictionContext, len(a.returnStates)+len(b.returnStates))
+ // walk and merge to yield mergedParents, mergedReturnStates
+ for i < len(a.returnStates) && j < len(b.returnStates) {
+ aParent := a.parents[i]
+ bParent := b.parents[j]
+ if a.returnStates[i] == b.returnStates[j] {
+ // same payload (stack tops are equal), must yield merged singleton
+ payload := a.returnStates[i]
+ // $+$ = $
+ bothDollars := payload == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && aParent == nil && bParent == nil
+ axAX := aParent != nil && bParent != nil && aParent.Equals(bParent) // ax+ax
+ // ->
+ // ax
+ if bothDollars || axAX {
+ mergedParents[k] = aParent // choose left
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = payload
+ } else { // ax+ay -> a'[x,y]
+ mergedParent := merge(aParent, bParent, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache)
+ mergedParents[k] = mergedParent
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = payload
+ }
+ i++ // hop over left one as usual
+ j++ // but also Skip one in right side since we merge
+ } else if a.returnStates[i] < b.returnStates[j] { // copy a[i] to M
+ mergedParents[k] = aParent
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = a.returnStates[i]
+ i++
+ } else { // b > a, copy b[j] to M
+ mergedParents[k] = bParent
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = b.returnStates[j]
+ j++
+ }
+ k++
+ }
+ // copy over any payloads remaining in either array
+ if i < len(a.returnStates) {
+ for p := i; p < len(a.returnStates); p++ {
+ mergedParents[k] = a.parents[p]
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = a.returnStates[p]
+ k++
+ }
+ } else {
+ for p := j; p < len(b.returnStates); p++ {
+ mergedParents[k] = b.parents[p]
+ mergedReturnStates[k] = b.returnStates[p]
+ k++
+ }
+ }
+ // trim merged if we combined a few that had same stack tops
+ if k < len(mergedParents) { // write index < last position trim
+ if k == 1 { // for just one merged element, return singleton top
+ pc := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(mergedParents[0], mergedReturnStates[0])
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, pc)
+ }
+ return pc
+ }
+ mergedParents = mergedParents[0:k]
+ mergedReturnStates = mergedReturnStates[0:k]
+ }
+
+ M := NewArrayPredictionContext(mergedParents, mergedReturnStates)
+
+ // if we created same array as a or b, return that instead
+ // TODO: JI track whether this is possible above during merge sort for speed and possibly avoid an allocation
+ if M.Equals(a) {
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, a)
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> a")
+ }
+ return a
+ }
+ if M.Equals(b) {
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, b)
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> b")
+ }
+ return b
+ }
+ combineCommonParents(&mergedParents)
+
+ if mergeCache != nil {
+ mergeCache.Put(a, b, M)
+ }
+ if runtimeConfig.parserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim {
+ fmt.Println("mergeArrays a=" + a.String() + ",b=" + b.String() + " -> " + M.String())
+ }
+ return M
+}
+
+// Make pass over all M parents and merge any Equals() ones.
+// Note that we pass a pointer to the slice as we want to modify it in place.
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedFunction
+func combineCommonParents(parents *[]*PredictionContext) {
+ uniqueParents := NewJStore[*PredictionContext, Comparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, PredictionContextCollection, "combineCommonParents for PredictionContext")
+
+ for p := 0; p < len(*parents); p++ {
+ parent := (*parents)[p]
+ _, _ = uniqueParents.Put(parent)
+ }
+ for q := 0; q < len(*parents); q++ {
+ pc, _ := uniqueParents.Get((*parents)[q])
+ (*parents)[q] = pc
+ }
+}
+
+func getCachedBasePredictionContext(context *PredictionContext, contextCache *PredictionContextCache, visited *VisitRecord) *PredictionContext {
+ if context.isEmpty() {
+ return context
+ }
+ existing, present := visited.Get(context)
+ if present {
+ return existing
+ }
+
+ existing, present = contextCache.Get(context)
+ if present {
+ visited.Put(context, existing)
+ return existing
+ }
+ changed := false
+ parents := make([]*PredictionContext, context.length())
+ for i := 0; i < len(parents); i++ {
+ parent := getCachedBasePredictionContext(context.GetParent(i), contextCache, visited)
+ if changed || !parent.Equals(context.GetParent(i)) {
+ if !changed {
+ parents = make([]*PredictionContext, context.length())
+ for j := 0; j < context.length(); j++ {
+ parents[j] = context.GetParent(j)
+ }
+ changed = true
+ }
+ parents[i] = parent
+ }
+ }
+ if !changed {
+ contextCache.add(context)
+ visited.Put(context, context)
+ return context
+ }
+ var updated *PredictionContext
+ if len(parents) == 0 {
+ updated = BasePredictionContextEMPTY
+ } else if len(parents) == 1 {
+ updated = SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parents[0], context.getReturnState(0))
+ } else {
+ updated = NewArrayPredictionContext(parents, context.GetReturnStates())
+ }
+ contextCache.add(updated)
+ visited.Put(updated, updated)
+ visited.Put(context, updated)
+
+ return updated
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context_cache.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context_cache.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25dfb11e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_context_cache.go
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+package antlr
+
+var BasePredictionContextEMPTY = &PredictionContext{
+ cachedHash: calculateEmptyHash(),
+ pcType: PredictionContextEmpty,
+ returnState: BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState,
+}
+
+// PredictionContextCache is Used to cache [PredictionContext] objects. It is used for the shared
+// context cash associated with contexts in DFA states. This cache
+// can be used for both lexers and parsers.
+type PredictionContextCache struct {
+ cache *JMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, Comparator[*PredictionContext]]
+}
+
+func NewPredictionContextCache() *PredictionContextCache {
+ return &PredictionContextCache{
+ cache: NewJMap[*PredictionContext, *PredictionContext, Comparator[*PredictionContext]](pContextEqInst, PredictionContextCacheCollection, "NewPredictionContextCache()"),
+ }
+}
+
+// Add a context to the cache and return it. If the context already exists,
+// return that one instead and do not add a new context to the cache.
+// Protect shared cache from unsafe thread access.
+func (p *PredictionContextCache) add(ctx *PredictionContext) *PredictionContext {
+ if ctx.isEmpty() {
+ return BasePredictionContextEMPTY
+ }
+
+ // Put will return the existing entry if it is present (note this is done via Equals, not whether it is
+ // the same pointer), otherwise it will add the new entry and return that.
+ //
+ existing, present := p.cache.Get(ctx)
+ if present {
+ return existing
+ }
+ p.cache.Put(ctx, ctx)
+ return ctx
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContextCache) Get(ctx *PredictionContext) (*PredictionContext, bool) {
+ pc, exists := p.cache.Get(ctx)
+ return pc, exists
+}
+
+func (p *PredictionContextCache) length() int {
+ return p.cache.Len()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f85a6a52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/prediction_mode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+// This enumeration defines the prediction modes available in ANTLR 4 along with
+// utility methods for analyzing configuration sets for conflicts and/or
+// ambiguities.
+
+const (
+ // PredictionModeSLL represents the SLL(*) prediction mode.
+ // This prediction mode ignores the current
+ // parser context when making predictions. This is the fastest prediction
+ // mode, and provides correct results for many grammars. This prediction
+ // mode is more powerful than the prediction mode provided by ANTLR 3, but
+ // may result in syntax errors for grammar and input combinations which are
+ // not SLL.
+ //
+ // When using this prediction mode, the parser will either return a correct
+ // parse tree (i.e. the same parse tree that would be returned with the
+ // [PredictionModeLL] prediction mode), or it will Report a syntax error. If a
+ // syntax error is encountered when using the SLL prediction mode,
+ // it may be due to either an actual syntax error in the input or indicate
+ // that the particular combination of grammar and input requires the more
+ // powerful LL prediction abilities to complete successfully.
+ //
+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
+ // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ //
+ PredictionModeSLL = 0
+
+ // PredictionModeLL represents the LL(*) prediction mode.
+ // This prediction mode allows the current parser
+ // context to be used for resolving SLL conflicts that occur during
+ // prediction. This is the fastest prediction mode that guarantees correct
+ // parse results for all combinations of grammars with syntactically correct
+ // inputs.
+ //
+ // When using this prediction mode, the parser will make correct decisions
+ // for all syntactically-correct grammar and input combinations. However, in
+ // cases where the grammar is truly ambiguous this prediction mode might not
+ // report a precise answer for exactly which alternatives are
+ // ambiguous.
+ //
+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
+ // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ //
+ PredictionModeLL = 1
+
+ // PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection represents the LL(*) prediction mode
+ // with exact ambiguity detection.
+ //
+ // In addition to the correctness guarantees provided by the [PredictionModeLL] prediction mode,
+ // this prediction mode instructs the prediction algorithm to determine the
+ // complete and exact set of ambiguous alternatives for every ambiguous
+ // decision encountered while parsing.
+ //
+ // This prediction mode may be used for diagnosing ambiguities during
+ // grammar development. Due to the performance overhead of calculating sets
+ // of ambiguous alternatives, this prediction mode should be avoided when
+ // the exact results are not necessary.
+ //
+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction
+ // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ //
+ PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection = 2
+)
+
+// PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction computes the SLL prediction termination condition.
+//
+// This method computes the SLL prediction termination condition for both of
+// the following cases:
+//
+// - The usual SLL+LL fallback upon SLL conflict
+// - Pure SLL without LL fallback
+//
+// # Combined SLL+LL Parsing
+//
+// When LL-fallback is enabled upon SLL conflict, correct predictions are
+// ensured regardless of how the termination condition is computed by this
+// method. Due to the substantially higher cost of LL prediction, the
+// prediction should only fall back to LL when the additional lookahead
+// cannot lead to a unique SLL prediction.
+//
+// Assuming combined SLL+LL parsing, an SLL configuration set with only
+// conflicting subsets should fall back to full LL, even if the
+// configuration sets don't resolve to the same alternative, e.g.
+//
+// {1,2} and {3,4}
+//
+// If there is at least one non-conflicting
+// configuration, SLL could continue with the hopes that more lookahead will
+// resolve via one of those non-conflicting configurations.
+//
+// Here's the prediction termination rule them: SLL (for SLL+LL parsing)
+// stops when it sees only conflicting configuration subsets. In contrast,
+// full LL keeps going when there is uncertainty.
+//
+// # Heuristic
+//
+// As a heuristic, we stop prediction when we see any conflicting subset
+// unless we see a state that only has one alternative associated with it.
+// The single-alt-state thing lets prediction continue upon rules like
+// (otherwise, it would admit defeat too soon):
+//
+// [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]. s : (ID | ID ID?) ;
+//
+// When the [ATN] simulation reaches the state before ';', it has a
+// [DFA] state that looks like:
+//
+// [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]
+//
+// Naturally
+//
+// 12|1|[] and 12|2|[]
+//
+// conflict, but we cannot stop processing this node because alternative to has another way to continue,
+// via
+//
+// [6|2|[]]
+//
+// It also let's us continue for this rule:
+//
+// [1|1|[], 1|2|[], 8|3|[]] a : A | A | A B ;
+//
+// After Matching input A, we reach the stop state for rule A, state 1.
+// State 8 is the state immediately before B. Clearly alternatives 1 and 2
+// conflict and no amount of further lookahead will separate the two.
+// However, alternative 3 will be able to continue, and so we do not stop
+// working on this state. In the previous example, we're concerned with
+// states associated with the conflicting alternatives. Here alt 3 is not
+// associated with the conflicting configs, but since we can continue
+// looking for input reasonably, don't declare the state done.
+//
+// # Pure SLL Parsing
+//
+// To handle pure SLL parsing, all we have to do is make sure that we
+// combine stack contexts for configurations that differ only by semantic
+// predicate. From there, we can do the usual SLL termination heuristic.
+//
+// # Predicates in SLL+LL Parsing
+//
+// SLL decisions don't evaluate predicates until after they reach [DFA] stop
+// states because they need to create the [DFA] cache that works in all
+// semantic situations. In contrast, full LL evaluates predicates collected
+// during start state computation, so it can ignore predicates thereafter.
+// This means that SLL termination detection can totally ignore semantic
+// predicates.
+//
+// Implementation-wise, [ATNConfigSet] combines stack contexts but not
+// semantic predicate contexts, so we might see two configurations like the
+// following:
+//
+// (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p})
+//
+// Before testing these configurations against others, we have to merge
+// x and x' (without modifying the existing configurations).
+// For example, we test (x+x')==x” when looking for conflicts in
+// the following configurations:
+//
+// (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p}), (s, 2, x”, {})
+//
+// If the configuration set has predicates (as indicated by
+// [ATNConfigSet.hasSemanticContext]), this algorithm makes a copy of
+// the configurations to strip out all the predicates so that a standard
+// [ATNConfigSet] will merge everything ignoring predicates.
+func PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(mode int, configs *ATNConfigSet) bool {
+
+ // Configs in rule stop states indicate reaching the end of the decision
+ // rule (local context) or end of start rule (full context). If all
+ // configs meet this condition, then none of the configurations is able
+ // to Match additional input, so we terminate prediction.
+ //
+ if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) {
+ return true
+ }
+
+ // pure SLL mode parsing
+ if mode == PredictionModeSLL {
+ // Don't bother with combining configs from different semantic
+ // contexts if we can fail over to full LL costs more time
+ // since we'll often fail over anyway.
+ if configs.hasSemanticContext {
+ // dup configs, tossing out semantic predicates
+ dup := NewATNConfigSet(false)
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+
+ // NewATNConfig({semanticContext:}, c)
+ c = NewATNConfig2(c, SemanticContextNone)
+ dup.Add(c, nil)
+ }
+ configs = dup
+ }
+ // now we have combined contexts for configs with dissimilar predicates
+ }
+ // pure SLL or combined SLL+LL mode parsing
+ altsets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs)
+ return PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets) && !PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs)
+}
+
+// PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState checks if any configuration in the given configs is in a
+// [RuleStopState]. Configurations meeting this condition have reached
+// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full
+// context).
+//
+// The func returns true if any configuration in the supplied configs is in a [RuleStopState]
+func PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(configs *ATNConfigSet) bool {
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates checks if all configurations in configs are in a
+// [RuleStopState]. Configurations meeting this condition have reached
+// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full
+// context).
+//
+// the func returns true if all configurations in configs are in a
+// [RuleStopState]
+func PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs *ATNConfigSet) bool {
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ return true
+}
+
+// PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt checks full LL prediction termination.
+//
+// Can we stop looking ahead during [ATN] simulation or is there some
+// uncertainty as to which alternative we will ultimately pick, after
+// consuming more input? Even if there are partial conflicts, we might know
+// that everything is going to resolve to the same minimum alternative. That
+// means we can stop since no more lookahead will change that fact. On the
+// other hand, there might be multiple conflicts that resolve to different
+// minimums. That means we need more look ahead to decide which of those
+// alternatives we should predict.
+//
+// The basic idea is to split the set of configurations 'C', into
+// conflicting subsets (s, _, ctx, _) and singleton subsets with
+// non-conflicting configurations. Two configurations conflict if they have
+// identical [ATNConfig].state and [ATNConfig].context values
+// but a different [ATNConfig].alt value, e.g.
+//
+// (s, i, ctx, _)
+//
+// and
+//
+// (s, j, ctx, _) ; for i != j
+//
+// Reduce these configuration subsets to the set of possible alternatives.
+// You can compute the alternative subsets in one pass as follows:
+//
+// A_s,ctx = {i | (s, i, ctx, _)}
+//
+// for each configuration in C holding s and ctx fixed.
+//
+// Or in pseudo-code:
+//
+// for each configuration c in C:
+// map[c] U = c.ATNConfig.alt alt // map hash/equals uses s and x, not alt and not pred
+//
+// The values in map are the set of
+//
+// A_s,ctx
+//
+// sets.
+//
+// If
+//
+// |A_s,ctx| = 1
+//
+// then there is no conflict associated with s and ctx.
+//
+// Reduce the subsets to singletons by choosing a minimum of each subset. If
+// the union of these alternative subsets is a singleton, then no amount of
+// further lookahead will help us. We will always pick that alternative. If,
+// however, there is more than one alternative, then we are uncertain which
+// alternative to predict and must continue looking for resolution. We may
+// or may not discover an ambiguity in the future, even if there are no
+// conflicting subsets this round.
+//
+// The biggest sin is to terminate early because it means we've made a
+// decision but were uncertain as to the eventual outcome. We haven't used
+// enough lookahead. On the other hand, announcing a conflict too late is no
+// big deal; you will still have the conflict. It's just inefficient. It
+// might even look until the end of file.
+//
+// No special consideration for semantic predicates is required because
+// predicates are evaluated on-the-fly for full LL prediction, ensuring that
+// no configuration contains a semantic context during the termination
+// check.
+//
+// # Conflicting Configs
+//
+// Two configurations:
+//
+// (s, i, x) and (s, j, x')
+//
+// conflict when i != j but x = x'. Because we merge all
+// (s, i, _) configurations together, that means that there are at
+// most n configurations associated with state s for
+// n possible alternatives in the decision. The merged stacks
+// complicate the comparison of configuration contexts x and x'.
+//
+// Sam checks to see if one is a subset of the other by calling
+// merge and checking to see if the merged result is either x or x'.
+// If the x associated with lowest alternative i
+// is the superset, then i is the only possible prediction since the
+// others resolve to min(i) as well. However, if x is
+// associated with j > i then at least one stack configuration for
+// j is not in conflict with alternative i. The algorithm
+// should keep going, looking for more lookahead due to the uncertainty.
+//
+// For simplicity, I'm doing an equality check between x and
+// x', which lets the algorithm continue to consume lookahead longer
+// than necessary. The reason I like the equality is of course the
+// simplicity but also because that is the test you need to detect the
+// alternatives that are actually in conflict.
+//
+// # Continue/Stop Rule
+//
+// Continue if the union of resolved alternative sets from non-conflicting and
+// conflicting alternative subsets has more than one alternative. We are
+// uncertain about which alternative to predict.
+//
+// The complete set of alternatives,
+//
+// [i for (_, i, _)]
+//
+// tells us which alternatives are still in the running for the amount of input we've
+// consumed at this point. The conflicting sets let us to strip away
+// configurations that won't lead to more states because we resolve
+// conflicts to the configuration with a minimum alternate for the
+// conflicting set.
+//
+// Cases
+//
+// - no conflicts and more than 1 alternative in set => continue
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s, 3, z), (s', 1, y), (s', 2, y) yields non-conflicting set
+// {3} ∪ conflicting sets min({1,2}) ∪ min({1,2}) = {1,3} => continue
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s', 1, y), (s', 2, y), (s”, 1, z) yields non-conflicting set
+// {1} ∪ conflicting sets min({1,2}) ∪ min({1,2}) = {1} => stop and predict 1
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s', 1, y), (s', 2, y) yields conflicting, reduced sets
+// {1} ∪ {1} = {1} => stop and predict 1, can announce ambiguity {1,2}
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s', 2, y), (s', 3, y) yields conflicting, reduced sets
+// {1} ∪ {2} = {1,2} => continue
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s', 2, y), (s', 3, y) yields conflicting, reduced sets
+// {1} ∪ {2} = {1,2} => continue
+// - (s, 1, x), (s, 2, x), (s', 3, y), (s', 4, y) yields conflicting, reduced sets
+// {1} ∪ {3} = {1,3} => continue
+//
+// # Exact Ambiguity Detection
+//
+// If all states report the same conflicting set of alternatives, then we
+// know we have the exact ambiguity set:
+//
+// |A_i| > 1
+//
+// and
+//
+// A_i = A_j ; for all i, j
+//
+// In other words, we continue examining lookahead until all A_i
+// have more than one alternative and all A_i are the same. If
+//
+// A={{1,2}, {1,3}}
+//
+// then regular LL prediction would terminate because the resolved set is {1}.
+// To determine what the real ambiguity is, we have to know whether the ambiguity is between one and
+// two or one and three so we keep going. We can only stop prediction when
+// we need exact ambiguity detection when the sets look like:
+//
+// A={{1,2}}
+//
+// or
+//
+// {{1,2},{1,2}}, etc...
+func PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
+ return PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets)
+}
+
+// PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict determines if every alternative subset in altsets contains more
+// than one alternative.
+//
+// The func returns true if every [BitSet] in altsets has
+// [BitSet].cardinality cardinality > 1
+func PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
+ return !PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets)
+}
+
+// PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet determines if any single alternative subset in altsets contains
+// exactly one alternative.
+//
+// The func returns true if altsets contains at least one [BitSet] with
+// [BitSet].cardinality cardinality 1
+func PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
+ for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
+ alts := altsets[i]
+ if alts.length() == 1 {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet determines if any single alternative subset in altsets contains
+// more than one alternative.
+//
+// The func returns true if altsets contains a [BitSet] with
+// [BitSet].cardinality cardinality > 1, otherwise false
+func PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
+ for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
+ alts := altsets[i]
+ if alts.length() > 1 {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual determines if every alternative subset in altsets is equivalent.
+//
+// The func returns true if every member of altsets is equal to the others.
+func PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altsets []*BitSet) bool {
+ var first *BitSet
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
+ alts := altsets[i]
+ if first == nil {
+ first = alts
+ } else if alts != first {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
+// PredictionModegetUniqueAlt returns the unique alternative predicted by all alternative subsets in
+// altsets. If no such alternative exists, this method returns
+// [ATNInvalidAltNumber].
+//
+// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets
+func PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
+ all := PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets)
+ if all.length() == 1 {
+ return all.minValue()
+ }
+
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+}
+
+// PredictionModeGetAlts returns the complete set of represented alternatives for a collection of
+// alternative subsets. This method returns the union of each [BitSet]
+// in altsets, being the set of represented alternatives in altsets.
+func PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets []*BitSet) *BitSet {
+ all := NewBitSet()
+ for _, alts := range altsets {
+ all.or(alts)
+ }
+ return all
+}
+
+// PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets gets the conflicting alt subsets from a configuration set.
+//
+// for each configuration c in configs:
+// map[c] U= c.ATNConfig.alt // map hash/equals uses s and x, not alt and not pred
+func PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs *ATNConfigSet) []*BitSet {
+ configToAlts := NewJMap[*ATNConfig, *BitSet, *ATNAltConfigComparator[*ATNConfig]](atnAltCfgEqInst, AltSetCollection, "PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets()")
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+
+ alts, ok := configToAlts.Get(c)
+ if !ok {
+ alts = NewBitSet()
+ configToAlts.Put(c, alts)
+ }
+ alts.add(c.GetAlt())
+ }
+
+ return configToAlts.Values()
+}
+
+// PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap gets a map from state to alt subset from a configuration set.
+//
+// for each configuration c in configs:
+// map[c.ATNConfig.state] U= c.ATNConfig.alt}
+func PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs *ATNConfigSet) *AltDict {
+ m := NewAltDict()
+
+ for _, c := range configs.configs {
+ alts := m.Get(c.GetState().String())
+ if alts == nil {
+ alts = NewBitSet()
+ m.put(c.GetState().String(), alts)
+ }
+ alts.(*BitSet).add(c.GetAlt())
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+func PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs *ATNConfigSet) bool {
+ values := PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs).values()
+ for i := 0; i < len(values); i++ {
+ if values[i].(*BitSet).length() == 1 {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt gets the single alternative predicted by all alternative subsets in altsets
+// if there is one.
+//
+// TODO: JI - Review this code - it does not seem to do the same thing as the Java code - maybe because [BitSet] is not like the Java utils BitSet
+func PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int {
+ result := ATNInvalidAltNumber
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ {
+ alts := altsets[i]
+ minAlt := alts.minValue()
+ if result == ATNInvalidAltNumber {
+ result = minAlt
+ } else if result != minAlt { // more than 1 viable alt
+ return ATNInvalidAltNumber
+ }
+ }
+ return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e0b504fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "strings"
+
+ "strconv"
+)
+
+type Recognizer interface {
+ GetLiteralNames() []string
+ GetSymbolicNames() []string
+ GetRuleNames() []string
+
+ Sempred(RuleContext, int, int) bool
+ Precpred(RuleContext, int) bool
+
+ GetState() int
+ SetState(int)
+ Action(RuleContext, int, int)
+ AddErrorListener(ErrorListener)
+ RemoveErrorListeners()
+ GetATN() *ATN
+ GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener
+ HasError() bool
+ GetError() RecognitionException
+ SetError(RecognitionException)
+}
+
+type BaseRecognizer struct {
+ listeners []ErrorListener
+ state int
+
+ RuleNames []string
+ LiteralNames []string
+ SymbolicNames []string
+ GrammarFileName string
+ SynErr RecognitionException
+}
+
+func NewBaseRecognizer() *BaseRecognizer {
+ rec := new(BaseRecognizer)
+ rec.listeners = []ErrorListener{ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE}
+ rec.state = -1
+ return rec
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var tokenTypeMapCache = make(map[string]int)
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var ruleIndexMapCache = make(map[string]int)
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) checkVersion(toolVersion string) {
+ runtimeVersion := "4.12.0"
+ if runtimeVersion != toolVersion {
+ fmt.Println("ANTLR runtime and generated code versions disagree: " + runtimeVersion + "!=" + toolVersion)
+ }
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) SetError(err RecognitionException) {
+ b.SynErr = err
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) HasError() bool {
+ return b.SynErr != nil
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetError() RecognitionException {
+ return b.SynErr
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) Action(_ RuleContext, _, _ int) {
+ panic("action not implemented on Recognizer!")
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) AddErrorListener(listener ErrorListener) {
+ b.listeners = append(b.listeners, listener)
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) RemoveErrorListeners() {
+ b.listeners = make([]ErrorListener, 0)
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleNames() []string {
+ return b.RuleNames
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenNames() []string {
+ return b.LiteralNames
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetSymbolicNames() []string {
+ return b.SymbolicNames
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetLiteralNames() []string {
+ return b.LiteralNames
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetState() int {
+ return b.state
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) SetState(v int) {
+ b.state = v
+}
+
+//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() {
+// var tokenNames = b.GetTokenNames()
+// if (tokenNames==nil) {
+// panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of token names.")
+// }
+// var result = tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames]
+// if(result==nil) {
+// result = tokenNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i })
+// result.EOF = TokenEOF
+// tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames] = result
+// }
+// return result
+//}
+
+// GetRuleIndexMap Get a map from rule names to rule indexes.
+//
+// Used for XPath and tree pattern compilation.
+//
+// TODO: JI This is not yet implemented in the Go runtime. Maybe not needed.
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleIndexMap() map[string]int {
+
+ panic("Method not defined!")
+ // var ruleNames = b.GetRuleNames()
+ // if (ruleNames==nil) {
+ // panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of rule names.")
+ // }
+ //
+ // var result = ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames]
+ // if(result==nil) {
+ // result = ruleNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i })
+ // ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] = result
+ // }
+ // return result
+}
+
+// GetTokenType get the token type based upon its name
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenType(_ string) int {
+ panic("Method not defined!")
+ // var ttype = b.GetTokenTypeMap()[tokenName]
+ // if (ttype !=nil) {
+ // return ttype
+ // } else {
+ // return TokenInvalidType
+ // }
+}
+
+//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() map[string]int {
+// Vocabulary vocabulary = getVocabulary()
+//
+// Synchronized (tokenTypeMapCache) {
+// Map result = tokenTypeMapCache.Get(vocabulary)
+// if (result == null) {
+// result = new HashMap()
+// for (int i = 0; i < GetATN().maxTokenType; i++) {
+// String literalName = vocabulary.getLiteralName(i)
+// if (literalName != null) {
+// result.put(literalName, i)
+// }
+//
+// String symbolicName = vocabulary.GetSymbolicName(i)
+// if (symbolicName != null) {
+// result.put(symbolicName, i)
+// }
+// }
+//
+// result.put("EOF", Token.EOF)
+// result = Collections.unmodifiableMap(result)
+// tokenTypeMapCache.put(vocabulary, result)
+// }
+//
+// return result
+// }
+//}
+
+// GetErrorHeader returns the error header, normally line/character position information.
+//
+// Can be overridden in sub structs embedding BaseRecognizer.
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetErrorHeader(e RecognitionException) string {
+ line := e.GetOffendingToken().GetLine()
+ column := e.GetOffendingToken().GetColumn()
+ return "line " + strconv.Itoa(line) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(column)
+}
+
+// GetTokenErrorDisplay shows how a token should be displayed in an error message.
+//
+// The default is to display just the text, but during development you might
+// want to have a lot of information spit out. Override in that case
+// to use t.String() (which, for CommonToken, dumps everything about
+// the token). This is better than forcing you to override a method in
+// your token objects because you don't have to go modify your lexer
+// so that it creates a NewJava type.
+//
+// Deprecated: This method is not called by the ANTLR 4 Runtime. Specific
+// implementations of [ANTLRErrorStrategy] may provide a similar
+// feature when necessary. For example, see [DefaultErrorStrategy].GetTokenErrorDisplay()
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenErrorDisplay(t Token) string {
+ if t == nil {
+ return ""
+ }
+ s := t.GetText()
+ if s == "" {
+ if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
+ s = ""
+ } else {
+ s = "<" + strconv.Itoa(t.GetTokenType()) + ">"
+ }
+ }
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\t", "\\t", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\n", "\\n", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\r", "\\r", -1)
+
+ return "'" + s + "'"
+}
+
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener {
+ return NewProxyErrorListener(b.listeners)
+}
+
+// Sempred embedding structs need to override this if there are sempreds or actions
+// that the ATN interpreter needs to execute
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) Sempred(_ RuleContext, _ int, _ int) bool {
+ return true
+}
+
+// Precpred embedding structs need to override this if there are preceding predicates
+// that the ATN interpreter needs to execute
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) Precpred(_ RuleContext, _ int) bool {
+ return true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2ad04793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/rule_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+// RuleContext is a record of a single rule invocation. It knows
+// which context invoked it, if any. If there is no parent context, then
+// naturally the invoking state is not valid. The parent link
+// provides a chain upwards from the current rule invocation to the root
+// of the invocation tree, forming a stack.
+//
+// We actually carry no information about the rule associated with this context (except
+// when parsing). We keep only the state number of the invoking state from
+// the [ATN] submachine that invoked this. Contrast this with the s
+// pointer inside [ParserRuleContext] that tracks the current state
+// being "executed" for the current rule.
+//
+// The parent contexts are useful for computing lookahead sets and
+// getting error information.
+//
+// These objects are used during parsing and prediction.
+// For the special case of parsers, we use the struct
+// [ParserRuleContext], which embeds a RuleContext.
+//
+// @see ParserRuleContext
+type RuleContext interface {
+ RuleNode
+
+ GetInvokingState() int
+ SetInvokingState(int)
+
+ GetRuleIndex() int
+ IsEmpty() bool
+
+ GetAltNumber() int
+ SetAltNumber(altNumber int)
+
+ String([]string, RuleContext) string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go
similarity index 92%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go
index a702e99de..68cb9061e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go
@@ -9,14 +9,13 @@ import (
"strconv"
)
-// A tree structure used to record the semantic context in which
-// an ATN configuration is valid. It's either a single predicate,
-// a conjunction {@code p1&&p2}, or a sum of products {@code p1||p2}.
+// SemanticContext is a tree structure used to record the semantic context in which
//
-// I have scoped the {@link AND}, {@link OR}, and {@link Predicate} subclasses of
-// {@link SemanticContext} within the scope of this outer class.
+// an ATN configuration is valid. It's either a single predicate,
+// a conjunction p1 && p2, or a sum of products p1 || p2.
//
-
+// I have scoped the AND, OR, and Predicate subclasses of
+// [SemanticContext] within the scope of this outer ``class''
type SemanticContext interface {
Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool
Hash() int
@@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ func NewPredicate(ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *Predicate {
var SemanticContextNone = NewPredicate(-1, -1, false)
-func (p *Predicate) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext {
+func (p *Predicate) evalPrecedence(_ Recognizer, _ RuleContext) SemanticContext {
return p
}
@@ -198,7 +197,7 @@ type AND struct {
func NewAND(a, b SemanticContext) *AND {
- operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst)
+ operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst, SemanticContextCollection, "NewAND() operands")
if aa, ok := a.(*AND); ok {
for _, o := range aa.opnds {
operands.Put(o)
@@ -230,9 +229,7 @@ func NewAND(a, b SemanticContext) *AND {
vs := operands.Values()
opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs))
- for i, v := range vs {
- opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext)
- }
+ copy(opnds, vs)
and := new(AND)
and.opnds = opnds
@@ -316,12 +313,12 @@ func (a *AND) Hash() int {
return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds))
}
-func (a *OR) Hash() int {
- h := murmurInit(41) // Init with a value different from AND
- for _, op := range a.opnds {
+func (o *OR) Hash() int {
+ h := murmurInit(41) // Init with o value different from AND
+ for _, op := range o.opnds {
h = murmurUpdate(h, op.Hash())
}
- return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds))
+ return murmurFinish(h, len(o.opnds))
}
func (a *AND) String() string {
@@ -349,7 +346,7 @@ type OR struct {
func NewOR(a, b SemanticContext) *OR {
- operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst)
+ operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst, SemanticContextCollection, "NewOR() operands")
if aa, ok := a.(*OR); ok {
for _, o := range aa.opnds {
operands.Put(o)
@@ -382,9 +379,7 @@ func NewOR(a, b SemanticContext) *OR {
vs := operands.Values()
opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs))
- for i, v := range vs {
- opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext)
- }
+ copy(opnds, vs)
o := new(OR)
o.opnds = opnds
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70c0673a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/statistics.go
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+//go:build antlr.stats
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "log"
+ "os"
+ "path/filepath"
+ "sort"
+ "strconv"
+ "sync"
+)
+
+// This file allows the user to collect statistics about the runtime of the ANTLR runtime. It is not enabled by default
+// and so incurs no time penalty. To enable it, you must build the runtime with the antlr.stats build tag.
+//
+
+// Tells various components to collect statistics - because it is only true when this file is included, it will
+// allow the compiler to completely eliminate all the code that is only used when collecting statistics.
+const collectStats = true
+
+// goRunStats is a collection of all the various data the ANTLR runtime has collected about a particular run.
+// It is exported so that it can be used by others to look for things that are not already looked for in the
+// runtime statistics.
+type goRunStats struct {
+
+ // jStats is a slice of all the [JStatRec] records that have been created, which is one for EVERY collection created
+ // during a run. It is exported so that it can be used by others to look for things that are not already looked for
+ // within this package.
+ //
+ jStats []*JStatRec
+ jStatsLock sync.RWMutex
+ topN int
+ topNByMax []*JStatRec
+ topNByUsed []*JStatRec
+ unusedCollections map[CollectionSource]int
+ counts map[CollectionSource]int
+}
+
+const (
+ collectionsFile = "collections"
+)
+
+var (
+ Statistics = &goRunStats{
+ topN: 10,
+ }
+)
+
+type statsOption func(*goRunStats) error
+
+// Configure allows the statistics system to be configured as the user wants and override the defaults
+func (s *goRunStats) Configure(options ...statsOption) error {
+ for _, option := range options {
+ err := option(s)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// WithTopN sets the number of things to list in the report when we are concerned with the top N things.
+//
+// For example, if you want to see the top 20 collections by size, you can do:
+//
+// antlr.Statistics.Configure(antlr.WithTopN(20))
+func WithTopN(topN int) statsOption {
+ return func(s *goRunStats) error {
+ s.topN = topN
+ return nil
+ }
+}
+
+// Analyze looks through all the statistical records and computes all the outputs that might be useful to the user.
+//
+// The function gathers and analyzes a number of statistics about any particular run of
+// an ANTLR generated recognizer. In the vast majority of cases, the statistics are only
+// useful to maintainers of ANTLR itself, but they can be useful to users as well. They may be
+// especially useful in tracking down bugs or performance problems when an ANTLR user could
+// supply the output from this package, but cannot supply the grammar file(s) they are using, even
+// privately to the maintainers.
+//
+// The statistics are gathered by the runtime itself, and are not gathered by the parser or lexer, but the user
+// must call this function their selves to analyze the statistics. This is because none of the infrastructure is
+// extant unless the calling program is built with the antlr.stats tag like so:
+//
+// go build -tags antlr.stats .
+//
+// When a program is built with the antlr.stats tag, the Statistics object is created and available outside
+// the package. The user can then call the [Statistics.Analyze] function to analyze the statistics and then call the
+// [Statistics.Report] function to report the statistics.
+//
+// Please forward any questions about this package to the ANTLR discussion groups on GitHub or send to them to
+// me [Jim Idle] directly at jimi@idle.ws
+//
+// [Jim Idle]: https:://github.com/jim-idle
+func (s *goRunStats) Analyze() {
+
+ // Look for anything that looks strange and record it in our local maps etc for the report to present it
+ //
+ s.CollectionAnomalies()
+ s.TopNCollections()
+}
+
+// TopNCollections looks through all the statistical records and gathers the top ten collections by size.
+func (s *goRunStats) TopNCollections() {
+
+ // Let's sort the stat records by MaxSize
+ //
+ sort.Slice(s.jStats, func(i, j int) bool {
+ return s.jStats[i].MaxSize > s.jStats[j].MaxSize
+ })
+
+ for i := 0; i < len(s.jStats) && i < s.topN; i++ {
+ s.topNByMax = append(s.topNByMax, s.jStats[i])
+ }
+
+ // Sort by the number of times used
+ //
+ sort.Slice(s.jStats, func(i, j int) bool {
+ return s.jStats[i].Gets+s.jStats[i].Puts > s.jStats[j].Gets+s.jStats[j].Puts
+ })
+ for i := 0; i < len(s.jStats) && i < s.topN; i++ {
+ s.topNByUsed = append(s.topNByUsed, s.jStats[i])
+ }
+}
+
+// Report dumps a markdown formatted report of all the statistics collected during a run to the given dir output
+// path, which should represent a directory. Generated files will be prefixed with the given prefix and will be
+// given a type name such as `anomalies` and a time stamp such as `2021-09-01T12:34:56` and a .md suffix.
+func (s *goRunStats) Report(dir string, prefix string) error {
+
+ isDir, err := isDirectory(dir)
+ switch {
+ case err != nil:
+ return err
+ case !isDir:
+ return fmt.Errorf("output directory `%s` is not a directory", dir)
+ }
+ s.reportCollections(dir, prefix)
+
+ // Clean out any old data in case the user forgets
+ //
+ s.Reset()
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) Reset() {
+ s.jStats = nil
+ s.topNByUsed = nil
+ s.topNByMax = nil
+}
+
+func (s *goRunStats) reportCollections(dir, prefix string) {
+ cname := filepath.Join(dir, ".asciidoctor")
+ // If the file doesn't exist, create it, or append to the file
+ f, err := os.OpenFile(cname, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Fatal(err)
+ }
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(`// .asciidoctorconfig
+++++
+
+++++`)
+ _ = f.Close()
+
+ fname := filepath.Join(dir, prefix+"_"+"_"+collectionsFile+"_"+".adoc")
+ // If the file doesn't exist, create it, or append to the file
+ f, err = os.OpenFile(fname, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Fatal(err)
+ }
+ defer func(f *os.File) {
+ err := f.Close()
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Fatal(err)
+ }
+ }(f)
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("= Collections for " + prefix + "\n\n")
+
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("== Summary\n")
+
+ if s.unusedCollections != nil {
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("=== Unused Collections\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("Unused collections incur a penalty for allocation that makes them a candidate for either\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(" removal or optimization. If you are using a collection that is not used, you should\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(" consider removing it. If you are using a collection that is used, but not very often,\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(" you should consider using lazy initialization to defer the allocation until it is\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(" actually needed.\n\n")
+
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Unused collections\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<3,>1"]` + "\n\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| Type | Count\n")
+
+ for k, v := range s.unusedCollections {
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[k].SybolicName + " | " + strconv.Itoa(v) + "\n")
+ }
+ f.WriteString("|===\n\n")
+ }
+
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Collections\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<3,>1"]` + "\n\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| Type | Count\n")
+ for k, v := range s.counts {
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[k].SybolicName + " | " + strconv.Itoa(v) + "\n")
+ }
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| Total | " + strconv.Itoa(len(s.jStats)) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n")
+
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Top " + strconv.Itoa(s.topN) + " Collections by MaxSize\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<1,<3,>1,>1,>1,>1"]` + "\n\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| Source | Description | MaxSize | EndSize | Puts | Gets\n")
+ for _, c := range s.topNByMax {
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[c.Source].SybolicName + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + c.Description + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.MaxSize) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.CurSize) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Puts) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n")
+ }
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n")
+
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n.Summary of Top " + strconv.Itoa(s.topN) + " Collections by Access\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString(`[cols="<1,<3,>1,>1,>1,>1,>1"]` + "\n\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| Source | Description | MaxSize | EndSize | Puts | Gets | P+G\n")
+ for _, c := range s.topNByUsed {
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + CollectionDescriptors[c.Source].SybolicName + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + c.Description + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.MaxSize) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.CurSize) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Puts) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("| " + strconv.Itoa(c.Gets+c.Puts) + "\n")
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("\n")
+ }
+ _, _ = f.WriteString("|===\n\n")
+}
+
+// AddJStatRec adds a [JStatRec] record to the [goRunStats] collection when build runtimeConfig antlr.stats is enabled.
+func (s *goRunStats) AddJStatRec(rec *JStatRec) {
+ s.jStatsLock.Lock()
+ defer s.jStatsLock.Unlock()
+ s.jStats = append(s.jStats, rec)
+}
+
+// CollectionAnomalies looks through all the statistical records and gathers any anomalies that have been found.
+func (s *goRunStats) CollectionAnomalies() {
+ s.jStatsLock.RLock()
+ defer s.jStatsLock.RUnlock()
+ s.counts = make(map[CollectionSource]int, len(s.jStats))
+ for _, c := range s.jStats {
+
+ // Accumlate raw counts
+ //
+ s.counts[c.Source]++
+
+ // Look for allocated but unused collections and count them
+ if c.MaxSize == 0 && c.Puts == 0 {
+ if s.unusedCollections == nil {
+ s.unusedCollections = make(map[CollectionSource]int)
+ }
+ s.unusedCollections[c.Source]++
+ }
+ if c.MaxSize > 6000 {
+ fmt.Println("Collection ", c.Description, "accumulated a max size of ", c.MaxSize, " - this is probably too large and indicates a poorly formed grammar")
+ }
+ }
+
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d9eb94e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/stats_data.go
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package antlr
+
+// A JStatRec is a record of a particular use of a [JStore], [JMap] or JPCMap] collection. Typically, it will be
+// used to look for unused collections that wre allocated anyway, problems with hash bucket clashes, and anomalies
+// such as huge numbers of Gets with no entries found GetNoEnt. You can refer to the CollectionAnomalies() function
+// for ideas on what can be gleaned from these statistics about collections.
+type JStatRec struct {
+ Source CollectionSource
+ MaxSize int
+ CurSize int
+ Gets int
+ GetHits int
+ GetMisses int
+ GetHashConflicts int
+ GetNoEnt int
+ Puts int
+ PutHits int
+ PutMisses int
+ PutHashConflicts int
+ MaxSlotSize int
+ Description string
+ CreateStack []byte
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9670efb82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token.go
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+type TokenSourceCharStreamPair struct {
+ tokenSource TokenSource
+ charStream CharStream
+}
+
+// A token has properties: text, type, line, character position in the line
+// (so we can ignore tabs), token channel, index, and source from which
+// we obtained this token.
+
+type Token interface {
+ GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair
+ GetTokenType() int
+ GetChannel() int
+ GetStart() int
+ GetStop() int
+ GetLine() int
+ GetColumn() int
+
+ GetText() string
+ SetText(s string)
+
+ GetTokenIndex() int
+ SetTokenIndex(v int)
+
+ GetTokenSource() TokenSource
+ GetInputStream() CharStream
+
+ String() string
+}
+
+type BaseToken struct {
+ source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair
+ tokenType int // token type of the token
+ channel int // The parser ignores everything not on DEFAULT_CHANNEL
+ start int // optional return -1 if not implemented.
+ stop int // optional return -1 if not implemented.
+ tokenIndex int // from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream
+ line int // line=1..n of the 1st character
+ column int // beginning of the line at which it occurs, 0..n-1
+ text string // text of the token.
+ readOnly bool
+}
+
+const (
+ TokenInvalidType = 0
+
+ // TokenEpsilon - during lookahead operations, this "token" signifies we hit the rule end [ATN] state
+ // and did not follow it despite needing to.
+ TokenEpsilon = -2
+
+ TokenMinUserTokenType = 1
+
+ TokenEOF = -1
+
+ // TokenDefaultChannel is the default channel upon which tokens are sent to the parser.
+ //
+ // All tokens go to the parser (unless [Skip] is called in the lexer rule)
+ // on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel
+ // so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel.
+ TokenDefaultChannel = 0
+
+ // TokenHiddenChannel defines the normal hidden channel - the parser wil not see tokens that are not on [TokenDefaultChannel].
+ //
+ // Anything on a different channel than TokenDefaultChannel is not parsed by parser.
+ TokenHiddenChannel = 1
+)
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetChannel() int {
+ return b.channel
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetStart() int {
+ return b.start
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetStop() int {
+ return b.stop
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetLine() int {
+ return b.line
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetColumn() int {
+ return b.column
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenType() int {
+ return b.tokenType
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair {
+ return b.source
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenIndex() int {
+ return b.tokenIndex
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) SetTokenIndex(v int) {
+ b.tokenIndex = v
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenSource() TokenSource {
+ return b.source.tokenSource
+}
+
+func (b *BaseToken) GetInputStream() CharStream {
+ return b.source.charStream
+}
+
+type CommonToken struct {
+ BaseToken
+}
+
+func NewCommonToken(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, tokenType, channel, start, stop int) *CommonToken {
+
+ t := &CommonToken{
+ BaseToken: BaseToken{
+ source: source,
+ tokenType: tokenType,
+ channel: channel,
+ start: start,
+ stop: stop,
+ tokenIndex: -1,
+ },
+ }
+
+ if t.source.tokenSource != nil {
+ t.line = source.tokenSource.GetLine()
+ t.column = source.tokenSource.GetCharPositionInLine()
+ } else {
+ t.column = -1
+ }
+ return t
+}
+
+// An empty {@link Pair} which is used as the default value of
+// {@link //source} for tokens that do not have a source.
+
+//CommonToken.EMPTY_SOURCE = [ nil, nil ]
+
+// Constructs a New{@link CommonToken} as a copy of another {@link Token}.
+//
+//
+// If {@code oldToken} is also a {@link CommonToken} instance, the newly
+// constructed token will share a reference to the {@link //text} field and
+// the {@link Pair} stored in {@link //source}. Otherwise, {@link //text} will
+// be assigned the result of calling {@link //GetText}, and {@link //source}
+// will be constructed from the result of {@link Token//GetTokenSource} and
+// {@link Token//GetInputStream}.
+//
+// @param oldToken The token to copy.
+func (c *CommonToken) clone() *CommonToken {
+ t := NewCommonToken(c.source, c.tokenType, c.channel, c.start, c.stop)
+ t.tokenIndex = c.GetTokenIndex()
+ t.line = c.GetLine()
+ t.column = c.GetColumn()
+ t.text = c.GetText()
+ return t
+}
+
+func (c *CommonToken) GetText() string {
+ if c.text != "" {
+ return c.text
+ }
+ input := c.GetInputStream()
+ if input == nil {
+ return ""
+ }
+ n := input.Size()
+ if c.start < n && c.stop < n {
+ return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(c.start, c.stop))
+ }
+ return ""
+}
+
+func (c *CommonToken) SetText(text string) {
+ c.text = text
+}
+
+func (c *CommonToken) String() string {
+ txt := c.GetText()
+ if txt != "" {
+ txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\n", "\\n", -1)
+ txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\r", "\\r", -1)
+ txt = strings.Replace(txt, "\t", "\\t", -1)
+ } else {
+ txt = ""
+ }
+
+ var ch string
+ if c.channel > 0 {
+ ch = ",channel=" + strconv.Itoa(c.channel)
+ } else {
+ ch = ""
+ }
+
+ return "[@" + strconv.Itoa(c.tokenIndex) + "," + strconv.Itoa(c.start) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(c.stop) + "='" +
+ txt + "',<" + strconv.Itoa(c.tokenType) + ">" +
+ ch + "," + strconv.Itoa(c.line) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(c.column) + "]"
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token_source.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token_source.go
similarity index 100%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token_source.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token_source.go
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go
similarity index 90%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go
index 1527d43f6..bf4ff6633 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/token_stream.go
@@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ type TokenStream interface {
IntStream
LT(k int) Token
+ Reset()
Get(index int) Token
GetTokenSource() TokenSource
SetTokenSource(TokenSource)
GetAllText() string
- GetTextFromInterval(*Interval) string
+ GetTextFromInterval(Interval) string
GetTextFromRuleContext(RuleContext) string
GetTextFromTokens(Token, Token) string
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ccf59b465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tokenstream_rewriter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+//
+// Useful for rewriting out a buffered input token stream after doing some
+// augmentation or other manipulations on it.
+
+//
+// You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the operations
+// are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a {@link String} with
+// {@link TokenStream#getText()}. This is very efficient because you are not
+// moving data around all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to
+// strings, the {@link #getText()} method(s) scan the input token stream and
+// check to see if there is an operation at the current index. If so, the
+// operation is done and then normal {@link String} rendering continues on the
+// buffer. This is like having multiple Turing machine instruction streams
+// (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
+//
+
+// This rewriter makes no modifications to the token stream. It does not ask the
+// stream to fill itself up nor does it advance the input cursor. The token
+// stream {@link TokenStream#index()} will return the same value before and
+// after any {@link #getText()} call.
+
+//
+// The rewriter only works on tokens that you have in the buffer and ignores the
+// current input cursor. If you are buffering tokens on-demand, calling
+// {@link #getText()} halfway through the input will only do rewrites for those
+// tokens in the first half of the file.
+
+//
+// Since the operations are done lazily at {@link #getText}-time, operations do
+// not screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token
+// index {@code i} does not change the index values for tokens
+// {@code i}+1..n-1.
+
+//
+// Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get the
+// original token stream back without undoing anything. Since the instructions
+// are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and roll back any changes
+// if there is an error just by removing instructions. For example,
+
+//
+// CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input");
+// TLexer lex = new TLexer(input);
+// CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex);
+// T parser = new T(tokens);
+// TokenStreamRewriter rewriter = new TokenStreamRewriter(tokens);
+// parser.startRule();
+//
+
+//
+// Then in the rules, you can execute (assuming rewriter is visible):
+
+//
+// Token t,u;
+// ...
+// rewriter.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");}
+// rewriter.insertAfter(u, "text after u");}
+// System.out.println(rewriter.getText());
+//
+
+//
+// You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple rewrites
+// from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction streams and use
+// that name again when printing the buffer. This could be useful for generating
+// a C file and also its header file--all from the same buffer:
+
+//
+// rewriter.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");}
+// rewriter.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");}
+// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass1"));
+// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass2"));
+//
+
+//
+// If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as the
+// first example shows.
+
+const (
+ DefaultProgramName = "default"
+ ProgramInitSize = 100
+ MinTokenIndex = 0
+)
+
+// Define the rewrite operation hierarchy
+
+type RewriteOperation interface {
+
+ // Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer.
+ // Return the index of the next token to operate on.
+ Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int
+ String() string
+ GetInstructionIndex() int
+ GetIndex() int
+ GetText() string
+ GetOpName() string
+ GetTokens() TokenStream
+ SetInstructionIndex(val int)
+ SetIndex(int)
+ SetText(string)
+ SetOpName(string)
+ SetTokens(TokenStream)
+}
+
+type BaseRewriteOperation struct {
+ //Current index of rewrites list
+ instructionIndex int
+ //Token buffer index
+ index int
+ //Substitution text
+ text string
+ //Actual operation name
+ opName string
+ //Pointer to token steam
+ tokens TokenStream
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetInstructionIndex() int {
+ return op.instructionIndex
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetIndex() int {
+ return op.index
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetText() string {
+ return op.text
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetOpName() string {
+ return op.opName
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetTokens() TokenStream {
+ return op.tokens
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetInstructionIndex(val int) {
+ op.instructionIndex = val
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetIndex(val int) {
+ op.index = val
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetText(val string) {
+ op.text = val
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetOpName(val string) {
+ op.opName = val
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetTokens(val TokenStream) {
+ op.tokens = val
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) Execute(_ *bytes.Buffer) int {
+ return op.index
+}
+
+func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) String() string {
+ return fmt.Sprintf("<%s@%d:\"%s\">",
+ op.opName,
+ op.tokens.Get(op.GetIndex()),
+ op.text,
+ )
+
+}
+
+type InsertBeforeOp struct {
+ BaseRewriteOperation
+}
+
+func NewInsertBeforeOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertBeforeOp {
+ return &InsertBeforeOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
+ index: index,
+ text: text,
+ opName: "InsertBeforeOp",
+ tokens: stream,
+ }}
+}
+
+func (op *InsertBeforeOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
+ buffer.WriteString(op.text)
+ if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
+ buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText())
+ }
+ return op.index + 1
+}
+
+func (op *InsertBeforeOp) String() string {
+ return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String()
+}
+
+// InsertAfterOp distinguishes between insert after/before to do the "insert after" instructions
+// first and then the "insert before" instructions at same index. Implementation
+// of "insert after" is "insert before index+1".
+type InsertAfterOp struct {
+ BaseRewriteOperation
+}
+
+func NewInsertAfterOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertAfterOp {
+ return &InsertAfterOp{
+ BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
+ index: index + 1,
+ text: text,
+ tokens: stream,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+func (op *InsertAfterOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
+ buffer.WriteString(op.text)
+ if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
+ buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText())
+ }
+ return op.index + 1
+}
+
+func (op *InsertAfterOp) String() string {
+ return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String()
+}
+
+// ReplaceOp tries to replace range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp
+// instructions.
+type ReplaceOp struct {
+ BaseRewriteOperation
+ LastIndex int
+}
+
+func NewReplaceOp(from, to int, text string, stream TokenStream) *ReplaceOp {
+ return &ReplaceOp{
+ BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{
+ index: from,
+ text: text,
+ opName: "ReplaceOp",
+ tokens: stream,
+ },
+ LastIndex: to,
+ }
+}
+
+func (op *ReplaceOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int {
+ if op.text != "" {
+ buffer.WriteString(op.text)
+ }
+ return op.LastIndex + 1
+}
+
+func (op *ReplaceOp) String() string {
+ if op.text == "" {
+ return fmt.Sprintf("",
+ op.tokens.Get(op.index), op.tokens.Get(op.LastIndex))
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprintf("",
+ op.tokens.Get(op.index), op.tokens.Get(op.LastIndex), op.text)
+}
+
+type TokenStreamRewriter struct {
+ //Our source stream
+ tokens TokenStream
+ // You may have multiple, named streams of rewrite operations.
+ // I'm calling these things "programs."
+ // Maps String (name) → rewrite (List)
+ programs map[string][]RewriteOperation
+ lastRewriteTokenIndexes map[string]int
+}
+
+func NewTokenStreamRewriter(tokens TokenStream) *TokenStreamRewriter {
+ return &TokenStreamRewriter{
+ tokens: tokens,
+ programs: map[string][]RewriteOperation{
+ DefaultProgramName: make([]RewriteOperation, 0, ProgramInitSize),
+ },
+ lastRewriteTokenIndexes: map[string]int{},
+ }
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetTokenStream() TokenStream {
+ return tsr.tokens
+}
+
+// Rollback the instruction stream for a program so that
+// the indicated instruction (via instructionIndex) is no
+// longer in the stream. UNTESTED!
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Rollback(programName string, instructionIndex int) {
+ is, ok := tsr.programs[programName]
+ if ok {
+ tsr.programs[programName] = is[MinTokenIndex:instructionIndex]
+ }
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) RollbackDefault(instructionIndex int) {
+ tsr.Rollback(DefaultProgramName, instructionIndex)
+}
+
+// DeleteProgram Reset the program so that no instructions exist
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteProgram(programName string) {
+ tsr.Rollback(programName, MinTokenIndex) //TODO: double test on that cause lower bound is not included
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteProgramDefault() {
+ tsr.DeleteProgram(DefaultProgramName)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfter(programName string, index int, text string) {
+ // to insert after, just insert before next index (even if past end)
+ var op RewriteOperation = NewInsertAfterOp(index, text, tsr.tokens)
+ rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(programName)
+ op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
+ tsr.AddToProgram(programName, op)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfterDefault(index int, text string) {
+ tsr.InsertAfter(DefaultProgramName, index, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertAfterToken(programName string, token Token, text string) {
+ tsr.InsertAfter(programName, token.GetTokenIndex(), text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBefore(programName string, index int, text string) {
+ var op RewriteOperation = NewInsertBeforeOp(index, text, tsr.tokens)
+ rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(programName)
+ op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
+ tsr.AddToProgram(programName, op)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBeforeDefault(index int, text string) {
+ tsr.InsertBefore(DefaultProgramName, index, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InsertBeforeToken(programName string, token Token, text string) {
+ tsr.InsertBefore(programName, token.GetTokenIndex(), text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Replace(programName string, from, to int, text string) {
+ if from > to || from < 0 || to < 0 || to >= tsr.tokens.Size() {
+ panic(fmt.Sprintf("replace: range invalid: %d..%d(size=%d)",
+ from, to, tsr.tokens.Size()))
+ }
+ var op RewriteOperation = NewReplaceOp(from, to, text, tsr.tokens)
+ rewrites := tsr.GetProgram(programName)
+ op.SetInstructionIndex(len(rewrites))
+ tsr.AddToProgram(programName, op)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceDefault(from, to int, text string) {
+ tsr.Replace(DefaultProgramName, from, to, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceDefaultPos(index int, text string) {
+ tsr.ReplaceDefault(index, index, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceToken(programName string, from, to Token, text string) {
+ tsr.Replace(programName, from.GetTokenIndex(), to.GetTokenIndex(), text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceTokenDefault(from, to Token, text string) {
+ tsr.ReplaceToken(DefaultProgramName, from, to, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) ReplaceTokenDefaultPos(index Token, text string) {
+ tsr.ReplaceTokenDefault(index, index, text)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) Delete(programName string, from, to int) {
+ tsr.Replace(programName, from, to, "")
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteDefault(from, to int) {
+ tsr.Delete(DefaultProgramName, from, to)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteDefaultPos(index int) {
+ tsr.DeleteDefault(index, index)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteToken(programName string, from, to Token) {
+ tsr.ReplaceToken(programName, from, to, "")
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) DeleteTokenDefault(from, to Token) {
+ tsr.DeleteToken(DefaultProgramName, from, to)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetLastRewriteTokenIndex(programName string) int {
+ i, ok := tsr.lastRewriteTokenIndexes[programName]
+ if !ok {
+ return -1
+ }
+ return i
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetLastRewriteTokenIndexDefault() int {
+ return tsr.GetLastRewriteTokenIndex(DefaultProgramName)
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) SetLastRewriteTokenIndex(programName string, i int) {
+ tsr.lastRewriteTokenIndexes[programName] = i
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) InitializeProgram(name string) []RewriteOperation {
+ is := make([]RewriteOperation, 0, ProgramInitSize)
+ tsr.programs[name] = is
+ return is
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) AddToProgram(name string, op RewriteOperation) {
+ is := tsr.GetProgram(name)
+ is = append(is, op)
+ tsr.programs[name] = is
+}
+
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetProgram(name string) []RewriteOperation {
+ is, ok := tsr.programs[name]
+ if !ok {
+ is = tsr.InitializeProgram(name)
+ }
+ return is
+}
+
+// GetTextDefault returns the text from the original tokens altered per the
+// instructions given to this rewriter.
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetTextDefault() string {
+ return tsr.GetText(
+ DefaultProgramName,
+ NewInterval(0, tsr.tokens.Size()-1))
+}
+
+// GetText returns the text from the original tokens altered per the
+// instructions given to this rewriter.
+func (tsr *TokenStreamRewriter) GetText(programName string, interval Interval) string {
+ rewrites := tsr.programs[programName]
+ start := interval.Start
+ stop := interval.Stop
+ // ensure start/end are in range
+ stop = min(stop, tsr.tokens.Size()-1)
+ start = max(start, 0)
+ if len(rewrites) == 0 {
+ return tsr.tokens.GetTextFromInterval(interval) // no instructions to execute
+ }
+ buf := bytes.Buffer{}
+ // First, optimize instruction stream
+ indexToOp := reduceToSingleOperationPerIndex(rewrites)
+ // Walk buffer, executing instructions and emitting tokens
+ for i := start; i <= stop && i < tsr.tokens.Size(); {
+ op := indexToOp[i]
+ delete(indexToOp, i) // remove so any left have index size-1
+ t := tsr.tokens.Get(i)
+ if op == nil {
+ // no operation at that index, just dump token
+ if t.GetTokenType() != TokenEOF {
+ buf.WriteString(t.GetText())
+ }
+ i++ // move to next token
+ } else {
+ i = op.Execute(&buf) // execute operation and skip
+ }
+ }
+ // include stuff after end if it's last index in buffer
+ // So, if they did an insertAfter(lastValidIndex, "foo"), include
+ // foo if end==lastValidIndex.
+ if stop == tsr.tokens.Size()-1 {
+ // Scan any remaining operations after last token
+ // should be included (they will be inserts).
+ for _, op := range indexToOp {
+ if op.GetIndex() >= tsr.tokens.Size()-1 {
+ buf.WriteString(op.GetText())
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return buf.String()
+}
+
+// reduceToSingleOperationPerIndex combines operations and report invalid operations (like
+// overlapping replaces that are not completed nested). Inserts to
+// same index need to be combined etc...
+//
+// Here are the cases:
+//
+// I.i.u I.j.v leave alone, non-overlapping
+// I.i.u I.i.v combine: Iivu
+//
+// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | i-j in x-y delete first R
+// R.i-j.u R.i-j.v delete first R
+// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | x-y in i-j ERROR
+// R.i-j.u R.x-y.v | boundaries overlap ERROR
+//
+// Delete special case of replace (text==null):
+// D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
+//
+// I.i.u R.x-y.v | i in (x+1)-y delete I (since insert before
+// we're not deleting i)
+// I.i.u R.x-y.v | i not in (x+1)-y leave alone, non-overlapping
+// R.x-y.v I.i.u | i in x-y ERROR
+// R.x-y.v I.x.u R.x-y.uv (combine, delete I)
+// R.x-y.v I.i.u | i not in x-y leave alone, non-overlapping
+//
+// I.i.u = insert u before op @ index i
+// R.x-y.u = replace x-y indexed tokens with u
+//
+// First we need to examine replaces. For any replace op:
+//
+// 1. wipe out any insertions before op within that range.
+// 2. Drop any replace op before that is contained completely within
+// that range.
+// 3. Throw exception upon boundary overlap with any previous replace.
+//
+// Then we can deal with inserts:
+//
+// 1. for any inserts to same index, combine even if not adjacent.
+// 2. for any prior replace with same left boundary, combine this
+// insert with replace and delete this 'replace'.
+// 3. throw exception if index in same range as previous replace
+//
+// Don't actually delete; make op null in list. Easier to walk list.
+// Later we can throw as we add to index → op map.
+//
+// Note that I.2 R.2-2 will wipe out I.2 even though, technically, the
+// inserted stuff would be before the 'replace' range. But, if you
+// add tokens in front of a method body '{' and then delete the method
+// body, I think the stuff before the '{' you added should disappear too.
+//
+// The func returns a map from token index to operation.
+func reduceToSingleOperationPerIndex(rewrites []RewriteOperation) map[int]RewriteOperation {
+ // WALK REPLACES
+ for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
+ op := rewrites[i]
+ if op == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ rop, ok := op.(*ReplaceOp)
+ if !ok {
+ continue
+ }
+ // Wipe prior inserts within range
+ for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
+ if iop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertBeforeOp); ok {
+ if iop.index == rop.index {
+ // E.g., insert before 2, delete 2..2; update replace
+ // text to include insert before, kill insert
+ rewrites[iop.instructionIndex] = nil
+ if rop.text != "" {
+ rop.text = iop.text + rop.text
+ } else {
+ rop.text = iop.text
+ }
+ } else if iop.index > rop.index && iop.index <= rop.LastIndex {
+ // delete insert as it's a no-op.
+ rewrites[iop.instructionIndex] = nil
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // Drop any prior replaces contained within
+ for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
+ if prevop, ok := rewrites[j].(*ReplaceOp); ok {
+ if prevop.index >= rop.index && prevop.LastIndex <= rop.LastIndex {
+ // delete replace as it's a no-op.
+ rewrites[prevop.instructionIndex] = nil
+ continue
+ }
+ // throw exception unless disjoint or identical
+ disjoint := prevop.LastIndex < rop.index || prevop.index > rop.LastIndex
+ // Delete special case of replace (text==null):
+ // D.i-j.u D.x-y.v | boundaries overlap combine to max(min)..max(right)
+ if prevop.text == "" && rop.text == "" && !disjoint {
+ rewrites[prevop.instructionIndex] = nil
+ rop.index = min(prevop.index, rop.index)
+ rop.LastIndex = max(prevop.LastIndex, rop.LastIndex)
+ } else if !disjoint {
+ panic("replace op boundaries of " + rop.String() + " overlap with previous " + prevop.String())
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // WALK INSERTS
+ for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
+ op := rewrites[i]
+ if op == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ //hack to replicate inheritance in composition
+ _, iok := rewrites[i].(*InsertBeforeOp)
+ _, aok := rewrites[i].(*InsertAfterOp)
+ if !iok && !aok {
+ continue
+ }
+ iop := rewrites[i]
+ // combine current insert with prior if any at same index
+ // deviating a bit from TokenStreamRewriter.java - hard to incorporate inheritance logic
+ for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
+ if nextIop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertAfterOp); ok {
+ if nextIop.index == iop.GetIndex() {
+ iop.SetText(nextIop.text + iop.GetText())
+ rewrites[j] = nil
+ }
+ }
+ if prevIop, ok := rewrites[j].(*InsertBeforeOp); ok {
+ if prevIop.index == iop.GetIndex() {
+ iop.SetText(iop.GetText() + prevIop.text)
+ rewrites[prevIop.instructionIndex] = nil
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // look for replaces where iop.index is in range; error
+ for j := 0; j < i && j < len(rewrites); j++ {
+ if rop, ok := rewrites[j].(*ReplaceOp); ok {
+ if iop.GetIndex() == rop.index {
+ rop.text = iop.GetText() + rop.text
+ rewrites[i] = nil
+ continue
+ }
+ if iop.GetIndex() >= rop.index && iop.GetIndex() <= rop.LastIndex {
+ panic("insert op " + iop.String() + " within boundaries of previous " + rop.String())
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ m := map[int]RewriteOperation{}
+ for i := 0; i < len(rewrites); i++ {
+ op := rewrites[i]
+ if op == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if _, ok := m[op.GetIndex()]; ok {
+ panic("should only be one op per index")
+ }
+ m[op.GetIndex()] = op
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+/*
+ Quick fixing Go lack of overloads
+*/
+
+func max(a, b int) int {
+ if a > b {
+ return a
+ } else {
+ return b
+ }
+}
+func min(a, b int) int {
+ if a < b {
+ return a
+ } else {
+ return b
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/trace_listener.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/trace_listener.go
similarity index 100%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/trace_listener.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/trace_listener.go
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/transition.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/transition.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..313b0fc12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/transition.go
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// atom, set, epsilon, action, predicate, rule transitions.
+//
+// This is a one way link. It emanates from a state (usually via a list of
+// transitions) and has a target state.
+//
+// Since we never have to change the ATN transitions once we construct it,
+// the states. We'll use the term Edge for the DFA to distinguish them from
+// ATN transitions.
+
+type Transition interface {
+ getTarget() ATNState
+ setTarget(ATNState)
+ getIsEpsilon() bool
+ getLabel() *IntervalSet
+ getSerializationType() int
+ Matches(int, int, int) bool
+}
+
+type BaseTransition struct {
+ target ATNState
+ isEpsilon bool
+ label int
+ intervalSet *IntervalSet
+ serializationType int
+}
+
+func NewBaseTransition(target ATNState) *BaseTransition {
+
+ if target == nil {
+ panic("target cannot be nil.")
+ }
+
+ t := new(BaseTransition)
+
+ t.target = target
+ // Are we epsilon, action, sempred?
+ t.isEpsilon = false
+ t.intervalSet = nil
+
+ return t
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) getTarget() ATNState {
+ return t.target
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) setTarget(s ATNState) {
+ t.target = s
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) getIsEpsilon() bool {
+ return t.isEpsilon
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) getLabel() *IntervalSet {
+ return t.intervalSet
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) getSerializationType() int {
+ return t.serializationType
+}
+
+func (t *BaseTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ panic("Not implemented")
+}
+
+const (
+ TransitionEPSILON = 1
+ TransitionRANGE = 2
+ TransitionRULE = 3
+ TransitionPREDICATE = 4 // e.g., {isType(input.LT(1))}?
+ TransitionATOM = 5
+ TransitionACTION = 6
+ TransitionSET = 7 // ~(A|B) or ~atom, wildcard, which convert to next 2
+ TransitionNOTSET = 8
+ TransitionWILDCARD = 9
+ TransitionPRECEDENCE = 10
+)
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var TransitionserializationNames = []string{
+ "INVALID",
+ "EPSILON",
+ "RANGE",
+ "RULE",
+ "PREDICATE",
+ "ATOM",
+ "ACTION",
+ "SET",
+ "NOT_SET",
+ "WILDCARD",
+ "PRECEDENCE",
+}
+
+//var TransitionserializationTypes struct {
+// EpsilonTransition int
+// RangeTransition int
+// RuleTransition int
+// PredicateTransition int
+// AtomTransition int
+// ActionTransition int
+// SetTransition int
+// NotSetTransition int
+// WildcardTransition int
+// PrecedencePredicateTransition int
+//}{
+// TransitionEPSILON,
+// TransitionRANGE,
+// TransitionRULE,
+// TransitionPREDICATE,
+// TransitionATOM,
+// TransitionACTION,
+// TransitionSET,
+// TransitionNOTSET,
+// TransitionWILDCARD,
+// TransitionPRECEDENCE
+//}
+
+// AtomTransition
+// TODO: make all transitions sets? no, should remove set edges
+type AtomTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+}
+
+func NewAtomTransition(target ATNState, intervalSet int) *AtomTransition {
+ t := &AtomTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionATOM,
+ label: intervalSet,
+ isEpsilon: false,
+ },
+ }
+ t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel()
+
+ return t
+}
+
+func (t *AtomTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet {
+ s := NewIntervalSet()
+ s.addOne(t.label)
+ return s
+}
+
+func (t *AtomTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool {
+ return t.label == symbol
+}
+
+func (t *AtomTransition) String() string {
+ return strconv.Itoa(t.label)
+}
+
+type RuleTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+ followState ATNState
+ ruleIndex, precedence int
+}
+
+func NewRuleTransition(ruleStart ATNState, ruleIndex, precedence int, followState ATNState) *RuleTransition {
+ return &RuleTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: ruleStart,
+ isEpsilon: true,
+ serializationType: TransitionRULE,
+ },
+ ruleIndex: ruleIndex,
+ precedence: precedence,
+ followState: followState,
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *RuleTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+type EpsilonTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+ outermostPrecedenceReturn int
+}
+
+func NewEpsilonTransition(target ATNState, outermostPrecedenceReturn int) *EpsilonTransition {
+ return &EpsilonTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionEPSILON,
+ isEpsilon: true,
+ },
+ outermostPrecedenceReturn: outermostPrecedenceReturn,
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *EpsilonTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+func (t *EpsilonTransition) String() string {
+ return "epsilon"
+}
+
+type RangeTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+ start, stop int
+}
+
+func NewRangeTransition(target ATNState, start, stop int) *RangeTransition {
+ t := &RangeTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionRANGE,
+ isEpsilon: false,
+ },
+ start: start,
+ stop: stop,
+ }
+ t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel()
+ return t
+}
+
+func (t *RangeTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet {
+ s := NewIntervalSet()
+ s.addRange(t.start, t.stop)
+ return s
+}
+
+func (t *RangeTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool {
+ return symbol >= t.start && symbol <= t.stop
+}
+
+func (t *RangeTransition) String() string {
+ var sb strings.Builder
+ sb.WriteByte('\'')
+ sb.WriteRune(rune(t.start))
+ sb.WriteString("'..'")
+ sb.WriteRune(rune(t.stop))
+ sb.WriteByte('\'')
+ return sb.String()
+}
+
+type AbstractPredicateTransition interface {
+ Transition
+ IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo()
+}
+
+type BaseAbstractPredicateTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+}
+
+func NewBasePredicateTransition(target ATNState) *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition {
+ return &BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+func (a *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() {}
+
+type PredicateTransition struct {
+ BaseAbstractPredicateTransition
+ isCtxDependent bool
+ ruleIndex, predIndex int
+}
+
+func NewPredicateTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *PredicateTransition {
+ return &PredicateTransition{
+ BaseAbstractPredicateTransition: BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionPREDICATE,
+ isEpsilon: true,
+ },
+ },
+ isCtxDependent: isCtxDependent,
+ ruleIndex: ruleIndex,
+ predIndex: predIndex,
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *PredicateTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+func (t *PredicateTransition) getPredicate() *Predicate {
+ return NewPredicate(t.ruleIndex, t.predIndex, t.isCtxDependent)
+}
+
+func (t *PredicateTransition) String() string {
+ return "pred_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.predIndex)
+}
+
+type ActionTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+ isCtxDependent bool
+ ruleIndex, actionIndex, predIndex int
+}
+
+func NewActionTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, actionIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *ActionTransition {
+ return &ActionTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionACTION,
+ isEpsilon: true,
+ },
+ isCtxDependent: isCtxDependent,
+ ruleIndex: ruleIndex,
+ actionIndex: actionIndex,
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *ActionTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+func (t *ActionTransition) String() string {
+ return "action_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex)
+}
+
+type SetTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+}
+
+func NewSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *SetTransition {
+ t := &SetTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionSET,
+ },
+ }
+
+ if set != nil {
+ t.intervalSet = set
+ } else {
+ t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet()
+ t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType)
+ }
+ return t
+}
+
+func (t *SetTransition) Matches(symbol, _, _ int) bool {
+ return t.intervalSet.contains(symbol)
+}
+
+func (t *SetTransition) String() string {
+ return t.intervalSet.String()
+}
+
+type NotSetTransition struct {
+ SetTransition
+}
+
+func NewNotSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *NotSetTransition {
+ t := &NotSetTransition{
+ SetTransition: SetTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionNOTSET,
+ },
+ },
+ }
+ if set != nil {
+ t.intervalSet = set
+ } else {
+ t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet()
+ t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType)
+ }
+
+ return t
+}
+
+func (t *NotSetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
+ return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol && !t.intervalSet.contains(symbol)
+}
+
+func (t *NotSetTransition) String() string {
+ return "~" + t.intervalSet.String()
+}
+
+type WildcardTransition struct {
+ BaseTransition
+}
+
+func NewWildcardTransition(target ATNState) *WildcardTransition {
+ return &WildcardTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionWILDCARD,
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *WildcardTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool {
+ return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol
+}
+
+func (t *WildcardTransition) String() string {
+ return "."
+}
+
+type PrecedencePredicateTransition struct {
+ BaseAbstractPredicateTransition
+ precedence int
+}
+
+func NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target ATNState, precedence int) *PrecedencePredicateTransition {
+ return &PrecedencePredicateTransition{
+ BaseAbstractPredicateTransition: BaseAbstractPredicateTransition{
+ BaseTransition: BaseTransition{
+ target: target,
+ serializationType: TransitionPRECEDENCE,
+ isEpsilon: true,
+ },
+ },
+ precedence: precedence,
+ }
+}
+
+func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) Matches(_, _, _ int) bool {
+ return false
+}
+
+func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) getPredicate() *PrecedencePredicate {
+ return NewPrecedencePredicate(t.precedence)
+}
+
+func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) String() string {
+ return fmt.Sprint(t.precedence) + " >= _p"
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c288420fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/tree.go
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+// The basic notion of a tree has a parent, a payload, and a list of children.
+// It is the most abstract interface for all the trees used by ANTLR.
+///
+
+var TreeInvalidInterval = NewInterval(-1, -2)
+
+type Tree interface {
+ GetParent() Tree
+ SetParent(Tree)
+ GetPayload() interface{}
+ GetChild(i int) Tree
+ GetChildCount() int
+ GetChildren() []Tree
+}
+
+type SyntaxTree interface {
+ Tree
+ GetSourceInterval() Interval
+}
+
+type ParseTree interface {
+ SyntaxTree
+ Accept(Visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{}
+ GetText() string
+ ToStringTree([]string, Recognizer) string
+}
+
+type RuleNode interface {
+ ParseTree
+ GetRuleContext() RuleContext
+}
+
+type TerminalNode interface {
+ ParseTree
+ GetSymbol() Token
+}
+
+type ErrorNode interface {
+ TerminalNode
+
+ errorNode()
+}
+
+type ParseTreeVisitor interface {
+ Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{}
+ VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{}
+ VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{}
+ VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{}
+}
+
+type BaseParseTreeVisitor struct{}
+
+var _ ParseTreeVisitor = &BaseParseTreeVisitor{}
+
+func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} { return tree.Accept(v) }
+func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitChildren(_ RuleNode) interface{} { return nil }
+func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitTerminal(_ TerminalNode) interface{} { return nil }
+func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitErrorNode(_ ErrorNode) interface{} { return nil }
+
+// TODO: Implement this?
+//func (this ParseTreeVisitor) Visit(ctx) {
+// if (Utils.isArray(ctx)) {
+// self := this
+// return ctx.map(function(child) { return VisitAtom(self, child)})
+// } else {
+// return VisitAtom(this, ctx)
+// }
+//}
+//
+//func VisitAtom(Visitor, ctx) {
+// if (ctx.parser == nil) { //is terminal
+// return
+// }
+//
+// name := ctx.parser.ruleNames[ctx.ruleIndex]
+// funcName := "Visit" + Utils.titleCase(name)
+//
+// return Visitor[funcName](ctx)
+//}
+
+type ParseTreeListener interface {
+ VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode)
+ VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode)
+ EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext)
+ ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext)
+}
+
+type BaseParseTreeListener struct{}
+
+var _ ParseTreeListener = &BaseParseTreeListener{}
+
+func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitTerminal(_ TerminalNode) {}
+func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitErrorNode(_ ErrorNode) {}
+func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) EnterEveryRule(_ ParserRuleContext) {}
+func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) ExitEveryRule(_ ParserRuleContext) {}
+
+type TerminalNodeImpl struct {
+ parentCtx RuleContext
+ symbol Token
+}
+
+var _ TerminalNode = &TerminalNodeImpl{}
+
+func NewTerminalNodeImpl(symbol Token) *TerminalNodeImpl {
+ tn := new(TerminalNodeImpl)
+
+ tn.parentCtx = nil
+ tn.symbol = symbol
+
+ return tn
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChild(_ int) Tree {
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildren() []Tree {
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetChildren(_ []Tree) {
+ panic("Cannot set children on terminal node")
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSymbol() Token {
+ return t.symbol
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetParent() Tree {
+ return t.parentCtx
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetParent(tree Tree) {
+ t.parentCtx = tree.(RuleContext)
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetPayload() interface{} {
+ return t.symbol
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSourceInterval() Interval {
+ if t.symbol == nil {
+ return TreeInvalidInterval
+ }
+ tokenIndex := t.symbol.GetTokenIndex()
+ return NewInterval(tokenIndex, tokenIndex)
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildCount() int {
+ return 0
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} {
+ return v.VisitTerminal(t)
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetText() string {
+ return t.symbol.GetText()
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) String() string {
+ if t.symbol.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF {
+ return ""
+ }
+
+ return t.symbol.GetText()
+}
+
+func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) ToStringTree(_ []string, _ Recognizer) string {
+ return t.String()
+}
+
+// Represents a token that was consumed during reSynchronization
+// rather than during a valid Match operation. For example,
+// we will create this kind of a node during single token insertion
+// and deletion as well as during "consume until error recovery set"
+// upon no viable alternative exceptions.
+
+type ErrorNodeImpl struct {
+ *TerminalNodeImpl
+}
+
+var _ ErrorNode = &ErrorNodeImpl{}
+
+func NewErrorNodeImpl(token Token) *ErrorNodeImpl {
+ en := new(ErrorNodeImpl)
+ en.TerminalNodeImpl = NewTerminalNodeImpl(token)
+ return en
+}
+
+func (e *ErrorNodeImpl) errorNode() {}
+
+func (e *ErrorNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} {
+ return v.VisitErrorNode(e)
+}
+
+type ParseTreeWalker struct {
+}
+
+func NewParseTreeWalker() *ParseTreeWalker {
+ return new(ParseTreeWalker)
+}
+
+// Walk performs a walk on the given parse tree starting at the root and going down recursively
+// with depth-first search. On each node, [EnterRule] is called before
+// recursively walking down into child nodes, then [ExitRule] is called after the recursive call to wind up.
+func (p *ParseTreeWalker) Walk(listener ParseTreeListener, t Tree) {
+ switch tt := t.(type) {
+ case ErrorNode:
+ listener.VisitErrorNode(tt)
+ case TerminalNode:
+ listener.VisitTerminal(tt)
+ default:
+ p.EnterRule(listener, t.(RuleNode))
+ for i := 0; i < t.GetChildCount(); i++ {
+ child := t.GetChild(i)
+ p.Walk(listener, child)
+ }
+ p.ExitRule(listener, t.(RuleNode))
+ }
+}
+
+// EnterRule enters a grammar rule by first triggering the generic event [ParseTreeListener].[EnterEveryRule]
+// then by triggering the event specific to the given parse tree node
+func (p *ParseTreeWalker) EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener, r RuleNode) {
+ ctx := r.GetRuleContext().(ParserRuleContext)
+ listener.EnterEveryRule(ctx)
+ ctx.EnterRule(listener)
+}
+
+// ExitRule exits a grammar rule by first triggering the event specific to the given parse tree node
+// then by triggering the generic event [ParseTreeListener].ExitEveryRule
+func (p *ParseTreeWalker) ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener, r RuleNode) {
+ ctx := r.GetRuleContext().(ParserRuleContext)
+ ctx.ExitRule(listener)
+ listener.ExitEveryRule(ctx)
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedGlobalVariable
+var ParseTreeWalkerDefault = NewParseTreeWalker()
+
+type IterativeParseTreeWalker struct {
+ *ParseTreeWalker
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func NewIterativeParseTreeWalker() *IterativeParseTreeWalker {
+ return new(IterativeParseTreeWalker)
+}
+
+func (i *IterativeParseTreeWalker) Walk(listener ParseTreeListener, t Tree) {
+ var stack []Tree
+ var indexStack []int
+ currentNode := t
+ currentIndex := 0
+
+ for currentNode != nil {
+ // pre-order visit
+ switch tt := currentNode.(type) {
+ case ErrorNode:
+ listener.VisitErrorNode(tt)
+ case TerminalNode:
+ listener.VisitTerminal(tt)
+ default:
+ i.EnterRule(listener, currentNode.(RuleNode))
+ }
+ // Move down to first child, if exists
+ if currentNode.GetChildCount() > 0 {
+ stack = append(stack, currentNode)
+ indexStack = append(indexStack, currentIndex)
+ currentIndex = 0
+ currentNode = currentNode.GetChild(0)
+ continue
+ }
+
+ for {
+ // post-order visit
+ if ruleNode, ok := currentNode.(RuleNode); ok {
+ i.ExitRule(listener, ruleNode)
+ }
+ // No parent, so no siblings
+ if len(stack) == 0 {
+ currentNode = nil
+ currentIndex = 0
+ break
+ }
+ // Move to next sibling if possible
+ currentIndex++
+ if stack[len(stack)-1].GetChildCount() > currentIndex {
+ currentNode = stack[len(stack)-1].GetChild(currentIndex)
+ break
+ }
+ // No next, sibling, so move up
+ currentNode, stack = stack[len(stack)-1], stack[:len(stack)-1]
+ currentIndex, indexStack = indexStack[len(indexStack)-1], indexStack[:len(indexStack)-1]
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/trees.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/trees.go
similarity index 81%
rename from vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/trees.go
rename to vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/trees.go
index d7dbb0322..f44c05d81 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/trees.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/trees.go
@@ -8,10 +8,8 @@ import "fmt"
/** A set of utility routines useful for all kinds of ANTLR trees. */
-// Print out a whole tree in LISP form. {@link //getNodeText} is used on the
-//
-// node payloads to get the text for the nodes. Detect
-// parse trees and extract data appropriately.
+// TreesStringTree prints out a whole tree in LISP form. [getNodeText] is used on the
+// node payloads to get the text for the nodes. Detects parse trees and extracts data appropriately.
func TreesStringTree(tree Tree, ruleNames []string, recog Recognizer) string {
if recog != nil {
@@ -32,7 +30,7 @@ func TreesStringTree(tree Tree, ruleNames []string, recog Recognizer) string {
}
for i := 1; i < c; i++ {
s = TreesStringTree(tree.GetChild(i), ruleNames, nil)
- res += (" " + s)
+ res += " " + s
}
res += ")"
return res
@@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ func TreesGetNodeText(t Tree, ruleNames []string, recog Parser) string {
}
}
- // no recog for rule names
+ // no recognition for rule names
payload := t.GetPayload()
if p2, ok := payload.(Token); ok {
return p2.GetText()
@@ -71,7 +69,9 @@ func TreesGetNodeText(t Tree, ruleNames []string, recog Parser) string {
return fmt.Sprint(t.GetPayload())
}
-// Return ordered list of all children of this node
+// TreesGetChildren returns am ordered list of all children of this node
+//
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func TreesGetChildren(t Tree) []Tree {
list := make([]Tree, 0)
for i := 0; i < t.GetChildCount(); i++ {
@@ -80,9 +80,10 @@ func TreesGetChildren(t Tree) []Tree {
return list
}
-// Return a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of
+// TreesgetAncestors returns a list of all ancestors of this node. The first node of list is the root
+// and the last node is the parent of this node.
//
-// list is the root and the last is the parent of this node.
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func TreesgetAncestors(t Tree) []Tree {
ancestors := make([]Tree, 0)
t = t.GetParent()
@@ -94,10 +95,12 @@ func TreesgetAncestors(t Tree) []Tree {
return ancestors
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func TreesFindAllTokenNodes(t ParseTree, ttype int) []ParseTree {
return TreesfindAllNodes(t, ttype, true)
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func TreesfindAllRuleNodes(t ParseTree, ruleIndex int) []ParseTree {
return TreesfindAllNodes(t, ruleIndex, false)
}
@@ -129,6 +132,7 @@ func treesFindAllNodes(t ParseTree, index int, findTokens bool, nodes *[]ParseTr
}
}
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
func TreesDescendants(t ParseTree) []ParseTree {
nodes := []ParseTree{t}
for i := 0; i < t.GetChildCount(); i++ {
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/utils.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/utils.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..733d7df9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr4-go/antlr/v4/utils.go
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that
+// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root.
+
+package antlr
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "errors"
+ "fmt"
+ "math/bits"
+ "os"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "syscall"
+)
+
+func intMin(a, b int) int {
+ if a < b {
+ return a
+ }
+ return b
+}
+
+func intMax(a, b int) int {
+ if a > b {
+ return a
+ }
+ return b
+}
+
+// A simple integer stack
+
+type IntStack []int
+
+var ErrEmptyStack = errors.New("stack is empty")
+
+func (s *IntStack) Pop() (int, error) {
+ l := len(*s) - 1
+ if l < 0 {
+ return 0, ErrEmptyStack
+ }
+ v := (*s)[l]
+ *s = (*s)[0:l]
+ return v, nil
+}
+
+func (s *IntStack) Push(e int) {
+ *s = append(*s, e)
+}
+
+const bitsPerWord = 64
+
+func indexForBit(bit int) int {
+ return bit / bitsPerWord
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction,GoUnusedFunction
+func wordForBit(data []uint64, bit int) uint64 {
+ idx := indexForBit(bit)
+ if idx >= len(data) {
+ return 0
+ }
+ return data[idx]
+}
+
+func maskForBit(bit int) uint64 {
+ return uint64(1) << (bit % bitsPerWord)
+}
+
+func wordsNeeded(bit int) int {
+ return indexForBit(bit) + 1
+}
+
+type BitSet struct {
+ data []uint64
+}
+
+// NewBitSet creates a new bitwise set
+// TODO: See if we can replace with the standard library's BitSet
+func NewBitSet() *BitSet {
+ return &BitSet{}
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) add(value int) {
+ idx := indexForBit(value)
+ if idx >= len(b.data) {
+ size := wordsNeeded(value)
+ data := make([]uint64, size)
+ copy(data, b.data)
+ b.data = data
+ }
+ b.data[idx] |= maskForBit(value)
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) clear(index int) {
+ idx := indexForBit(index)
+ if idx >= len(b.data) {
+ return
+ }
+ b.data[idx] &= ^maskForBit(index)
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) or(set *BitSet) {
+ // Get min size necessary to represent the bits in both sets.
+ bLen := b.minLen()
+ setLen := set.minLen()
+ maxLen := intMax(bLen, setLen)
+ if maxLen > len(b.data) {
+ // Increase the size of len(b.data) to represent the bits in both sets.
+ data := make([]uint64, maxLen)
+ copy(data, b.data)
+ b.data = data
+ }
+ // len(b.data) is at least setLen.
+ for i := 0; i < setLen; i++ {
+ b.data[i] |= set.data[i]
+ }
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) remove(value int) {
+ b.clear(value)
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) contains(value int) bool {
+ idx := indexForBit(value)
+ if idx >= len(b.data) {
+ return false
+ }
+ return (b.data[idx] & maskForBit(value)) != 0
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) minValue() int {
+ for i, v := range b.data {
+ if v == 0 {
+ continue
+ }
+ return i*bitsPerWord + bits.TrailingZeros64(v)
+ }
+ return 2147483647
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) equals(other interface{}) bool {
+ otherBitSet, ok := other.(*BitSet)
+ if !ok {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ if b == otherBitSet {
+ return true
+ }
+
+ // We only compare set bits, so we cannot rely on the two slices having the same size. Its
+ // possible for two BitSets to have different slice lengths but the same set bits. So we only
+ // compare the relevant words and ignore the trailing zeros.
+ bLen := b.minLen()
+ otherLen := otherBitSet.minLen()
+
+ if bLen != otherLen {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < bLen; i++ {
+ if b.data[i] != otherBitSet.data[i] {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) minLen() int {
+ for i := len(b.data); i > 0; i-- {
+ if b.data[i-1] != 0 {
+ return i
+ }
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) length() int {
+ cnt := 0
+ for _, val := range b.data {
+ cnt += bits.OnesCount64(val)
+ }
+ return cnt
+}
+
+func (b *BitSet) String() string {
+ vals := make([]string, 0, b.length())
+
+ for i, v := range b.data {
+ for v != 0 {
+ n := bits.TrailingZeros64(v)
+ vals = append(vals, strconv.Itoa(i*bitsPerWord+n))
+ v &= ^(uint64(1) << n)
+ }
+ }
+
+ return "{" + strings.Join(vals, ", ") + "}"
+}
+
+type AltDict struct {
+ data map[string]interface{}
+}
+
+func NewAltDict() *AltDict {
+ d := new(AltDict)
+ d.data = make(map[string]interface{})
+ return d
+}
+
+func (a *AltDict) Get(key string) interface{} {
+ key = "k-" + key
+ return a.data[key]
+}
+
+func (a *AltDict) put(key string, value interface{}) {
+ key = "k-" + key
+ a.data[key] = value
+}
+
+func (a *AltDict) values() []interface{} {
+ vs := make([]interface{}, len(a.data))
+ i := 0
+ for _, v := range a.data {
+ vs[i] = v
+ i++
+ }
+ return vs
+}
+
+func EscapeWhitespace(s string, escapeSpaces bool) string {
+
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\t", "\\t", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\n", "\\n", -1)
+ s = strings.Replace(s, "\r", "\\r", -1)
+ if escapeSpaces {
+ s = strings.Replace(s, " ", "\u00B7", -1)
+ }
+ return s
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func TerminalNodeToStringArray(sa []TerminalNode) []string {
+ st := make([]string, len(sa))
+
+ for i, s := range sa {
+ st[i] = fmt.Sprintf("%v", s)
+ }
+
+ return st
+}
+
+//goland:noinspection GoUnusedExportedFunction
+func PrintArrayJavaStyle(sa []string) string {
+ var buffer bytes.Buffer
+
+ buffer.WriteString("[")
+
+ for i, s := range sa {
+ buffer.WriteString(s)
+ if i != len(sa)-1 {
+ buffer.WriteString(", ")
+ }
+ }
+
+ buffer.WriteString("]")
+
+ return buffer.String()
+}
+
+// murmur hash
+func murmurInit(seed int) int {
+ return seed
+}
+
+func murmurUpdate(h int, value int) int {
+ const c1 uint32 = 0xCC9E2D51
+ const c2 uint32 = 0x1B873593
+ const r1 uint32 = 15
+ const r2 uint32 = 13
+ const m uint32 = 5
+ const n uint32 = 0xE6546B64
+
+ k := uint32(value)
+ k *= c1
+ k = (k << r1) | (k >> (32 - r1))
+ k *= c2
+
+ hash := uint32(h) ^ k
+ hash = (hash << r2) | (hash >> (32 - r2))
+ hash = hash*m + n
+ return int(hash)
+}
+
+func murmurFinish(h int, numberOfWords int) int {
+ var hash = uint32(h)
+ hash ^= uint32(numberOfWords) << 2
+ hash ^= hash >> 16
+ hash *= 0x85ebca6b
+ hash ^= hash >> 13
+ hash *= 0xc2b2ae35
+ hash ^= hash >> 16
+
+ return int(hash)
+}
+
+func isDirectory(dir string) (bool, error) {
+ fileInfo, err := os.Stat(dir)
+ if err != nil {
+ switch {
+ case errors.Is(err, syscall.ENOENT):
+ // The given directory does not exist, so we will try to create it
+ //
+ err = os.MkdirAll(dir, 0755)
+ if err != nil {
+ return false, err
+ }
+
+ return true, nil
+ case err != nil:
+ return false, err
+ default:
+ }
+ }
+ return fileInfo.IsDir(), err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/README.md b/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/README.md
index 16abdfc08..9433004a2 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/README.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/README.md
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Exponential Backoff [![GoDoc][godoc image]][godoc] [![Build Status][travis image]][travis] [![Coverage Status][coveralls image]][coveralls]
+# Exponential Backoff [![GoDoc][godoc image]][godoc] [![Coverage Status][coveralls image]][coveralls]
This is a Go port of the exponential backoff algorithm from [Google's HTTP Client Library for Java][google-http-java-client].
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ Use https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4 to view the documentation.
[godoc]: https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4
[godoc image]: https://godoc.org/github.com/cenkalti/backoff?status.png
-[travis]: https://travis-ci.org/cenkalti/backoff
-[travis image]: https://travis-ci.org/cenkalti/backoff.png?branch=master
[coveralls]: https://coveralls.io/github/cenkalti/backoff?branch=master
[coveralls image]: https://coveralls.io/repos/github/cenkalti/backoff/badge.svg?branch=master
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/exponential.go b/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/exponential.go
index 2c56c1e71..aac99f196 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/exponential.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cenkalti/backoff/v4/exponential.go
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@ type Clock interface {
Now() time.Time
}
+// ExponentialBackOffOpts is a function type used to configure ExponentialBackOff options.
+type ExponentialBackOffOpts func(*ExponentialBackOff)
+
// Default values for ExponentialBackOff.
const (
DefaultInitialInterval = 500 * time.Millisecond
@@ -81,7 +84,7 @@ const (
)
// NewExponentialBackOff creates an instance of ExponentialBackOff using default values.
-func NewExponentialBackOff() *ExponentialBackOff {
+func NewExponentialBackOff(opts ...ExponentialBackOffOpts) *ExponentialBackOff {
b := &ExponentialBackOff{
InitialInterval: DefaultInitialInterval,
RandomizationFactor: DefaultRandomizationFactor,
@@ -91,10 +94,62 @@ func NewExponentialBackOff() *ExponentialBackOff {
Stop: Stop,
Clock: SystemClock,
}
+ for _, fn := range opts {
+ fn(b)
+ }
b.Reset()
return b
}
+// WithInitialInterval sets the initial interval between retries.
+func WithInitialInterval(duration time.Duration) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.InitialInterval = duration
+ }
+}
+
+// WithRandomizationFactor sets the randomization factor to add jitter to intervals.
+func WithRandomizationFactor(randomizationFactor float64) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.RandomizationFactor = randomizationFactor
+ }
+}
+
+// WithMultiplier sets the multiplier for increasing the interval after each retry.
+func WithMultiplier(multiplier float64) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.Multiplier = multiplier
+ }
+}
+
+// WithMaxInterval sets the maximum interval between retries.
+func WithMaxInterval(duration time.Duration) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.MaxInterval = duration
+ }
+}
+
+// WithMaxElapsedTime sets the maximum total time for retries.
+func WithMaxElapsedTime(duration time.Duration) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.MaxElapsedTime = duration
+ }
+}
+
+// WithRetryStopDuration sets the duration after which retries should stop.
+func WithRetryStopDuration(duration time.Duration) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.Stop = duration
+ }
+}
+
+// WithClockProvider sets the clock used to measure time.
+func WithClockProvider(clock Clock) ExponentialBackOffOpts {
+ return func(ebo *ExponentialBackOff) {
+ ebo.Clock = clock
+ }
+}
+
type systemClock struct{}
func (t systemClock) Now() time.Time {
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md
index 8bf0e5b78..33c88305c 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md
@@ -70,3 +70,5 @@ benchstat <(go test -benchtime 500ms -count 15 -bench 'Sum64$')
- [VictoriaMetrics](https://github.com/VictoriaMetrics/VictoriaMetrics)
- [FreeCache](https://github.com/coocood/freecache)
- [FastCache](https://github.com/VictoriaMetrics/fastcache)
+- [Ristretto](https://github.com/dgraph-io/ristretto)
+- [Badger](https://github.com/dgraph-io/badger)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash.go
index a9e0d45c9..78bddf1ce 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash.go
@@ -19,10 +19,13 @@ const (
// Store the primes in an array as well.
//
// The consts are used when possible in Go code to avoid MOVs but we need a
-// contiguous array of the assembly code.
+// contiguous array for the assembly code.
var primes = [...]uint64{prime1, prime2, prime3, prime4, prime5}
// Digest implements hash.Hash64.
+//
+// Note that a zero-valued Digest is not ready to receive writes.
+// Call Reset or create a Digest using New before calling other methods.
type Digest struct {
v1 uint64
v2 uint64
@@ -33,19 +36,31 @@ type Digest struct {
n int // how much of mem is used
}
-// New creates a new Digest that computes the 64-bit xxHash algorithm.
+// New creates a new Digest with a zero seed.
func New() *Digest {
+ return NewWithSeed(0)
+}
+
+// NewWithSeed creates a new Digest with the given seed.
+func NewWithSeed(seed uint64) *Digest {
var d Digest
- d.Reset()
+ d.ResetWithSeed(seed)
return &d
}
// Reset clears the Digest's state so that it can be reused.
+// It uses a seed value of zero.
func (d *Digest) Reset() {
- d.v1 = primes[0] + prime2
- d.v2 = prime2
- d.v3 = 0
- d.v4 = -primes[0]
+ d.ResetWithSeed(0)
+}
+
+// ResetWithSeed clears the Digest's state so that it can be reused.
+// It uses the given seed to initialize the state.
+func (d *Digest) ResetWithSeed(seed uint64) {
+ d.v1 = seed + prime1 + prime2
+ d.v2 = seed + prime2
+ d.v3 = seed
+ d.v4 = seed - prime1
d.total = 0
d.n = 0
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_asm.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_asm.go
index 9216e0a40..78f95f256 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_asm.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_asm.go
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
package xxhash
-// Sum64 computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of b.
+// Sum64 computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of b with a zero seed.
//
//go:noescape
func Sum64(b []byte) uint64
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_other.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_other.go
index 26df13bba..118e49e81 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_other.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_other.go
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
package xxhash
-// Sum64 computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of b.
+// Sum64 computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of b with a zero seed.
func Sum64(b []byte) uint64 {
// A simpler version would be
// d := New()
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_safe.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_safe.go
index e86f1b5fd..05f5e7dfe 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_safe.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_safe.go
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
package xxhash
-// Sum64String computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of s.
+// Sum64String computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of s with a zero seed.
func Sum64String(s string) uint64 {
return Sum64([]byte(s))
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_unsafe.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_unsafe.go
index 1c1638fd8..cf9d42aed 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_unsafe.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_unsafe.go
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ import (
//
// See https://github.com/golang/go/issues/42739 for discussion.
-// Sum64String computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of s.
+// Sum64String computes the 64-bit xxHash digest of s with a zero seed.
// It may be faster than Sum64([]byte(s)) by avoiding a copy.
func Sum64String(s string) uint64 {
b := *(*[]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&sliceHeader{s, len(s)}))
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..511970333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012-2015, Sergey Cherepanov
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+* Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/element.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/element.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3882550d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/element.go
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "math"
+ "strings"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+)
+
+const (
+ adElPlaceholder = "%_ad_el_%"
+ adElPlaceholderLen = len(adElPlaceholder)
+)
+
+var (
+ defaultBarEls = [5]string{"[", "-", ">", "_", "]"}
+)
+
+// Element is an interface for bar elements
+type Element interface {
+ ProgressElement(state *State, args ...string) string
+}
+
+// ElementFunc type implements Element interface and created for simplify elements
+type ElementFunc func(state *State, args ...string) string
+
+// ProgressElement just call self func
+func (e ElementFunc) ProgressElement(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ return e(state, args...)
+}
+
+var elementsM sync.Mutex
+
+var elements = map[string]Element{
+ "percent": ElementPercent,
+ "counters": ElementCounters,
+ "bar": adaptiveWrap(ElementBar),
+ "speed": ElementSpeed,
+ "rtime": ElementRemainingTime,
+ "etime": ElementElapsedTime,
+ "string": ElementString,
+ "cycle": ElementCycle,
+}
+
+// RegisterElement give you a chance to use custom elements
+func RegisterElement(name string, el Element, adaptive bool) {
+ if adaptive {
+ el = adaptiveWrap(el)
+ }
+ elementsM.Lock()
+ elements[name] = el
+ elementsM.Unlock()
+}
+
+type argsHelper []string
+
+func (args argsHelper) getOr(n int, value string) string {
+ if len(args) > n {
+ return args[n]
+ }
+ return value
+}
+
+func (args argsHelper) getNotEmptyOr(n int, value string) (v string) {
+ if v = args.getOr(n, value); v == "" {
+ return value
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+func adaptiveWrap(el Element) Element {
+ return ElementFunc(func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ state.recalc = append(state.recalc, ElementFunc(func(s *State, _ ...string) (result string) {
+ s.adaptive = true
+ result = el.ProgressElement(s, args...)
+ s.adaptive = false
+ return
+ }))
+ return adElPlaceholder
+ })
+}
+
+// ElementPercent shows current percent of progress.
+// Optionally can take one or two string arguments.
+// First string will be used as value for format float64, default is "%.02f%%".
+// Second string will be used when percent can't be calculated, default is "?%"
+// In template use as follows: {{percent .}} or {{percent . "%.03f%%"}} or {{percent . "%.03f%%" "?"}}
+var ElementPercent ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ argsh := argsHelper(args)
+ if state.Total() > 0 {
+ return fmt.Sprintf(
+ argsh.getNotEmptyOr(0, "%.02f%%"),
+ float64(state.Value())/(float64(state.Total())/float64(100)),
+ )
+ }
+ return argsh.getOr(1, "?%")
+}
+
+// ElementCounters shows current and total values.
+// Optionally can take one or two string arguments.
+// First string will be used as format value when Total is present (>0). Default is "%s / %s"
+// Second string will be used when total <= 0. Default is "%[1]s"
+// In template use as follows: {{counters .}} or {{counters . "%s/%s"}} or {{counters . "%s/%s" "%s/?"}}
+var ElementCounters ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ var f string
+ if state.Total() > 0 {
+ f = argsHelper(args).getNotEmptyOr(0, "%s / %s")
+ } else {
+ f = argsHelper(args).getNotEmptyOr(1, "%[1]s")
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprintf(f, state.Format(state.Value()), state.Format(state.Total()))
+}
+
+type elementKey int
+
+const (
+ barObj elementKey = iota
+ speedObj
+ cycleObj
+)
+
+type bar struct {
+ eb [5][]byte // elements in bytes
+ cc [5]int // cell counts
+ buf *bytes.Buffer
+}
+
+func (p *bar) write(state *State, eln, width int) int {
+ repeat := width / p.cc[eln]
+ remainder := width % p.cc[eln]
+ for i := 0; i < repeat; i++ {
+ p.buf.Write(p.eb[eln])
+ }
+ if remainder > 0 {
+ StripStringToBuffer(string(p.eb[eln]), remainder, p.buf)
+ }
+ return width
+}
+
+func getProgressObj(state *State, args ...string) (p *bar) {
+ var ok bool
+ if p, ok = state.Get(barObj).(*bar); !ok {
+ p = &bar{
+ buf: bytes.NewBuffer(nil),
+ }
+ state.Set(barObj, p)
+ }
+ argsH := argsHelper(args)
+ for i := range p.eb {
+ arg := argsH.getNotEmptyOr(i, defaultBarEls[i])
+ if string(p.eb[i]) != arg {
+ p.cc[i] = CellCount(arg)
+ p.eb[i] = []byte(arg)
+ if p.cc[i] == 0 {
+ p.cc[i] = 1
+ p.eb[i] = []byte(" ")
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+// ElementBar make progress bar view [-->__]
+// Optionally can take up to 5 string arguments. Defaults is "[", "-", ">", "_", "]"
+// In template use as follows: {{bar . }} or {{bar . "<" "oOo" "|" "~" ">"}}
+// Color args: {{bar . (red "[") (green "-") ...
+var ElementBar ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ // init
+ var p = getProgressObj(state, args...)
+
+ total, value := state.Total(), state.Value()
+ if total < 0 {
+ total = -total
+ }
+ if value < 0 {
+ value = -value
+ }
+
+ // check for overflow
+ if total != 0 && value > total {
+ total = value
+ }
+
+ p.buf.Reset()
+
+ var widthLeft = state.AdaptiveElWidth()
+ if widthLeft <= 0 || !state.IsAdaptiveWidth() {
+ widthLeft = 30
+ }
+
+ // write left border
+ if p.cc[0] < widthLeft {
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 0, p.cc[0])
+ } else {
+ p.write(state, 0, widthLeft)
+ return p.buf.String()
+ }
+
+ // check right border size
+ if p.cc[4] < widthLeft {
+ // write later
+ widthLeft -= p.cc[4]
+ } else {
+ p.write(state, 4, widthLeft)
+ return p.buf.String()
+ }
+
+ var curCount int
+
+ if total > 0 {
+ // calculate count of currenct space
+ curCount = int(math.Ceil((float64(value) / float64(total)) * float64(widthLeft)))
+ }
+
+ // write bar
+ if total == value && state.IsFinished() {
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 1, curCount)
+ } else if toWrite := curCount - p.cc[2]; toWrite > 0 {
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 1, toWrite)
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 2, p.cc[2])
+ } else if curCount > 0 {
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 2, curCount)
+ }
+ if widthLeft > 0 {
+ widthLeft -= p.write(state, 3, widthLeft)
+ }
+ // write right border
+ p.write(state, 4, p.cc[4])
+ // cut result and return string
+ return p.buf.String()
+}
+
+func elapsedTime(state *State) string {
+ elapsed := state.Time().Sub(state.StartTime())
+ var precision time.Duration
+ var ok bool
+ if precision, ok = state.Get(TimeRound).(time.Duration); !ok {
+ // default behavior: round to nearest .1s when elapsed < 10s
+ //
+ // we compare with 9.95s as opposed to 10s to avoid an annoying
+ // interaction with the fixed precision display code below,
+ // where 9.9s would be rounded to 10s but printed as 10.0s, and
+ // then 10.0s would be rounded to 10s and printed as 10s
+ if elapsed < 9950*time.Millisecond {
+ precision = 100 * time.Millisecond
+ } else {
+ precision = time.Second
+ }
+ }
+ rounded := elapsed.Round(precision)
+ if precision < time.Second && rounded >= time.Second {
+ // special handling to ensure string is shown with the given
+ // precision, with trailing zeros after the decimal point if
+ // necessary
+ reference := (2*time.Second - time.Nanosecond).Truncate(precision).String()
+ // reference looks like "1.9[...]9s", telling us how many
+ // decimal digits we need
+ neededDecimals := len(reference) - 3
+ s := rounded.String()
+ dotIndex := strings.LastIndex(s, ".")
+ if dotIndex != -1 {
+ // s has the form "[stuff].[decimals]s"
+ decimals := len(s) - dotIndex - 2
+ extraZeros := neededDecimals - decimals
+ return fmt.Sprintf("%s%ss", s[:len(s)-1], strings.Repeat("0", extraZeros))
+ } else {
+ // s has the form "[stuff]s"
+ return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%ss", s[:len(s)-1], strings.Repeat("0", neededDecimals))
+ }
+ } else {
+ return rounded.String()
+ }
+}
+
+// ElementRemainingTime calculates remaining time based on speed (EWMA)
+// Optionally can take one or two string arguments.
+// First string will be used as value for format time duration string, default is "%s".
+// Second string will be used when bar finished and value indicates elapsed time, default is "%s"
+// Third string will be used when value not available, default is "?"
+// In template use as follows: {{rtime .}} or {{rtime . "%s remain"}} or {{rtime . "%s remain" "%s total" "???"}}
+var ElementRemainingTime ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ if state.IsFinished() {
+ return fmt.Sprintf(argsHelper(args).getOr(1, "%s"), elapsedTime(state))
+ }
+ sp := getSpeedObj(state).value(state)
+ if sp > 0 {
+ remain := float64(state.Total() - state.Value())
+ remainDur := time.Duration(remain/sp) * time.Second
+ return fmt.Sprintf(argsHelper(args).getOr(0, "%s"), remainDur)
+ }
+ return argsHelper(args).getOr(2, "?")
+}
+
+// ElementElapsedTime shows elapsed time
+// Optionally can take one argument - it's format for time string.
+// In template use as follows: {{etime .}} or {{etime . "%s elapsed"}}
+var ElementElapsedTime ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ return fmt.Sprintf(argsHelper(args).getOr(0, "%s"), elapsedTime(state))
+}
+
+// ElementString get value from bar by given key and print them
+// bar.Set("myKey", "string to print")
+// In template use as follows: {{string . "myKey"}}
+var ElementString ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ if len(args) == 0 {
+ return ""
+ }
+ v := state.Get(args[0])
+ if v == nil {
+ return ""
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprint(v)
+}
+
+// ElementCycle return next argument for every call
+// In template use as follows: {{cycle . "1" "2" "3"}}
+// Or mix width other elements: {{ bar . "" "" (cycle . "↖" "↗" "↘" "↙" )}}
+var ElementCycle ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ if len(args) == 0 {
+ return ""
+ }
+ n, _ := state.Get(cycleObj).(int)
+ if n >= len(args) {
+ n = 0
+ }
+ state.Set(cycleObj, n+1)
+ return args[n]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/io.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/io.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ad5abc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/io.go
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "io"
+)
+
+// Reader it's a wrapper for given reader, but with progress handle
+type Reader struct {
+ io.Reader
+ bar *ProgressBar
+}
+
+// Read reads bytes from wrapped reader and add amount of bytes to progress bar
+func (r *Reader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+ n, err = r.Reader.Read(p)
+ r.bar.Add(n)
+ return
+}
+
+// Close the wrapped reader when it implements io.Closer
+func (r *Reader) Close() (err error) {
+ r.bar.Finish()
+ if closer, ok := r.Reader.(io.Closer); ok {
+ return closer.Close()
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+// Writer it's a wrapper for given writer, but with progress handle
+type Writer struct {
+ io.Writer
+ bar *ProgressBar
+}
+
+// Write writes bytes to wrapped writer and add amount of bytes to progress bar
+func (r *Writer) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+ n, err = r.Writer.Write(p)
+ r.bar.Add(n)
+ return
+}
+
+// Close the wrapped reader when it implements io.Closer
+func (r *Writer) Close() (err error) {
+ r.bar.Finish()
+ if closer, ok := r.Writer.(io.Closer); ok {
+ return closer.Close()
+ }
+ return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pb.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pb.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76440e172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pb.go
@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "io"
+ "os"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "sync"
+ "sync/atomic"
+ "text/template"
+ "time"
+
+ "github.com/fatih/color"
+
+ "github.com/mattn/go-colorable"
+ "github.com/mattn/go-isatty"
+
+ "github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil"
+)
+
+// Version of ProgressBar library
+const Version = "3.0.8"
+
+type key int
+
+const (
+ // Bytes means we're working with byte sizes. Numbers will print as Kb, Mb, etc
+ // bar.Set(pb.Bytes, true)
+ Bytes key = 1 << iota
+
+ // Use SI bytes prefix names (kB, MB, etc) instead of IEC prefix names (KiB, MiB, etc)
+ SIBytesPrefix
+
+ // Terminal means we're will print to terminal and can use ascii sequences
+ // Also we're will try to use terminal width
+ Terminal
+
+ // Static means progress bar will not update automaticly
+ Static
+
+ // ReturnSymbol - by default in terminal mode it's '\r'
+ ReturnSymbol
+
+ // Color by default is true when output is tty, but you can set to false for disabling colors
+ Color
+
+ // Hide the progress bar when finished, rather than leaving it up. By default it's false.
+ CleanOnFinish
+
+ // Round elapsed time to this precision. Defaults to time.Second.
+ TimeRound
+)
+
+const (
+ defaultBarWidth = 100
+ defaultRefreshRate = time.Millisecond * 200
+)
+
+// New creates new ProgressBar object
+func New(total int) *ProgressBar {
+ return New64(int64(total))
+}
+
+// New64 creates new ProgressBar object using int64 as total
+func New64(total int64) *ProgressBar {
+ pb := new(ProgressBar)
+ return pb.SetTotal(total)
+}
+
+// StartNew starts new ProgressBar with Default template
+func StartNew(total int) *ProgressBar {
+ return New(total).Start()
+}
+
+// Start64 starts new ProgressBar with Default template. Using int64 as total.
+func Start64(total int64) *ProgressBar {
+ return New64(total).Start()
+}
+
+var (
+ terminalWidth = termutil.TerminalWidth
+ isTerminal = isatty.IsTerminal
+ isCygwinTerminal = isatty.IsCygwinTerminal
+)
+
+// ProgressBar is the main object of bar
+type ProgressBar struct {
+ current, total int64
+ width int
+ maxWidth int
+ mu sync.RWMutex
+ rm sync.Mutex
+ vars map[interface{}]interface{}
+ elements map[string]Element
+ output io.Writer
+ coutput io.Writer
+ nocoutput io.Writer
+ startTime time.Time
+ refreshRate time.Duration
+ tmpl *template.Template
+ state *State
+ buf *bytes.Buffer
+ ticker *time.Ticker
+ finish chan struct{}
+ finished bool
+ configured bool
+ err error
+}
+
+func (pb *ProgressBar) configure() {
+ if pb.configured {
+ return
+ }
+ pb.configured = true
+
+ if pb.vars == nil {
+ pb.vars = make(map[interface{}]interface{})
+ }
+ if pb.output == nil {
+ pb.output = os.Stderr
+ }
+
+ if pb.tmpl == nil {
+ pb.tmpl, pb.err = getTemplate(string(Default))
+ if pb.err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ if pb.vars[Terminal] == nil {
+ if f, ok := pb.output.(*os.File); ok {
+ if isTerminal(f.Fd()) || isCygwinTerminal(f.Fd()) {
+ pb.vars[Terminal] = true
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if pb.vars[ReturnSymbol] == nil {
+ if tm, ok := pb.vars[Terminal].(bool); ok && tm {
+ pb.vars[ReturnSymbol] = "\r"
+ }
+ }
+ if pb.vars[Color] == nil {
+ if tm, ok := pb.vars[Terminal].(bool); ok && tm {
+ pb.vars[Color] = true
+ }
+ }
+ if pb.refreshRate == 0 {
+ pb.refreshRate = defaultRefreshRate
+ }
+ if pb.vars[CleanOnFinish] == nil {
+ pb.vars[CleanOnFinish] = false
+ }
+ if f, ok := pb.output.(*os.File); ok {
+ pb.coutput = colorable.NewColorable(f)
+ } else {
+ pb.coutput = pb.output
+ }
+ pb.nocoutput = colorable.NewNonColorable(pb.output)
+}
+
+// Start starts the bar
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Start() *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ defer pb.mu.Unlock()
+ if pb.finish != nil {
+ return pb
+ }
+ pb.configure()
+ pb.finished = false
+ pb.state = nil
+ pb.startTime = time.Now()
+ if st, ok := pb.vars[Static].(bool); ok && st {
+ return pb
+ }
+ pb.finish = make(chan struct{})
+ pb.ticker = time.NewTicker(pb.refreshRate)
+ go pb.writer(pb.finish)
+ return pb
+}
+
+func (pb *ProgressBar) writer(finish chan struct{}) {
+ for {
+ select {
+ case <-pb.ticker.C:
+ pb.write(false)
+ case <-finish:
+ pb.ticker.Stop()
+ pb.write(true)
+ finish <- struct{}{}
+ return
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Write performs write to the output
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Write() *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ finished := pb.finished
+ pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ pb.write(finished)
+ return pb
+}
+
+func (pb *ProgressBar) write(finish bool) {
+ result, width := pb.render()
+ if pb.Err() != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ if pb.GetBool(Terminal) {
+ if r := (width - CellCount(result)); r > 0 {
+ result += strings.Repeat(" ", r)
+ }
+ }
+ if ret, ok := pb.Get(ReturnSymbol).(string); ok {
+ result = ret + result
+ if finish && ret == "\r" {
+ if pb.GetBool(CleanOnFinish) {
+ // "Wipe out" progress bar by overwriting one line with blanks
+ result = "\r" + color.New(color.Reset).Sprintf(strings.Repeat(" ", width)) + "\r"
+ } else {
+ result += "\n"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if pb.GetBool(Color) {
+ pb.coutput.Write([]byte(result))
+ } else {
+ pb.nocoutput.Write([]byte(result))
+ }
+}
+
+// Total return current total bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Total() int64 {
+ return atomic.LoadInt64(&pb.total)
+}
+
+// SetTotal sets the total bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetTotal(value int64) *ProgressBar {
+ atomic.StoreInt64(&pb.total, value)
+ return pb
+}
+
+// AddTotal adds to the total bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) AddTotal(value int64) *ProgressBar {
+ atomic.AddInt64(&pb.total, value)
+ return pb
+}
+
+// SetCurrent sets the current bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetCurrent(value int64) *ProgressBar {
+ atomic.StoreInt64(&pb.current, value)
+ return pb
+}
+
+// Current return current bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Current() int64 {
+ return atomic.LoadInt64(&pb.current)
+}
+
+// Add adding given int64 value to bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Add64(value int64) *ProgressBar {
+ atomic.AddInt64(&pb.current, value)
+ return pb
+}
+
+// Add adding given int value to bar value
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Add(value int) *ProgressBar {
+ return pb.Add64(int64(value))
+}
+
+// Increment atomically increments the progress
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Increment() *ProgressBar {
+ return pb.Add64(1)
+}
+
+// Set sets any value by any key
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Set(key, value interface{}) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ defer pb.mu.Unlock()
+ if pb.vars == nil {
+ pb.vars = make(map[interface{}]interface{})
+ }
+ pb.vars[key] = value
+ return pb
+}
+
+// Get return value by key
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Get(key interface{}) interface{} {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ defer pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ if pb.vars == nil {
+ return nil
+ }
+ return pb.vars[key]
+}
+
+// GetBool return value by key and try to convert there to boolean
+// If value doesn't set or not boolean - return false
+func (pb *ProgressBar) GetBool(key interface{}) bool {
+ if v, ok := pb.Get(key).(bool); ok {
+ return v
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// SetWidth sets the bar width
+// When given value <= 0 would be using the terminal width (if possible) or default value.
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetWidth(width int) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.width = width
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+}
+
+// SetMaxWidth sets the bar maximum width
+// When given value <= 0 would be using the terminal width (if possible) or default value.
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetMaxWidth(maxWidth int) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.maxWidth = maxWidth
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+}
+
+// Width return the bar width
+// It's current terminal width or settled over 'SetWidth' value.
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Width() (width int) {
+ defer func() {
+ if r := recover(); r != nil {
+ width = defaultBarWidth
+ }
+ }()
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ width = pb.width
+ maxWidth := pb.maxWidth
+ pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ if width <= 0 {
+ var err error
+ if width, err = terminalWidth(); err != nil {
+ return defaultBarWidth
+ }
+ }
+ if maxWidth > 0 && width > maxWidth {
+ width = maxWidth
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetRefreshRate(dur time.Duration) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ if dur > 0 {
+ pb.refreshRate = dur
+ }
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+}
+
+// SetWriter sets the io.Writer. Bar will write in this writer
+// By default this is os.Stderr
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetWriter(w io.Writer) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.output = w
+ pb.configured = false
+ pb.configure()
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+}
+
+// StartTime return the time when bar started
+func (pb *ProgressBar) StartTime() time.Time {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ defer pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ return pb.startTime
+}
+
+// Format convert int64 to string according to the current settings
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Format(v int64) string {
+ if pb.GetBool(Bytes) {
+ return formatBytes(v, pb.GetBool(SIBytesPrefix))
+ }
+ return strconv.FormatInt(v, 10)
+}
+
+// Finish stops the bar
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Finish() *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ if pb.finished {
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+ }
+ finishChan := pb.finish
+ pb.finished = true
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ if finishChan != nil {
+ finishChan <- struct{}{}
+ <-finishChan
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.finish = nil
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ }
+ return pb
+}
+
+// IsStarted indicates progress bar state
+func (pb *ProgressBar) IsStarted() bool {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ defer pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ return pb.finish != nil
+}
+
+// IsFinished indicates progress bar is finished
+func (pb *ProgressBar) IsFinished() bool {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ defer pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ return pb.finished
+}
+
+// SetTemplateString sets ProgressBar tempate string and parse it
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetTemplateString(tmpl string) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ defer pb.mu.Unlock()
+ pb.tmpl, pb.err = getTemplate(tmpl)
+ return pb
+}
+
+// SetTemplateString sets ProgressBarTempate and parse it
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetTemplate(tmpl ProgressBarTemplate) *ProgressBar {
+ return pb.SetTemplateString(string(tmpl))
+}
+
+// NewProxyReader creates a wrapper for given reader, but with progress handle
+// Takes io.Reader or io.ReadCloser
+// Also, it automatically switches progress bar to handle units as bytes
+func (pb *ProgressBar) NewProxyReader(r io.Reader) *Reader {
+ pb.Set(Bytes, true)
+ return &Reader{r, pb}
+}
+
+// NewProxyWriter creates a wrapper for given writer, but with progress handle
+// Takes io.Writer or io.WriteCloser
+// Also, it automatically switches progress bar to handle units as bytes
+func (pb *ProgressBar) NewProxyWriter(r io.Writer) *Writer {
+ pb.Set(Bytes, true)
+ return &Writer{r, pb}
+}
+
+func (pb *ProgressBar) render() (result string, width int) {
+ defer func() {
+ if r := recover(); r != nil {
+ pb.SetErr(fmt.Errorf("render panic: %v", r))
+ }
+ }()
+ pb.rm.Lock()
+ defer pb.rm.Unlock()
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.configure()
+ if pb.state == nil {
+ pb.state = &State{ProgressBar: pb}
+ pb.buf = bytes.NewBuffer(nil)
+ }
+ if pb.startTime.IsZero() {
+ pb.startTime = time.Now()
+ }
+ pb.state.id++
+ pb.state.finished = pb.finished
+ pb.state.time = time.Now()
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+
+ pb.state.width = pb.Width()
+ width = pb.state.width
+ pb.state.total = pb.Total()
+ pb.state.current = pb.Current()
+ pb.buf.Reset()
+
+ if e := pb.tmpl.Execute(pb.buf, pb.state); e != nil {
+ pb.SetErr(e)
+ return "", 0
+ }
+
+ result = pb.buf.String()
+
+ aec := len(pb.state.recalc)
+ if aec == 0 {
+ // no adaptive elements
+ return
+ }
+
+ staticWidth := CellCount(result) - (aec * adElPlaceholderLen)
+
+ if pb.state.Width()-staticWidth <= 0 {
+ result = strings.Replace(result, adElPlaceholder, "", -1)
+ result = StripString(result, pb.state.Width())
+ } else {
+ pb.state.adaptiveElWidth = (width - staticWidth) / aec
+ for _, el := range pb.state.recalc {
+ result = strings.Replace(result, adElPlaceholder, el.ProgressElement(pb.state), 1)
+ }
+ }
+ pb.state.recalc = pb.state.recalc[:0]
+ return
+}
+
+// SetErr sets error to the ProgressBar
+// Error will be available over Err()
+func (pb *ProgressBar) SetErr(err error) *ProgressBar {
+ pb.mu.Lock()
+ pb.err = err
+ pb.mu.Unlock()
+ return pb
+}
+
+// Err return possible error
+// When all ok - will be nil
+// May contain template.Execute errors
+func (pb *ProgressBar) Err() error {
+ pb.mu.RLock()
+ defer pb.mu.RUnlock()
+ return pb.err
+}
+
+// String return currrent string representation of ProgressBar
+func (pb *ProgressBar) String() string {
+ res, _ := pb.render()
+ return res
+}
+
+// ProgressElement implements Element interface
+func (pb *ProgressBar) ProgressElement(s *State, args ...string) string {
+ if s.IsAdaptiveWidth() {
+ pb.SetWidth(s.AdaptiveElWidth())
+ }
+ return pb.String()
+}
+
+// State represents the current state of bar
+// Need for bar elements
+type State struct {
+ *ProgressBar
+
+ id uint64
+ total, current int64
+ width, adaptiveElWidth int
+ finished, adaptive bool
+ time time.Time
+
+ recalc []Element
+}
+
+// Id it's the current state identifier
+// - incremental
+// - starts with 1
+// - resets after finish/start
+func (s *State) Id() uint64 {
+ return s.id
+}
+
+// Total it's bar int64 total
+func (s *State) Total() int64 {
+ return s.total
+}
+
+// Value it's current value
+func (s *State) Value() int64 {
+ return s.current
+}
+
+// Width of bar
+func (s *State) Width() int {
+ return s.width
+}
+
+// AdaptiveElWidth - adaptive elements must return string with given cell count (when AdaptiveElWidth > 0)
+func (s *State) AdaptiveElWidth() int {
+ return s.adaptiveElWidth
+}
+
+// IsAdaptiveWidth returns true when element must be shown as adaptive
+func (s *State) IsAdaptiveWidth() bool {
+ return s.adaptive
+}
+
+// IsFinished return true when bar is finished
+func (s *State) IsFinished() bool {
+ return s.finished
+}
+
+// IsFirst return true only in first render
+func (s *State) IsFirst() bool {
+ return s.id == 1
+}
+
+// Time when state was created
+func (s *State) Time() time.Time {
+ return s.time
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69cc825b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool.go
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+// +build linux darwin freebsd netbsd openbsd solaris dragonfly windows plan9 aix
+
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "io"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+
+ "github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil"
+)
+
+// Create and start new pool with given bars
+// You need call pool.Stop() after work
+func StartPool(pbs ...*ProgressBar) (pool *Pool, err error) {
+ pool = new(Pool)
+ if err = pool.Start(); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ pool.Add(pbs...)
+ return
+}
+
+// NewPool initialises a pool with progress bars, but
+// doesn't start it. You need to call Start manually
+func NewPool(pbs ...*ProgressBar) (pool *Pool) {
+ pool = new(Pool)
+ pool.Add(pbs...)
+ return
+}
+
+type Pool struct {
+ Output io.Writer
+ RefreshRate time.Duration
+ bars []*ProgressBar
+ lastBarsCount int
+ shutdownCh chan struct{}
+ workerCh chan struct{}
+ m sync.Mutex
+ finishOnce sync.Once
+}
+
+// Add progress bars.
+func (p *Pool) Add(pbs ...*ProgressBar) {
+ p.m.Lock()
+ defer p.m.Unlock()
+ for _, bar := range pbs {
+ bar.Set(Static, true)
+ bar.Start()
+ p.bars = append(p.bars, bar)
+ }
+}
+
+func (p *Pool) Start() (err error) {
+ p.RefreshRate = defaultRefreshRate
+ p.shutdownCh, err = termutil.RawModeOn()
+ if err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ p.workerCh = make(chan struct{})
+ go p.writer()
+ return
+}
+
+func (p *Pool) writer() {
+ var first = true
+ defer func() {
+ if first == false {
+ p.print(false)
+ } else {
+ p.print(true)
+ p.print(false)
+ }
+ close(p.workerCh)
+ }()
+
+ for {
+ select {
+ case <-time.After(p.RefreshRate):
+ if p.print(first) {
+ p.print(false)
+ return
+ }
+ first = false
+ case <-p.shutdownCh:
+ return
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Restore terminal state and close pool
+func (p *Pool) Stop() error {
+ p.finishOnce.Do(func() {
+ if p.shutdownCh != nil {
+ close(p.shutdownCh)
+ }
+ })
+
+ // Wait for the worker to complete
+ select {
+ case <-p.workerCh:
+ }
+
+ return termutil.RawModeOff()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_win.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_win.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35a61474a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_win.go
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+// +build windows
+
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "log"
+
+ "github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil"
+)
+
+func (p *Pool) print(first bool) bool {
+ p.m.Lock()
+ defer p.m.Unlock()
+ var out string
+ if !first {
+ coords, err := termutil.GetCursorPos()
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Panic(err)
+ }
+ coords.Y -= int16(p.lastBarsCount)
+ if coords.Y < 0 {
+ coords.Y = 0
+ }
+ coords.X = 0
+
+ err = termutil.SetCursorPos(coords)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Panic(err)
+ }
+ }
+ isFinished := true
+ for _, bar := range p.bars {
+ if !bar.IsFinished() {
+ isFinished = false
+ }
+ out += fmt.Sprintf("\r%s\n", bar.String())
+ }
+ if p.Output != nil {
+ fmt.Fprint(p.Output, out)
+ } else {
+ fmt.Print(out)
+ }
+ p.lastBarsCount = len(p.bars)
+ return isFinished
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_x.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_x.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..435030155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/pool_x.go
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+// +build linux darwin freebsd netbsd openbsd solaris dragonfly plan9 aix
+
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+
+ "github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil"
+)
+
+func (p *Pool) print(first bool) bool {
+ p.m.Lock()
+ defer p.m.Unlock()
+ var out string
+ if !first {
+ out = fmt.Sprintf("\033[%dA", p.lastBarsCount)
+ }
+ isFinished := true
+ bars := p.bars
+ rows, cols, err := termutil.TerminalSize()
+ if err != nil {
+ cols = defaultBarWidth
+ }
+ if rows > 0 && len(bars) > rows {
+ // we need to hide bars that overflow terminal height
+ bars = bars[len(bars)-rows:]
+ }
+ for _, bar := range bars {
+ if !bar.IsFinished() {
+ isFinished = false
+ }
+ bar.SetWidth(cols)
+ out += fmt.Sprintf("\r%s\n", bar.String())
+ }
+ if p.Output != nil {
+ fmt.Fprint(p.Output, out)
+ } else {
+ fmt.Fprint(os.Stderr, out)
+ }
+ p.lastBarsCount = len(bars)
+ return isFinished
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/preset.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/preset.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3ca19398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/preset.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package pb
+
+var (
+ // Full - preset with all default available elements
+ // Example: 'Prefix 20/100 [-->______] 20% 1 p/s ETA 1m Suffix'
+ Full ProgressBarTemplate = `{{with string . "prefix"}}{{.}} {{end}}{{counters . }} {{bar . }} {{percent . }} {{speed . }} {{rtime . "ETA %s"}}{{with string . "suffix"}} {{.}}{{end}}`
+
+ // Default - preset like Full but without elapsed time
+ // Example: 'Prefix 20/100 [-->______] 20% 1 p/s Suffix'
+ Default ProgressBarTemplate = `{{with string . "prefix"}}{{.}} {{end}}{{counters . }} {{bar . }} {{percent . }} {{speed . }}{{with string . "suffix"}} {{.}}{{end}}`
+
+ // Simple - preset without speed and any timers. Only counters, bar and percents
+ // Example: 'Prefix 20/100 [-->______] 20% Suffix'
+ Simple ProgressBarTemplate = `{{with string . "prefix"}}{{.}} {{end}}{{counters . }} {{bar . }} {{percent . }}{{with string . "suffix"}} {{.}}{{end}}`
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/speed.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/speed.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17a6b1bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/speed.go
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "math"
+ "time"
+
+ "github.com/VividCortex/ewma"
+)
+
+var speedAddLimit = time.Second / 2
+
+type speed struct {
+ ewma ewma.MovingAverage
+ lastStateId uint64
+ prevValue, startValue int64
+ prevTime, startTime time.Time
+}
+
+func (s *speed) value(state *State) float64 {
+ if s.ewma == nil {
+ s.ewma = ewma.NewMovingAverage()
+ }
+ if state.IsFirst() || state.Id() < s.lastStateId {
+ s.reset(state)
+ return 0
+ }
+ if state.Id() == s.lastStateId {
+ return s.ewma.Value()
+ }
+ if state.IsFinished() {
+ return s.absValue(state)
+ }
+ dur := state.Time().Sub(s.prevTime)
+ if dur < speedAddLimit {
+ return s.ewma.Value()
+ }
+ diff := math.Abs(float64(state.Value() - s.prevValue))
+ lastSpeed := diff / dur.Seconds()
+ s.prevTime = state.Time()
+ s.prevValue = state.Value()
+ s.lastStateId = state.Id()
+ s.ewma.Add(lastSpeed)
+ return s.ewma.Value()
+}
+
+func (s *speed) reset(state *State) {
+ s.lastStateId = state.Id()
+ s.startTime = state.Time()
+ s.prevTime = state.Time()
+ s.startValue = state.Value()
+ s.prevValue = state.Value()
+ s.ewma = ewma.NewMovingAverage()
+}
+
+func (s *speed) absValue(state *State) float64 {
+ if dur := state.Time().Sub(s.startTime); dur > 0 {
+ return float64(state.Value()) / dur.Seconds()
+ }
+ return 0
+}
+
+func getSpeedObj(state *State) (s *speed) {
+ if sObj, ok := state.Get(speedObj).(*speed); ok {
+ return sObj
+ }
+ s = new(speed)
+ state.Set(speedObj, s)
+ return
+}
+
+// ElementSpeed calculates current speed by EWMA
+// Optionally can take one or two string arguments.
+// First string will be used as value for format speed, default is "%s p/s".
+// Second string will be used when speed not available, default is "? p/s"
+// In template use as follows: {{speed .}} or {{speed . "%s per second"}} or {{speed . "%s ps" "..."}
+var ElementSpeed ElementFunc = func(state *State, args ...string) string {
+ sp := getSpeedObj(state).value(state)
+ if sp == 0 {
+ return argsHelper(args).getNotEmptyOr(1, "? p/s")
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprintf(argsHelper(args).getNotEmptyOr(0, "%s p/s"), state.Format(int64(round(sp))))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/template.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/template.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5272ac1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/template.go
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "math/rand"
+ "sync"
+ "text/template"
+
+ "github.com/fatih/color"
+)
+
+// ProgressBarTemplate that template string
+type ProgressBarTemplate string
+
+// New creates new bar from template
+func (pbt ProgressBarTemplate) New(total int) *ProgressBar {
+ return New(total).SetTemplate(pbt)
+}
+
+// Start64 create and start new bar with given int64 total value
+func (pbt ProgressBarTemplate) Start64(total int64) *ProgressBar {
+ return New64(total).SetTemplate(pbt).Start()
+}
+
+// Start create and start new bar with given int total value
+func (pbt ProgressBarTemplate) Start(total int) *ProgressBar {
+ return pbt.Start64(int64(total))
+}
+
+var templateCacheMu sync.Mutex
+var templateCache = make(map[string]*template.Template)
+
+var defaultTemplateFuncs = template.FuncMap{
+ // colors
+ "black": color.New(color.FgBlack).SprintFunc(),
+ "red": color.New(color.FgRed).SprintFunc(),
+ "green": color.New(color.FgGreen).SprintFunc(),
+ "yellow": color.New(color.FgYellow).SprintFunc(),
+ "blue": color.New(color.FgBlue).SprintFunc(),
+ "magenta": color.New(color.FgMagenta).SprintFunc(),
+ "cyan": color.New(color.FgCyan).SprintFunc(),
+ "white": color.New(color.FgWhite).SprintFunc(),
+ "resetcolor": color.New(color.Reset).SprintFunc(),
+ "rndcolor": rndcolor,
+ "rnd": rnd,
+}
+
+func getTemplate(tmpl string) (t *template.Template, err error) {
+ templateCacheMu.Lock()
+ defer templateCacheMu.Unlock()
+ t = templateCache[tmpl]
+ if t != nil {
+ // found in cache
+ return
+ }
+ t = template.New("")
+ fillTemplateFuncs(t)
+ _, err = t.Parse(tmpl)
+ if err != nil {
+ t = nil
+ return
+ }
+ templateCache[tmpl] = t
+ return
+}
+
+func fillTemplateFuncs(t *template.Template) {
+ t.Funcs(defaultTemplateFuncs)
+ emf := make(template.FuncMap)
+ elementsM.Lock()
+ for k, v := range elements {
+ element := v
+ emf[k] = func(state *State, args ...string) string { return element.ProgressElement(state, args...) }
+ }
+ elementsM.Unlock()
+ t.Funcs(emf)
+ return
+}
+
+func rndcolor(s string) string {
+ c := rand.Intn(int(color.FgWhite-color.FgBlack)) + int(color.FgBlack)
+ return color.New(color.Attribute(c)).Sprint(s)
+}
+
+func rnd(args ...string) string {
+ if len(args) == 0 {
+ return ""
+ }
+ return args[rand.Intn(len(args))]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c838d4f98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term.go
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+package termutil
+
+import (
+ "errors"
+ "os"
+ "os/signal"
+ "sync"
+)
+
+var echoLocked bool
+var echoLockMutex sync.Mutex
+var errLocked = errors.New("terminal locked")
+var autoTerminate = true
+
+// AutoTerminate enables or disables automatic terminate signal catching.
+// It's needed to restore the terminal state after the pool was used.
+// By default, it's enabled.
+func AutoTerminate(enable bool) {
+ echoLockMutex.Lock()
+ defer echoLockMutex.Unlock()
+ autoTerminate = enable
+}
+
+// RawModeOn switches terminal to raw mode
+func RawModeOn() (quit chan struct{}, err error) {
+ echoLockMutex.Lock()
+ defer echoLockMutex.Unlock()
+ if echoLocked {
+ err = errLocked
+ return
+ }
+ if err = lockEcho(); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ echoLocked = true
+ quit = make(chan struct{}, 1)
+ go catchTerminate(quit)
+ return
+}
+
+// RawModeOff restore previous terminal state
+func RawModeOff() (err error) {
+ echoLockMutex.Lock()
+ defer echoLockMutex.Unlock()
+ if !echoLocked {
+ return
+ }
+ if err = unlockEcho(); err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ echoLocked = false
+ return
+}
+
+// listen exit signals and restore terminal state
+func catchTerminate(quit chan struct{}) {
+ sig := make(chan os.Signal, 1)
+ if autoTerminate {
+ signal.Notify(sig, unlockSignals...)
+ defer signal.Stop(sig)
+ }
+ select {
+ case <-quit:
+ RawModeOff()
+ case <-sig:
+ RawModeOff()
+ }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_appengine.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_appengine.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bc5c51a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_appengine.go
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+//go:build appengine
+// +build appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+import "errors"
+
+// terminalWidth returns width of the terminal, which is not supported
+// and should always failed on appengine classic which is a sandboxed PaaS.
+func TerminalWidth() (int, error) {
+ return 0, errors.New("Not supported")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_bsd.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_bsd.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e16380f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_bsd.go
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+//go:build (darwin || freebsd || netbsd || openbsd || dragonfly) && !appengine
+// +build darwin freebsd netbsd openbsd dragonfly
+// +build !appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+import "syscall"
+
+const ioctlReadTermios = syscall.TIOCGETA
+const ioctlWriteTermios = syscall.TIOCSETA
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_linux.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_linux.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4c5325bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_linux.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+//go:build linux && !appengine
+// +build linux,!appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+const ioctlReadTermios = 0x5401 // syscall.TCGETS
+const ioctlWriteTermios = 0x5402 // syscall.TCSETS
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_nix.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_nix.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..471d5a944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_nix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+//go:build (linux || darwin || freebsd || netbsd || openbsd || dragonfly) && !appengine
+// +build linux darwin freebsd netbsd openbsd dragonfly
+// +build !appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+import "syscall"
+
+const sysIoctl = syscall.SYS_IOCTL
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_plan9.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_plan9.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3934c6ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_plan9.go
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+package termutil
+
+import (
+ "errors"
+ "os"
+ "syscall"
+)
+
+var (
+ consctl *os.File
+
+ // Plan 9 doesn't have syscall.SIGQUIT
+ unlockSignals = []os.Signal{
+ os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGTERM, syscall.SIGKILL,
+ }
+)
+
+// TerminalWidth returns width of the terminal.
+func TerminalWidth() (int, error) {
+ return 0, errors.New("Not supported")
+}
+
+func lockEcho() error {
+ if consctl != nil {
+ return errors.New("consctl already open")
+ }
+ var err error
+ consctl, err = os.OpenFile("/dev/consctl", os.O_WRONLY, 0)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ _, err = consctl.WriteString("rawon")
+ if err != nil {
+ consctl.Close()
+ consctl = nil
+ return err
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func unlockEcho() error {
+ if consctl == nil {
+ return nil
+ }
+ if err := consctl.Close(); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ consctl = nil
+ return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_solaris.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_solaris.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45f305535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_solaris.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+//go:build solaris && !appengine
+// +build solaris,!appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+const ioctlReadTermios = 0x5401 // syscall.TCGETS
+const ioctlWriteTermios = 0x5402 // syscall.TCSETS
+const sysIoctl = 54
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_win.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_win.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75c7e2c39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_win.go
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package termutil
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+ "os/exec"
+ "strconv"
+ "syscall"
+ "unsafe"
+)
+
+var (
+ tty = os.Stdin
+
+ unlockSignals = []os.Signal{
+ os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGQUIT, syscall.SIGTERM, syscall.SIGKILL,
+ }
+)
+
+var (
+ kernel32 = syscall.NewLazyDLL("kernel32.dll")
+
+ // GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo retrieves information about the
+ // specified console screen buffer.
+ // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683171(v=vs.85).aspx
+ procGetConsoleScreenBufferInfo = kernel32.NewProc("GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo")
+
+ // GetConsoleMode retrieves the current input mode of a console's
+ // input buffer or the current output mode of a console screen buffer.
+ // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms683167(v=vs.85).aspx
+ getConsoleMode = kernel32.NewProc("GetConsoleMode")
+
+ // SetConsoleMode sets the input mode of a console's input buffer
+ // or the output mode of a console screen buffer.
+ // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms686033(v=vs.85).aspx
+ setConsoleMode = kernel32.NewProc("SetConsoleMode")
+
+ // SetConsoleCursorPosition sets the cursor position in the
+ // specified console screen buffer.
+ // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms686025(v=vs.85).aspx
+ setConsoleCursorPosition = kernel32.NewProc("SetConsoleCursorPosition")
+
+ mingw = isMingw()
+)
+
+type (
+ // Defines the coordinates of the upper left and lower right corners
+ // of a rectangle.
+ // See
+ // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms686311(v=vs.85).aspx
+ smallRect struct {
+ Left, Top, Right, Bottom int16
+ }
+
+ // Defines the coordinates of a character cell in a console screen
+ // buffer. The origin of the coordinate system (0,0) is at the top, left cell
+ // of the buffer.
+ // See
+ // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms682119(v=vs.85).aspx
+ coordinates struct {
+ X, Y int16
+ }
+
+ word int16
+
+ // Contains information about a console screen buffer.
+ // http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms682093(v=vs.85).aspx
+ consoleScreenBufferInfo struct {
+ dwSize coordinates
+ dwCursorPosition coordinates
+ wAttributes word
+ srWindow smallRect
+ dwMaximumWindowSize coordinates
+ }
+)
+
+// TerminalWidth returns width of the terminal.
+func TerminalWidth() (width int, err error) {
+ if mingw {
+ return termWidthTPut()
+ }
+ return termWidthCmd()
+}
+
+func termWidthCmd() (width int, err error) {
+ var info consoleScreenBufferInfo
+ _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(procGetConsoleScreenBufferInfo.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&info)), 0)
+ if e != 0 {
+ return 0, error(e)
+ }
+ return int(info.dwSize.X) - 1, nil
+}
+
+func isMingw() bool {
+ return os.Getenv("MINGW_PREFIX") != "" || os.Getenv("MSYSTEM") == "MINGW64"
+}
+
+func termWidthTPut() (width int, err error) {
+ // TODO: maybe anybody knows a better way to get it on mintty...
+ var res []byte
+ cmd := exec.Command("tput", "cols")
+ cmd.Stdin = os.Stdin
+ if res, err = cmd.CombinedOutput(); err != nil {
+ return 0, fmt.Errorf("%s: %v", string(res), err)
+ }
+ if len(res) > 1 {
+ res = res[:len(res)-1]
+ }
+ return strconv.Atoi(string(res))
+}
+
+func GetCursorPos() (pos coordinates, err error) {
+ var info consoleScreenBufferInfo
+ _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(procGetConsoleScreenBufferInfo.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&info)), 0)
+ if e != 0 {
+ return info.dwCursorPosition, error(e)
+ }
+ return info.dwCursorPosition, nil
+}
+
+func SetCursorPos(pos coordinates) error {
+ _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(setConsoleCursorPosition.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(uint32(uint16(pos.Y))<<16|uint32(uint16(pos.X))), 0)
+ if e != 0 {
+ return error(e)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+var oldState word
+
+func lockEcho() (err error) {
+ if _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(getConsoleMode.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&oldState)), 0); e != 0 {
+ err = fmt.Errorf("Can't get terminal settings: %v", e)
+ return
+ }
+
+ newState := oldState
+ const ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT = 0x0004
+ const ENABLE_LINE_INPUT = 0x0002
+ newState = newState & (^(ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT))
+ if _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(setConsoleMode.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(newState), 0); e != 0 {
+ err = fmt.Errorf("Can't set terminal settings: %v", e)
+ return
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+func unlockEcho() (err error) {
+ if _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(setConsoleMode.Addr(), 2, uintptr(syscall.Stdout), uintptr(oldState), 0); e != 0 {
+ err = fmt.Errorf("Can't set terminal settings")
+ }
+ return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_x.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_x.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4746e9b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/termutil/term_x.go
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+//go:build (linux || darwin || freebsd || netbsd || openbsd || solaris || dragonfly) && !appengine
+// +build linux darwin freebsd netbsd openbsd solaris dragonfly
+// +build !appengine
+
+package termutil
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+ "syscall"
+ "unsafe"
+)
+
+var (
+ tty *os.File
+
+ unlockSignals = []os.Signal{
+ os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGQUIT, syscall.SIGTERM, syscall.SIGKILL,
+ }
+ oldState syscall.Termios
+)
+
+type window struct {
+ Row uint16
+ Col uint16
+ Xpixel uint16
+ Ypixel uint16
+}
+
+func init() {
+ var err error
+ tty, err = os.Open("/dev/tty")
+ if err != nil {
+ tty = os.Stdin
+ }
+}
+
+// TerminalWidth returns width of the terminal.
+func TerminalWidth() (int, error) {
+ _, c, err := TerminalSize()
+ return c, err
+}
+
+// TerminalSize returns size of the terminal.
+func TerminalSize() (rows, cols int, err error) {
+ w := new(window)
+ res, _, err := syscall.Syscall(sysIoctl,
+ tty.Fd(),
+ uintptr(syscall.TIOCGWINSZ),
+ uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(w)),
+ )
+ if int(res) == -1 {
+ return 0, 0, err
+ }
+ return int(w.Row), int(w.Col), nil
+}
+
+func lockEcho() error {
+ fd := tty.Fd()
+
+ if _, _, err := syscall.Syscall(sysIoctl, fd, ioctlReadTermios, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&oldState))); err != 0 {
+ return fmt.Errorf("error when puts the terminal connected to the given file descriptor: %w", err)
+ }
+
+ newState := oldState
+ newState.Lflag &^= syscall.ECHO
+ newState.Lflag |= syscall.ICANON | syscall.ISIG
+ newState.Iflag |= syscall.ICRNL
+ if _, _, e := syscall.Syscall(sysIoctl, fd, ioctlWriteTermios, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&newState))); e != 0 {
+ return fmt.Errorf("error update terminal settings: %w", e)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func unlockEcho() error {
+ fd := tty.Fd()
+ if _, _, err := syscall.Syscall(sysIoctl, fd, ioctlWriteTermios, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&oldState))); err != 0 {
+ return fmt.Errorf("error restores the terminal connected to the given file descriptor: %w", err)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/util.go b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/util.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a392605a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/cheggaaa/pb/v3/util.go
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+package pb
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "github.com/mattn/go-runewidth"
+ "math"
+ "regexp"
+ //"unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+const (
+ _KiB = 1024
+ _MiB = 1048576
+ _GiB = 1073741824
+ _TiB = 1099511627776
+
+ _kB = 1e3
+ _MB = 1e6
+ _GB = 1e9
+ _TB = 1e12
+)
+
+var ctrlFinder = regexp.MustCompile("\x1b\x5b[0-9;]+\x6d")
+
+func CellCount(s string) int {
+ n := runewidth.StringWidth(s)
+ for _, sm := range ctrlFinder.FindAllString(s, -1) {
+ n -= runewidth.StringWidth(sm)
+ }
+ return n
+}
+
+func StripString(s string, w int) string {
+ l := CellCount(s)
+ if l <= w {
+ return s
+ }
+ var buf = bytes.NewBuffer(make([]byte, 0, len(s)))
+ StripStringToBuffer(s, w, buf)
+ return buf.String()
+}
+
+func StripStringToBuffer(s string, w int, buf *bytes.Buffer) {
+ var seqs = ctrlFinder.FindAllStringIndex(s, -1)
+ var maxWidthReached bool
+mainloop:
+ for i, r := range s {
+ for _, seq := range seqs {
+ if i >= seq[0] && i < seq[1] {
+ buf.WriteRune(r)
+ continue mainloop
+ }
+ }
+ if rw := CellCount(string(r)); rw <= w && !maxWidthReached {
+ w -= rw
+ buf.WriteRune(r)
+ } else {
+ maxWidthReached = true
+ }
+ }
+ for w > 0 {
+ buf.WriteByte(' ')
+ w--
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+func round(val float64) (newVal float64) {
+ roundOn := 0.5
+ places := 0
+ var round float64
+ pow := math.Pow(10, float64(places))
+ digit := pow * val
+ _, div := math.Modf(digit)
+ if div >= roundOn {
+ round = math.Ceil(digit)
+ } else {
+ round = math.Floor(digit)
+ }
+ newVal = round / pow
+ return
+}
+
+// Convert bytes to human readable string. Like a 2 MiB, 64.2 KiB, or 2 MB, 64.2 kB
+// if useSIPrefix is set to true
+func formatBytes(i int64, useSIPrefix bool) (result string) {
+ if !useSIPrefix {
+ switch {
+ case i >= _TiB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f TiB", float64(i)/_TiB)
+ case i >= _GiB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f GiB", float64(i)/_GiB)
+ case i >= _MiB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f MiB", float64(i)/_MiB)
+ case i >= _KiB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f KiB", float64(i)/_KiB)
+ default:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%d B", i)
+ }
+ } else {
+ switch {
+ case i >= _TB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f TB", float64(i)/_TB)
+ case i >= _GB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f GB", float64(i)/_GB)
+ case i >= _MB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f MB", float64(i)/_MB)
+ case i >= _kB:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%.02f kB", float64(i)/_kB)
+ default:
+ result = fmt.Sprintf("%d B", i)
+ }
+ }
+ return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/decode.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9bb0efe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/decode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1385 @@
+// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Represents JSON data structure using native Go types: booleans, floats,
+// strings, arrays, and maps.
+
+package json
+
+import (
+ "encoding"
+ "encoding/base64"
+ "fmt"
+ "reflect"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "sync"
+ "unicode"
+ "unicode/utf16"
+ "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+// Unmarshal parses the JSON-encoded data and stores the result
+// in the value pointed to by v. If v is nil or not a pointer,
+// Unmarshal returns an InvalidUnmarshalError.
+//
+// Unmarshal uses the inverse of the encodings that
+// Marshal uses, allocating maps, slices, and pointers as necessary,
+// with the following additional rules:
+//
+// To unmarshal JSON into a pointer, Unmarshal first handles the case of
+// the JSON being the JSON literal null. In that case, Unmarshal sets
+// the pointer to nil. Otherwise, Unmarshal unmarshals the JSON into
+// the value pointed at by the pointer. If the pointer is nil, Unmarshal
+// allocates a new value for it to point to.
+//
+// To unmarshal JSON into a value implementing the Unmarshaler interface,
+// Unmarshal calls that value's UnmarshalJSON method, including
+// when the input is a JSON null.
+// Otherwise, if the value implements encoding.TextUnmarshaler
+// and the input is a JSON quoted string, Unmarshal calls that value's
+// UnmarshalText method with the unquoted form of the string.
+//
+// To unmarshal JSON into a struct, Unmarshal matches incoming object
+// keys to the keys used by Marshal (either the struct field name or its tag),
+// preferring an exact match but also accepting a case-insensitive match. By
+// default, object keys which don't have a corresponding struct field are
+// ignored (see Decoder.DisallowUnknownFields for an alternative).
+//
+// To unmarshal JSON into an interface value,
+// Unmarshal stores one of these in the interface value:
+//
+// bool, for JSON booleans
+// float64, for JSON numbers
+// string, for JSON strings
+// []interface{}, for JSON arrays
+// map[string]interface{}, for JSON objects
+// nil for JSON null
+//
+// To unmarshal a JSON array into a slice, Unmarshal resets the slice length
+// to zero and then appends each element to the slice.
+// As a special case, to unmarshal an empty JSON array into a slice,
+// Unmarshal replaces the slice with a new empty slice.
+//
+// To unmarshal a JSON array into a Go array, Unmarshal decodes
+// JSON array elements into corresponding Go array elements.
+// If the Go array is smaller than the JSON array,
+// the additional JSON array elements are discarded.
+// If the JSON array is smaller than the Go array,
+// the additional Go array elements are set to zero values.
+//
+// To unmarshal a JSON object into a map, Unmarshal first establishes a map to
+// use. If the map is nil, Unmarshal allocates a new map. Otherwise Unmarshal
+// reuses the existing map, keeping existing entries. Unmarshal then stores
+// key-value pairs from the JSON object into the map. The map's key type must
+// either be any string type, an integer, implement json.Unmarshaler, or
+// implement encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
+//
+// If the JSON-encoded data contain a syntax error, Unmarshal returns a SyntaxError.
+//
+// If a JSON value is not appropriate for a given target type,
+// or if a JSON number overflows the target type, Unmarshal
+// skips that field and completes the unmarshaling as best it can.
+// If no more serious errors are encountered, Unmarshal returns
+// an UnmarshalTypeError describing the earliest such error. In any
+// case, it's not guaranteed that all the remaining fields following
+// the problematic one will be unmarshaled into the target object.
+//
+// The JSON null value unmarshals into an interface, map, pointer, or slice
+// by setting that Go value to nil. Because null is often used in JSON to mean
+// “not present,” unmarshaling a JSON null into any other Go type has no effect
+// on the value and produces no error.
+//
+// When unmarshaling quoted strings, invalid UTF-8 or
+// invalid UTF-16 surrogate pairs are not treated as an error.
+// Instead, they are replaced by the Unicode replacement
+// character U+FFFD.
+func Unmarshal(data []byte, v any) error {
+ // Check for well-formedness.
+ // Avoids filling out half a data structure
+ // before discovering a JSON syntax error.
+ d := ds.Get().(*decodeState)
+ defer ds.Put(d)
+ //var d decodeState
+ d.useNumber = true
+ err := checkValid(data, &d.scan)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ d.init(data)
+ return d.unmarshal(v)
+}
+
+var ds = sync.Pool{
+ New: func() any {
+ return new(decodeState)
+ },
+}
+
+func UnmarshalWithKeys(data []byte, v any) ([]string, error) {
+ // Check for well-formedness.
+ // Avoids filling out half a data structure
+ // before discovering a JSON syntax error.
+
+ d := ds.Get().(*decodeState)
+ defer ds.Put(d)
+ //var d decodeState
+ d.useNumber = true
+ err := checkValid(data, &d.scan)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ d.init(data)
+ err = d.unmarshal(v)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ return d.lastKeys, nil
+}
+
+func UnmarshalValid(data []byte, v any) error {
+ // Check for well-formedness.
+ // Avoids filling out half a data structure
+ // before discovering a JSON syntax error.
+ d := ds.Get().(*decodeState)
+ defer ds.Put(d)
+ //var d decodeState
+ d.useNumber = true
+
+ d.init(data)
+ return d.unmarshal(v)
+}
+
+func UnmarshalValidWithKeys(data []byte, v any) ([]string, error) {
+ // Check for well-formedness.
+ // Avoids filling out half a data structure
+ // before discovering a JSON syntax error.
+
+ d := ds.Get().(*decodeState)
+ defer ds.Put(d)
+ //var d decodeState
+ d.useNumber = true
+
+ d.init(data)
+ err := d.unmarshal(v)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ return d.lastKeys, nil
+}
+
+// Unmarshaler is the interface implemented by types
+// that can unmarshal a JSON description of themselves.
+// The input can be assumed to be a valid encoding of
+// a JSON value. UnmarshalJSON must copy the JSON data
+// if it wishes to retain the data after returning.
+//
+// By convention, to approximate the behavior of Unmarshal itself,
+// Unmarshalers implement UnmarshalJSON([]byte("null")) as a no-op.
+type Unmarshaler interface {
+ UnmarshalJSON([]byte) error
+}
+
+// An UnmarshalTypeError describes a JSON value that was
+// not appropriate for a value of a specific Go type.
+type UnmarshalTypeError struct {
+ Value string // description of JSON value - "bool", "array", "number -5"
+ Type reflect.Type // type of Go value it could not be assigned to
+ Offset int64 // error occurred after reading Offset bytes
+ Struct string // name of the struct type containing the field
+ Field string // the full path from root node to the field
+}
+
+func (e *UnmarshalTypeError) Error() string {
+ if e.Struct != "" || e.Field != "" {
+ return "json: cannot unmarshal " + e.Value + " into Go struct field " + e.Struct + "." + e.Field + " of type " + e.Type.String()
+ }
+ return "json: cannot unmarshal " + e.Value + " into Go value of type " + e.Type.String()
+}
+
+// An UnmarshalFieldError describes a JSON object key that
+// led to an unexported (and therefore unwritable) struct field.
+//
+// Deprecated: No longer used; kept for compatibility.
+type UnmarshalFieldError struct {
+ Key string
+ Type reflect.Type
+ Field reflect.StructField
+}
+
+func (e *UnmarshalFieldError) Error() string {
+ return "json: cannot unmarshal object key " + strconv.Quote(e.Key) + " into unexported field " + e.Field.Name + " of type " + e.Type.String()
+}
+
+// An InvalidUnmarshalError describes an invalid argument passed to Unmarshal.
+// (The argument to Unmarshal must be a non-nil pointer.)
+type InvalidUnmarshalError struct {
+ Type reflect.Type
+}
+
+func (e *InvalidUnmarshalError) Error() string {
+ if e.Type == nil {
+ return "json: Unmarshal(nil)"
+ }
+
+ if e.Type.Kind() != reflect.Pointer {
+ return "json: Unmarshal(non-pointer " + e.Type.String() + ")"
+ }
+ return "json: Unmarshal(nil " + e.Type.String() + ")"
+}
+
+func (d *decodeState) unmarshal(v any) error {
+ rv := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+ if rv.Kind() != reflect.Pointer || rv.IsNil() {
+ return &InvalidUnmarshalError{reflect.TypeOf(v)}
+ }
+
+ d.scan.reset()
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ // We decode rv not rv.Elem because the Unmarshaler interface
+ // test must be applied at the top level of the value.
+ err := d.value(rv)
+ if err != nil {
+ return d.addErrorContext(err)
+ }
+ return d.savedError
+}
+
+// A Number represents a JSON number literal.
+type Number string
+
+// String returns the literal text of the number.
+func (n Number) String() string { return string(n) }
+
+// Float64 returns the number as a float64.
+func (n Number) Float64() (float64, error) {
+ return strconv.ParseFloat(string(n), 64)
+}
+
+// Int64 returns the number as an int64.
+func (n Number) Int64() (int64, error) {
+ return strconv.ParseInt(string(n), 10, 64)
+}
+
+// An errorContext provides context for type errors during decoding.
+type errorContext struct {
+ Struct reflect.Type
+ FieldStack []string
+}
+
+// decodeState represents the state while decoding a JSON value.
+type decodeState struct {
+ data []byte
+ off int // next read offset in data
+ opcode int // last read result
+ scan scanner
+ errorContext *errorContext
+ savedError error
+ useNumber bool
+ disallowUnknownFields bool
+ lastKeys []string
+}
+
+// readIndex returns the position of the last byte read.
+func (d *decodeState) readIndex() int {
+ return d.off - 1
+}
+
+// phasePanicMsg is used as a panic message when we end up with something that
+// shouldn't happen. It can indicate a bug in the JSON decoder, or that
+// something is editing the data slice while the decoder executes.
+const phasePanicMsg = "JSON decoder out of sync - data changing underfoot?"
+
+func (d *decodeState) init(data []byte) *decodeState {
+ d.data = data
+ d.off = 0
+ d.savedError = nil
+ if d.errorContext != nil {
+ d.errorContext.Struct = nil
+ // Reuse the allocated space for the FieldStack slice.
+ d.errorContext.FieldStack = d.errorContext.FieldStack[:0]
+ }
+ return d
+}
+
+// saveError saves the first err it is called with,
+// for reporting at the end of the unmarshal.
+func (d *decodeState) saveError(err error) {
+ if d.savedError == nil {
+ d.savedError = d.addErrorContext(err)
+ }
+}
+
+// addErrorContext returns a new error enhanced with information from d.errorContext
+func (d *decodeState) addErrorContext(err error) error {
+ if d.errorContext != nil && (d.errorContext.Struct != nil || len(d.errorContext.FieldStack) > 0) {
+ switch err := err.(type) {
+ case *UnmarshalTypeError:
+ err.Struct = d.errorContext.Struct.Name()
+ err.Field = strings.Join(d.errorContext.FieldStack, ".")
+ }
+ }
+ return err
+}
+
+// skip scans to the end of what was started.
+func (d *decodeState) skip() {
+ s, data, i := &d.scan, d.data, d.off
+ depth := len(s.parseState)
+ for {
+ op := s.step(s, data[i])
+ i++
+ if len(s.parseState) < depth {
+ d.off = i
+ d.opcode = op
+ return
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// scanNext processes the byte at d.data[d.off].
+func (d *decodeState) scanNext() {
+ if d.off < len(d.data) {
+ d.opcode = d.scan.step(&d.scan, d.data[d.off])
+ d.off++
+ } else {
+ d.opcode = d.scan.eof()
+ d.off = len(d.data) + 1 // mark processed EOF with len+1
+ }
+}
+
+// scanWhile processes bytes in d.data[d.off:] until it
+// receives a scan code not equal to op.
+func (d *decodeState) scanWhile(op int) {
+ s, data, i := &d.scan, d.data, d.off
+ for i < len(data) {
+ newOp := s.step(s, data[i])
+ i++
+ if newOp != op {
+ d.opcode = newOp
+ d.off = i
+ return
+ }
+ }
+
+ d.off = len(data) + 1 // mark processed EOF with len+1
+ d.opcode = d.scan.eof()
+}
+
+// rescanLiteral is similar to scanWhile(scanContinue), but it specialises the
+// common case where we're decoding a literal. The decoder scans the input
+// twice, once for syntax errors and to check the length of the value, and the
+// second to perform the decoding.
+//
+// Only in the second step do we use decodeState to tokenize literals, so we
+// know there aren't any syntax errors. We can take advantage of that knowledge,
+// and scan a literal's bytes much more quickly.
+func (d *decodeState) rescanLiteral() {
+ data, i := d.data, d.off
+Switch:
+ switch data[i-1] {
+ case '"': // string
+ for ; i < len(data); i++ {
+ switch data[i] {
+ case '\\':
+ i++ // escaped char
+ case '"':
+ i++ // tokenize the closing quote too
+ break Switch
+ }
+ }
+ case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', '-': // number
+ for ; i < len(data); i++ {
+ switch data[i] {
+ case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9',
+ '.', 'e', 'E', '+', '-':
+ default:
+ break Switch
+ }
+ }
+ case 't': // true
+ i += len("rue")
+ case 'f': // false
+ i += len("alse")
+ case 'n': // null
+ i += len("ull")
+ }
+ if i < len(data) {
+ d.opcode = stateEndValue(&d.scan, data[i])
+ } else {
+ d.opcode = scanEnd
+ }
+ d.off = i + 1
+}
+
+// value consumes a JSON value from d.data[d.off-1:], decoding into v, and
+// reads the following byte ahead. If v is invalid, the value is discarded.
+// The first byte of the value has been read already.
+func (d *decodeState) value(v reflect.Value) error {
+ switch d.opcode {
+ default:
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+
+ case scanBeginArray:
+ if v.IsValid() {
+ if err := d.array(v); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ } else {
+ d.skip()
+ }
+ d.scanNext()
+
+ case scanBeginObject:
+ if v.IsValid() {
+ if err := d.object(v); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ } else {
+ d.skip()
+ }
+ d.scanNext()
+
+ case scanBeginLiteral:
+ // All bytes inside literal return scanContinue op code.
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.rescanLiteral()
+
+ if v.IsValid() {
+ if err := d.literalStore(d.data[start:d.readIndex()], v, false); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+type unquotedValue struct{}
+
+// valueQuoted is like value but decodes a
+// quoted string literal or literal null into an interface value.
+// If it finds anything other than a quoted string literal or null,
+// valueQuoted returns unquotedValue{}.
+func (d *decodeState) valueQuoted() any {
+ switch d.opcode {
+ default:
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+
+ case scanBeginArray, scanBeginObject:
+ d.skip()
+ d.scanNext()
+
+ case scanBeginLiteral:
+ v := d.literalInterface()
+ switch v.(type) {
+ case nil, string:
+ return v
+ }
+ }
+ return unquotedValue{}
+}
+
+// indirect walks down v allocating pointers as needed,
+// until it gets to a non-pointer.
+// If it encounters an Unmarshaler, indirect stops and returns that.
+// If decodingNull is true, indirect stops at the first settable pointer so it
+// can be set to nil.
+func indirect(v reflect.Value, decodingNull bool) (Unmarshaler, encoding.TextUnmarshaler, reflect.Value) {
+ // Issue #24153 indicates that it is generally not a guaranteed property
+ // that you may round-trip a reflect.Value by calling Value.Addr().Elem()
+ // and expect the value to still be settable for values derived from
+ // unexported embedded struct fields.
+ //
+ // The logic below effectively does this when it first addresses the value
+ // (to satisfy possible pointer methods) and continues to dereference
+ // subsequent pointers as necessary.
+ //
+ // After the first round-trip, we set v back to the original value to
+ // preserve the original RW flags contained in reflect.Value.
+ v0 := v
+ haveAddr := false
+
+ // If v is a named type and is addressable,
+ // start with its address, so that if the type has pointer methods,
+ // we find them.
+ if v.Kind() != reflect.Pointer && v.Type().Name() != "" && v.CanAddr() {
+ haveAddr = true
+ v = v.Addr()
+ }
+ for {
+ // Load value from interface, but only if the result will be
+ // usefully addressable.
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface && !v.IsNil() {
+ e := v.Elem()
+ if e.Kind() == reflect.Pointer && !e.IsNil() && (!decodingNull || e.Elem().Kind() == reflect.Pointer) {
+ haveAddr = false
+ v = e
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+
+ if v.Kind() != reflect.Pointer {
+ break
+ }
+
+ if decodingNull && v.CanSet() {
+ break
+ }
+
+ // Prevent infinite loop if v is an interface pointing to its own address:
+ // var v interface{}
+ // v = &v
+ if v.Elem().Kind() == reflect.Interface && v.Elem().Elem() == v {
+ v = v.Elem()
+ break
+ }
+ if v.IsNil() {
+ v.Set(reflect.New(v.Type().Elem()))
+ }
+ if v.Type().NumMethod() > 0 && v.CanInterface() {
+ if u, ok := v.Interface().(Unmarshaler); ok {
+ return u, nil, reflect.Value{}
+ }
+ if !decodingNull {
+ if u, ok := v.Interface().(encoding.TextUnmarshaler); ok {
+ return nil, u, reflect.Value{}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if haveAddr {
+ v = v0 // restore original value after round-trip Value.Addr().Elem()
+ haveAddr = false
+ } else {
+ v = v.Elem()
+ }
+ }
+ return nil, nil, v
+}
+
+// array consumes an array from d.data[d.off-1:], decoding into v.
+// The first byte of the array ('[') has been read already.
+func (d *decodeState) array(v reflect.Value) error {
+ // Check for unmarshaler.
+ u, ut, pv := indirect(v, false)
+ if u != nil {
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.skip()
+ return u.UnmarshalJSON(d.data[start:d.off])
+ }
+ if ut != nil {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "array", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.off)})
+ d.skip()
+ return nil
+ }
+ v = pv
+
+ // Check type of target.
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Interface:
+ if v.NumMethod() == 0 {
+ // Decoding into nil interface? Switch to non-reflect code.
+ ai := d.arrayInterface()
+ v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(ai))
+ return nil
+ }
+ // Otherwise it's invalid.
+ fallthrough
+ default:
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "array", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.off)})
+ d.skip()
+ return nil
+ case reflect.Array, reflect.Slice:
+ break
+ }
+
+ i := 0
+ for {
+ // Look ahead for ] - can only happen on first iteration.
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ if d.opcode == scanEndArray {
+ break
+ }
+
+ // Get element of array, growing if necessary.
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+ // Grow slice if necessary
+ if i >= v.Cap() {
+ newcap := v.Cap() + v.Cap()/2
+ if newcap < 4 {
+ newcap = 4
+ }
+ newv := reflect.MakeSlice(v.Type(), v.Len(), newcap)
+ reflect.Copy(newv, v)
+ v.Set(newv)
+ }
+ if i >= v.Len() {
+ v.SetLen(i + 1)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if i < v.Len() {
+ // Decode into element.
+ if err := d.value(v.Index(i)); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ } else {
+ // Ran out of fixed array: skip.
+ if err := d.value(reflect.Value{}); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ i++
+
+ // Next token must be , or ].
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.opcode == scanEndArray {
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanArrayValue {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if i < v.Len() {
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Array {
+ // Array. Zero the rest.
+ z := reflect.Zero(v.Type().Elem())
+ for ; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+ v.Index(i).Set(z)
+ }
+ } else {
+ v.SetLen(i)
+ }
+ }
+ if i == 0 && v.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+ v.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(v.Type(), 0, 0))
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+var nullLiteral = []byte("null")
+var textUnmarshalerType = reflect.TypeOf((*encoding.TextUnmarshaler)(nil)).Elem()
+
+// object consumes an object from d.data[d.off-1:], decoding into v.
+// The first byte ('{') of the object has been read already.
+func (d *decodeState) object(v reflect.Value) error {
+ // Check for unmarshaler.
+ u, ut, pv := indirect(v, false)
+ if u != nil {
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.skip()
+ return u.UnmarshalJSON(d.data[start:d.off])
+ }
+ if ut != nil {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "object", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.off)})
+ d.skip()
+ return nil
+ }
+ v = pv
+ t := v.Type()
+
+ // Decoding into nil interface? Switch to non-reflect code.
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface && v.NumMethod() == 0 {
+ oi := d.objectInterface()
+ v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(oi))
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ var fields structFields
+
+ // Check type of target:
+ // struct or
+ // map[T1]T2 where T1 is string, an integer type,
+ // or an encoding.TextUnmarshaler
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Map:
+ // Map key must either have string kind, have an integer kind,
+ // or be an encoding.TextUnmarshaler.
+ switch t.Key().Kind() {
+ case reflect.String,
+ reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64,
+ reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+ default:
+ if !reflect.PointerTo(t.Key()).Implements(textUnmarshalerType) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "object", Type: t, Offset: int64(d.off)})
+ d.skip()
+ return nil
+ }
+ }
+ if v.IsNil() {
+ v.Set(reflect.MakeMap(t))
+ }
+ case reflect.Struct:
+ fields = cachedTypeFields(t)
+ // ok
+ default:
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "object", Type: t, Offset: int64(d.off)})
+ d.skip()
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ var mapElem reflect.Value
+ var origErrorContext errorContext
+ if d.errorContext != nil {
+ origErrorContext = *d.errorContext
+ }
+
+ var keys []string
+
+ for {
+ // Read opening " of string key or closing }.
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ if d.opcode == scanEndObject {
+ // closing } - can only happen on first iteration.
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanBeginLiteral {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+
+ // Read key.
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.rescanLiteral()
+ item := d.data[start:d.readIndex()]
+ key, ok := unquoteBytes(item)
+ if !ok {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+
+ keys = append(keys, string(key))
+
+ // Figure out field corresponding to key.
+ var subv reflect.Value
+ destring := false // whether the value is wrapped in a string to be decoded first
+
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Map {
+ elemType := t.Elem()
+ if !mapElem.IsValid() {
+ mapElem = reflect.New(elemType).Elem()
+ } else {
+ mapElem.Set(reflect.Zero(elemType))
+ }
+ subv = mapElem
+ } else {
+ var f *field
+ if i, ok := fields.nameIndex[string(key)]; ok {
+ // Found an exact name match.
+ f = &fields.list[i]
+ } else {
+ // Fall back to the expensive case-insensitive
+ // linear search.
+ for i := range fields.list {
+ ff := &fields.list[i]
+ if ff.equalFold(ff.nameBytes, key) {
+ f = ff
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if f != nil {
+ subv = v
+ destring = f.quoted
+ for _, i := range f.index {
+ if subv.Kind() == reflect.Pointer {
+ if subv.IsNil() {
+ // If a struct embeds a pointer to an unexported type,
+ // it is not possible to set a newly allocated value
+ // since the field is unexported.
+ //
+ // See https://golang.org/issue/21357
+ if !subv.CanSet() {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: cannot set embedded pointer to unexported struct: %v", subv.Type().Elem()))
+ // Invalidate subv to ensure d.value(subv) skips over
+ // the JSON value without assigning it to subv.
+ subv = reflect.Value{}
+ destring = false
+ break
+ }
+ subv.Set(reflect.New(subv.Type().Elem()))
+ }
+ subv = subv.Elem()
+ }
+ subv = subv.Field(i)
+ }
+ if d.errorContext == nil {
+ d.errorContext = new(errorContext)
+ }
+ d.errorContext.FieldStack = append(d.errorContext.FieldStack, f.name)
+ d.errorContext.Struct = t
+ } else if d.disallowUnknownFields {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: unknown field %q", key))
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Read : before value.
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanObjectKey {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+
+ if destring {
+ switch qv := d.valueQuoted().(type) {
+ case nil:
+ if err := d.literalStore(nullLiteral, subv, false); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ case string:
+ if err := d.literalStore([]byte(qv), subv, true); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ default:
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal unquoted value into %v", subv.Type()))
+ }
+ } else {
+ if err := d.value(subv); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Write value back to map;
+ // if using struct, subv points into struct already.
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Map {
+ kt := t.Key()
+ var kv reflect.Value
+ switch {
+ case reflect.PointerTo(kt).Implements(textUnmarshalerType):
+ kv = reflect.New(kt)
+ if err := d.literalStore(item, kv, true); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ kv = kv.Elem()
+ case kt.Kind() == reflect.String:
+ kv = reflect.ValueOf(key).Convert(kt)
+ default:
+ switch kt.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+ s := string(key)
+ n, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 64)
+ if err != nil || reflect.Zero(kt).OverflowInt(n) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: kt, Offset: int64(start + 1)})
+ break
+ }
+ kv = reflect.ValueOf(n).Convert(kt)
+ case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+ s := string(key)
+ n, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 64)
+ if err != nil || reflect.Zero(kt).OverflowUint(n) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: kt, Offset: int64(start + 1)})
+ break
+ }
+ kv = reflect.ValueOf(n).Convert(kt)
+ default:
+ panic("json: Unexpected key type") // should never occur
+ }
+ }
+ if kv.IsValid() {
+ v.SetMapIndex(kv, subv)
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Next token must be , or }.
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.errorContext != nil {
+ // Reset errorContext to its original state.
+ // Keep the same underlying array for FieldStack, to reuse the
+ // space and avoid unnecessary allocs.
+ d.errorContext.FieldStack = d.errorContext.FieldStack[:len(origErrorContext.FieldStack)]
+ d.errorContext.Struct = origErrorContext.Struct
+ }
+ if d.opcode == scanEndObject {
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanObjectValue {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ }
+
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.Map {
+ d.lastKeys = keys
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// convertNumber converts the number literal s to a float64 or a Number
+// depending on the setting of d.useNumber.
+func (d *decodeState) convertNumber(s string) (any, error) {
+ if d.useNumber {
+ return Number(s), nil
+ }
+ f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, 64)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, &UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: reflect.TypeOf(0.0), Offset: int64(d.off)}
+ }
+ return f, nil
+}
+
+var numberType = reflect.TypeOf(Number(""))
+
+// literalStore decodes a literal stored in item into v.
+//
+// fromQuoted indicates whether this literal came from unwrapping a
+// string from the ",string" struct tag option. this is used only to
+// produce more helpful error messages.
+func (d *decodeState) literalStore(item []byte, v reflect.Value, fromQuoted bool) error {
+ // Check for unmarshaler.
+ if len(item) == 0 {
+ //Empty string given
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type()))
+ return nil
+ }
+ isNull := item[0] == 'n' // null
+ u, ut, pv := indirect(v, isNull)
+ if u != nil {
+ return u.UnmarshalJSON(item)
+ }
+ if ut != nil {
+ if item[0] != '"' {
+ if fromQuoted {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type()))
+ return nil
+ }
+ val := "number"
+ switch item[0] {
+ case 'n':
+ val = "null"
+ case 't', 'f':
+ val = "bool"
+ }
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: val, Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ return nil
+ }
+ s, ok := unquoteBytes(item)
+ if !ok {
+ if fromQuoted {
+ return fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type())
+ }
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ return ut.UnmarshalText(s)
+ }
+
+ v = pv
+
+ switch c := item[0]; c {
+ case 'n': // null
+ // The main parser checks that only true and false can reach here,
+ // but if this was a quoted string input, it could be anything.
+ if fromQuoted && string(item) != "null" {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type()))
+ break
+ }
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Interface, reflect.Pointer, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice:
+ v.Set(reflect.Zero(v.Type()))
+ // otherwise, ignore null for primitives/string
+ }
+ case 't', 'f': // true, false
+ value := item[0] == 't'
+ // The main parser checks that only true and false can reach here,
+ // but if this was a quoted string input, it could be anything.
+ if fromQuoted && string(item) != "true" && string(item) != "false" {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type()))
+ break
+ }
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ default:
+ if fromQuoted {
+ d.saveError(fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type()))
+ } else {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "bool", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ }
+ case reflect.Bool:
+ v.SetBool(value)
+ case reflect.Interface:
+ if v.NumMethod() == 0 {
+ v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(value))
+ } else {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "bool", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ }
+ }
+
+ case '"': // string
+ s, ok := unquoteBytes(item)
+ if !ok {
+ if fromQuoted {
+ return fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type())
+ }
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ default:
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "string", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ case reflect.Slice:
+ if v.Type().Elem().Kind() != reflect.Uint8 {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "string", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ break
+ }
+ b := make([]byte, base64.StdEncoding.DecodedLen(len(s)))
+ n, err := base64.StdEncoding.Decode(b, s)
+ if err != nil {
+ d.saveError(err)
+ break
+ }
+ v.SetBytes(b[:n])
+ case reflect.String:
+ if v.Type() == numberType && !isValidNumber(string(s)) {
+ return fmt.Errorf("json: invalid number literal, trying to unmarshal %q into Number", item)
+ }
+ v.SetString(string(s))
+ case reflect.Interface:
+ if v.NumMethod() == 0 {
+ v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(string(s)))
+ } else {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "string", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ }
+ }
+
+ default: // number
+ if c != '-' && (c < '0' || c > '9') {
+ if fromQuoted {
+ return fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type())
+ }
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ s := string(item)
+ switch v.Kind() {
+ default:
+ if v.Kind() == reflect.String && v.Type() == numberType {
+ // s must be a valid number, because it's
+ // already been tokenized.
+ v.SetString(s)
+ break
+ }
+ if fromQuoted {
+ return fmt.Errorf("json: invalid use of ,string struct tag, trying to unmarshal %q into %v", item, v.Type())
+ }
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ case reflect.Interface:
+ n, err := d.convertNumber(s)
+ if err != nil {
+ d.saveError(err)
+ break
+ }
+ if v.NumMethod() != 0 {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number", Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ break
+ }
+ v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(n))
+
+ case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+ n, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 64)
+ if err != nil || v.OverflowInt(n) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ break
+ }
+ v.SetInt(n)
+
+ case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+ n, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 64)
+ if err != nil || v.OverflowUint(n) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ break
+ }
+ v.SetUint(n)
+
+ case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+ n, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, v.Type().Bits())
+ if err != nil || v.OverflowFloat(n) {
+ d.saveError(&UnmarshalTypeError{Value: "number " + s, Type: v.Type(), Offset: int64(d.readIndex())})
+ break
+ }
+ v.SetFloat(n)
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// The xxxInterface routines build up a value to be stored
+// in an empty interface. They are not strictly necessary,
+// but they avoid the weight of reflection in this common case.
+
+// valueInterface is like value but returns interface{}
+func (d *decodeState) valueInterface() (val any) {
+ switch d.opcode {
+ default:
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ case scanBeginArray:
+ val = d.arrayInterface()
+ d.scanNext()
+ case scanBeginObject:
+ val = d.objectInterface()
+ d.scanNext()
+ case scanBeginLiteral:
+ val = d.literalInterface()
+ }
+ return
+}
+
+// arrayInterface is like array but returns []interface{}.
+func (d *decodeState) arrayInterface() []any {
+ var v = make([]any, 0)
+ for {
+ // Look ahead for ] - can only happen on first iteration.
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ if d.opcode == scanEndArray {
+ break
+ }
+
+ v = append(v, d.valueInterface())
+
+ // Next token must be , or ].
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.opcode == scanEndArray {
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanArrayValue {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ }
+ return v
+}
+
+// objectInterface is like object but returns map[string]interface{}.
+func (d *decodeState) objectInterface() map[string]any {
+ m := make(map[string]any)
+ for {
+ // Read opening " of string key or closing }.
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ if d.opcode == scanEndObject {
+ // closing } - can only happen on first iteration.
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanBeginLiteral {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+
+ // Read string key.
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.rescanLiteral()
+ item := d.data[start:d.readIndex()]
+ key, ok := unquote(item)
+ if !ok {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+
+ // Read : before value.
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanObjectKey {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+
+ // Read value.
+ m[key] = d.valueInterface()
+
+ // Next token must be , or }.
+ if d.opcode == scanSkipSpace {
+ d.scanWhile(scanSkipSpace)
+ }
+ if d.opcode == scanEndObject {
+ break
+ }
+ if d.opcode != scanObjectValue {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+// literalInterface consumes and returns a literal from d.data[d.off-1:] and
+// it reads the following byte ahead. The first byte of the literal has been
+// read already (that's how the caller knows it's a literal).
+func (d *decodeState) literalInterface() any {
+ // All bytes inside literal return scanContinue op code.
+ start := d.readIndex()
+ d.rescanLiteral()
+
+ item := d.data[start:d.readIndex()]
+
+ switch c := item[0]; c {
+ case 'n': // null
+ return nil
+
+ case 't', 'f': // true, false
+ return c == 't'
+
+ case '"': // string
+ s, ok := unquote(item)
+ if !ok {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ return s
+
+ default: // number
+ if c != '-' && (c < '0' || c > '9') {
+ panic(phasePanicMsg)
+ }
+ n, err := d.convertNumber(string(item))
+ if err != nil {
+ d.saveError(err)
+ }
+ return n
+ }
+}
+
+// getu4 decodes \uXXXX from the beginning of s, returning the hex value,
+// or it returns -1.
+func getu4(s []byte) rune {
+ if len(s) < 6 || s[0] != '\\' || s[1] != 'u' {
+ return -1
+ }
+ var r rune
+ for _, c := range s[2:6] {
+ switch {
+ case '0' <= c && c <= '9':
+ c = c - '0'
+ case 'a' <= c && c <= 'f':
+ c = c - 'a' + 10
+ case 'A' <= c && c <= 'F':
+ c = c - 'A' + 10
+ default:
+ return -1
+ }
+ r = r*16 + rune(c)
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// unquote converts a quoted JSON string literal s into an actual string t.
+// The rules are different than for Go, so cannot use strconv.Unquote.
+func unquote(s []byte) (t string, ok bool) {
+ s, ok = unquoteBytes(s)
+ t = string(s)
+ return
+}
+
+func unquoteBytes(s []byte) (t []byte, ok bool) {
+ if len(s) < 2 || s[0] != '"' || s[len(s)-1] != '"' {
+ return
+ }
+ s = s[1 : len(s)-1]
+
+ // Check for unusual characters. If there are none,
+ // then no unquoting is needed, so return a slice of the
+ // original bytes.
+ r := 0
+ for r < len(s) {
+ c := s[r]
+ if c == '\\' || c == '"' || c < ' ' {
+ break
+ }
+ if c < utf8.RuneSelf {
+ r++
+ continue
+ }
+ rr, size := utf8.DecodeRune(s[r:])
+ if rr == utf8.RuneError && size == 1 {
+ break
+ }
+ r += size
+ }
+ if r == len(s) {
+ return s, true
+ }
+
+ b := make([]byte, len(s)+2*utf8.UTFMax)
+ w := copy(b, s[0:r])
+ for r < len(s) {
+ // Out of room? Can only happen if s is full of
+ // malformed UTF-8 and we're replacing each
+ // byte with RuneError.
+ if w >= len(b)-2*utf8.UTFMax {
+ nb := make([]byte, (len(b)+utf8.UTFMax)*2)
+ copy(nb, b[0:w])
+ b = nb
+ }
+ switch c := s[r]; {
+ case c == '\\':
+ r++
+ if r >= len(s) {
+ return
+ }
+ switch s[r] {
+ default:
+ return
+ case '"', '\\', '/', '\'':
+ b[w] = s[r]
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 'b':
+ b[w] = '\b'
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 'f':
+ b[w] = '\f'
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 'n':
+ b[w] = '\n'
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 'r':
+ b[w] = '\r'
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 't':
+ b[w] = '\t'
+ r++
+ w++
+ case 'u':
+ r--
+ rr := getu4(s[r:])
+ if rr < 0 {
+ return
+ }
+ r += 6
+ if utf16.IsSurrogate(rr) {
+ rr1 := getu4(s[r:])
+ if dec := utf16.DecodeRune(rr, rr1); dec != unicode.ReplacementChar {
+ // A valid pair; consume.
+ r += 6
+ w += utf8.EncodeRune(b[w:], dec)
+ break
+ }
+ // Invalid surrogate; fall back to replacement rune.
+ rr = unicode.ReplacementChar
+ }
+ w += utf8.EncodeRune(b[w:], rr)
+ }
+
+ // Quote, control characters are invalid.
+ case c == '"', c < ' ':
+ return
+
+ // ASCII
+ case c < utf8.RuneSelf:
+ b[w] = c
+ r++
+ w++
+
+ // Coerce to well-formed UTF-8.
+ default:
+ rr, size := utf8.DecodeRune(s[r:])
+ r += size
+ w += utf8.EncodeRune(b[w:], rr)
+ }
+ }
+ return b[0:w], true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/encode.go b/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/encode.go
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e6eca448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5/internal/json/encode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1486 @@
+// Copyright 2010 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package json implements encoding and decoding of JSON as defined in
+// RFC 7159. The mapping between JSON and Go values is described
+// in the documentation for the Marshal and Unmarshal functions.
+//
+// See "JSON and Go" for an introduction to this package:
+// https://golang.org/doc/articles/json_and_go.html
+package json
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "encoding"
+ "encoding/base64"
+ "fmt"
+ "math"
+ "reflect"
+ "sort"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "sync"
+ "unicode"
+ "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+// Marshal returns the JSON encoding of v.
+//
+// Marshal traverses the value v recursively.
+// If an encountered value implements the Marshaler interface
+// and is not a nil pointer, Marshal calls its MarshalJSON method
+// to produce JSON. If no MarshalJSON method is present but the
+// value implements encoding.TextMarshaler instead, Marshal calls
+// its MarshalText method and encodes the result as a JSON string.
+// The nil pointer exception is not strictly necessary
+// but mimics a similar, necessary exception in the behavior of
+// UnmarshalJSON.
+//
+// Otherwise, Marshal uses the following type-dependent default encodings:
+//
+// Boolean values encode as JSON booleans.
+//
+// Floating point, integer, and Number values encode as JSON numbers.
+//
+// String values encode as JSON strings coerced to valid UTF-8,
+// replacing invalid bytes with the Unicode replacement rune.
+// So that the JSON will be safe to embed inside HTML